S-1/A
As filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on April 20, 2007
Securities Act File
No. 333-141856
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
COMPASS DIVERSIFIED
TRUST
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
7363
|
|
57-6218917
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
COMPASS GROUP DIVERSIFIED
HOLDINGS LLC
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
7363
|
|
20-3812051
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
Sixty One Wilton Road
Second Floor
Westport, CT 06880
(203) 221-1703
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of registrants
principal executive offices)
I. Joseph Massoud
Chief Executive
Officer
Compass Group Diversified
Holdings LLC
Sixty One Wilton Road
Second Floor
Westport, CT 06880
(203) 221-1703
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Stephen C. Mahon
Fred A. Summer
Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P.
312 Walnut Street
Cincinnati, OH 45202
(513) 361-1200
(513) 361-1201 Facsimile
|
|
Michael P. Reed
Alston & Bird LLP
The Atlantic Building
950 F Street N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20004
(202) 756-3300
(202) 756-3333 Facsimile
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after the
effective date of this registration statement
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the
following box: o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering: o
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these
securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any state where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED
APRIL 20, 2007
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
8,000,000 Shares
Each Share Represents One Beneficial Interest in the Trust
We are offering to sell 8,000,000 shares of Compass
Diversified Trust, which we refer to as the trust. Each share of
the trust represents one undivided beneficial interest in the
trust property. The purpose of the trust is to hold 100% of the
trust interests of Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, which
we refer to as the company. Each beneficial interest in the
trust corresponds to one trust interest of the company.
Compass Group Investments, Inc., through a wholly owned
subsidiary, has agreed to purchase, in a separate private
placement transaction to close in conjunction with the closing
of this offering, a number of shares in the trust having an
aggregate purchase price of approximately $30 million, at a
per share price equal to the public offering price (which will
be approximately 1,764,706 shares).
The shares trade on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the
symbol CODI. On April 19, 2007, the closing
price of the shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was
$16.45.
Investing in the shares involves risks. See the
section entitled Risk Factors beginning on
page 11 of this prospectus for a discussion of the risks
and other information that you should consider before making an
investment in our securities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discount and
commissions
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional
1,200,000 shares from us at the public offering price, less
the underwriting discount and commissions, within 30 days
from the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
We expect to deliver the shares to the underwriters for delivery
to investors on or
about ,
2007.
Sole Bookrunner
|
|
|
Citigroup
|
|
Ferris, Baker Watts
|
|
|
Incorporated
|
|
BB&T Capital Markets
a division of Scott & Stringfellow,
Inc.
|
|
|
Morgan Keegan &
Company, Inc.
|
|
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2007
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not,
authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We,
and the underwriters, are not making an offer of these
securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.
You should not assume that the information in this prospectus is
accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover
of this prospectus.
In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information and
statistics regarding market data and the industries of the
businesses we own that are obtained from internal surveys,
market research, independent industry publications and other
publicly available information, including publicly available
information regarding public companies. The information and
statistics are based on industry surveys and our managers
and its affiliates experience in the industry.
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve
substantial risks and uncertainties as they are not based on
historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations,
estimates, projections, beliefs and assumptions about our
businesses and the industries in which they operate. These
statements are not guarantees of future performance and are
subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors, some of
which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could
cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed
or forecasted in the forward-looking statements. You should not
place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which
apply only as of the date of this prospectus.
i
SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus. For a more complete understanding
of this offering, you should read this entire prospectus
carefully, including the sections entitled Risk
Factors and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and the financial statements and the notes relating thereto.
Unless we tell you otherwise, the information set forth in this
prospectus assumes that the underwriters have not exercised
their overallotment option. Further, unless the context
otherwise indicates, numbers in this prospectus have been
rounded and are, therefore, approximate.
Compass Diversified Trust, which we refer to as the trust,
acquires and owns its businesses through a Delaware limited
liability company, Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, which
we refer to as the company. Except as otherwise specified,
references to Compass Diversified, we,
us and our refer to the trust and the
company and its businesses together. See the section entitled
Description of Shares for more information about
certain terms of the shares, trust interests and allocation
interests.
Overview
Compass Diversified Trust offers investors an opportunity to
participate in the ownership and growth of middle market
businesses that traditionally have been owned and managed by
private equity firms or other financial investors, large
conglomerates or private individuals or families. Through the
ownership of a diversified group of middle market businesses, we
also offer investors an opportunity to diversify their portfolio
risk while participating in the cash flows of our businesses
through the receipt of quarterly distributions.
We acquire and manage middle market businesses based in North
America with annual cash flows between $5 million and
$40 million. We seek to acquire controlling ownership
interests in the businesses in order to maximize our ability to
work actively with the management teams of those businesses. Our
model for creating shareholder value is to be disciplined in
identifying and valuing businesses, to work closely with
management of the businesses we acquire to grow the cash flows
of those businesses, and to exit opportunistically businesses
when we believe that doing so will maximize returns. We
currently own six businesses in six distinct industries and we
believe that these businesses will continue to produce stable
and growing cash flows over the long term, enabling us to meet
our objectives of growing distributions to our shareholders,
independent of any incremental acquisitions we may make, and
investing in the long-term growth of the company.
In identifying acquisition candidates, we target businesses that:
|
|
|
|
|
produce stable cash flows;
|
|
|
|
have strong management teams largely in place;
|
|
|
|
maintain defensible positions in industries with forecasted
long-term macroeconomic growth; and
|
|
|
|
face minimal threat of technological or competitive obsolescence.
|
We maintain a long-term ownership outlook which we believe
provides us the opportunity to develop more comprehensive
strategies for the growth of our businesses through various
market cycles, and will decrease the possibility, often faced by
private equity firms or other financial investors, that our
businesses will be sold at unfavorable points in a market cycle.
Furthermore, we provide the financing for both the debt and
equity in our acquisitions, which allows us to pursue growth
investments, such as add-on acquisitions, that might otherwise
be restricted by the requirements of a third-party lender. We
have also found sellers to be attracted to our ability to
provide both debt and equity financing for the consummation of
acquisitions, enhancing the prospect of confidentiality and
certainty of consummating these transactions. In addition, we
believe that our ability to be long-term owners alleviates the
concern that many private company owners have with regard to
their businesses going through multiple sale processes in a
short period of time and the disruption that this may create for
their employees or customers.
1
We have a strong management team that has worked together since
1998 and, collectively, has approximately 75 years of
experience in acquiring and managing middle market businesses.
During that time, our management team has developed a reputation
for acquiring middle market businesses in various industries
through a variety of processes. These include corporate
spin-offs, transitions of family-owned businesses, management
buy-outs, management based
roll-ups,
reorganizations, bankruptcy sales and auction-based acquisitions
from financial owners. The flexibility, creativity, experience
and expertise of our management team in structuring complex
transactions provides us with strategic advantages by allowing
us to consider non-traditional and complex transactions tailored
to fit specific acquisition targets.
Our manager, who we describe below, has demonstrated a history
of growing cash flows at the businesses in which it has been
involved. As an example, for the four businesses we acquired
concurrent with our initial public offering, which we refer to
as the IPO, 2006 full-year operating income increased, in total,
over 2005 by approximately 20.5%. Our quarterly distribution
rate has increased by 14.3% from the IPO, on May 16, 2006
until January 2007, from $0.2625 per share to $0.30 per
share. From the date of the IPO until December 31, 2006
(including the distribution paid in January 2007 for the quarter
ended December 31, 2006), our distribution coverage ratio
(estimated cash flow available for distribution divided by total
distributions) was approximately 1.7x. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and
Capital Resources.
Our
Businesses
To date, we have acquired controlling interests in the following
seven businesses:
Advanced
Circuits
On May 16, 2006, concurrent with the IPO, we acquired a
controlling interest in Compass AC Holdings, Inc., which we
refer to as Advanced Circuits. Advanced Circuits, headquartered
in Aurora, Colorado, is a provider of prototype and quick-turn
printed circuit boards, or PCBs, throughout the
United States. PCBs are a vital component of virtually all
electronic products. The prototype and quick-turn portions of
the PCB industry are characterized by customers requiring high
levels of responsiveness, technical support and timely delivery.
Due to the critical roles that PCBs play in the research and
development process of electronics, customers often place more
emphasis on the turnaround time and quality of a customized PCB
rather than on other factors, such as price. Advanced Circuits
meets this market need by manufacturing and delivering custom
PCBs in as little as 24 hours, providing its approximately
8,000 customers with approximately 98% error-free production and
real-time customer service and product tracking 24 hours
per day. Advanced Circuits had full-year operating income of
approximately $11.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006.
Aeroglide
On February 28, 2007, we acquired a controlling interest in
Aeroglide Corporation, which we refer to as Aeroglide.
Aeroglide, headquartered in Cary, North Carolina, is a leading
global designer and manufacturer of industrial drying and
cooling equipment. Aeroglide provides specialized thermal
processing equipment designed to remove moisture and heat as
well as roast, toast and bake a variety of processed products.
Its machinery includes conveyer driers and coolers, impingement
driers, drum driers, rotary driers, toasters, spin cookers and
coolers, truck and tray driers and related auxiliary equipment
and is used in the production of a variety of human foods,
animal and pet feeds and industrial products. Aeroglide utilizes
an extensive engineering department to custom engineer each
machine for a particular application. Aeroglide had full-year
operating income of approximately $3.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 2006.
Anodyne
On August 1, 2006, we acquired a controlling interest in
Anodyne Medical Device, Inc., which we refer to as Anodyne.
Anodyne, headquartered in Los Angeles, California, is a leading
manufacturer of medical support services and patient positioning
devices used primarily for the prevention and treatment of
pressure
2
wounds experienced by patients with limited or no mobility. On
October 5, 2006, Anodyne acquired the patient positioning
business of Anatomic Global, Inc. Anodyne is one of the
nations leading designers and manufacturers of specialty
support surfaces and is able to manufacture products in multiple
locations to better serve a national customer base. Anodyne had
operating income of approximately $0.3 million for the ten
and one-half month period ended December 31, 2006.
CBS
Personnel
On May 16, 2006, concurrent with the IPO, we acquired a
controlling interest in CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc., which we
refer to as CBS Personnel. CBS Personnel, headquartered in
Cincinnati, Ohio, is a provider of temporary staffing services
in the United States. In order to provide its 4,000 clients with
tailored staffing services to fulfill their human resources
needs, CBS Personnel also offers employee leasing services,
permanent staffing and temporary-to-permanent placement
services. CBS Personnel operates 144 branch locations in various
cities in 18 states. CBS Personnel had full-year operating
income of approximately $21.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006.
Crosman
On May 16, 2006, concurrent with the IPO, we acquired a
controlling interest in Crosman Acquisition Corporation, which
we refer to as Crosman. Crosman, headquartered in East
Bloomfield, New York, was one of the first manufacturers of
airguns and is a manufacturer and distributor of recreational
airgun products and related products and accessories. The
Crosman brand is one of the pre-eminent names in the
recreational airgun market and is widely recognized in the
broader outdoor sporting goods industry. Crosmans products
are sold in over 6,000 retail locations worldwide through
approximately 500 retailers, which include mass market and
sporting goods retailers. On January 5, 2007, we sold
Crosman on the basis of a total enterprise value of
approximately $143 million. We have reflected Crosman as a
discontinued operation for all periods presented in this
prospectus. For further information, see Note D
Discontinued Operations, to our consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Crosman had full-year operating income of approximately
$17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Halo
On February 28, 2007, we acquired a controlling interest in
Halo Branded Solutions, Inc., which we refer to as Halo, and
which operates under the brand names of Halo and Lee Wayne.
Halo, headquartered in Sterling, Illinois, serves as a one-stop
shop for over 30,000 customers, providing design, sourcing,
management and fulfillment services across all categories of its
customers promotional product needs. Halo has established
itself as a leader in the promotional products and marketing
industry through its focus on service through its approximately
700 account executives. Halo had full-year operating income of
approximately $6.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006.
Silvue
On May 16, 2006, concurrent with the IPO, we acquired a
controlling interest in Silvue Technologies Group, Inc., which
we refer to as Silvue. Silvue, headquartered in Anaheim,
California, is a developer and producer of proprietary, high
performance liquid coating systems used in the high-end eyewear,
aerospace, automotive and industrial markets. Silvues
patented coating systems can be applied to a wide variety of
materials, including plastics, such as polycarbonate and
acrylic, glass, metals and other surfaces. These coating systems
impart properties, such as abrasion resistance, improved
durability, chemical resistance, ultraviolet or UV protection,
anti-fog and impact resistance, to the materials to which they
are applied. Silvue has sales and distribution operations in the
United States, Europe and Asia, as well as manufacturing
operations in the United States and Asia. Silvue had full-year
operating income of approximately $6.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 2006.
3
Our
Manager
We have entered into a management services agreement with
Compass Group Management LLC, who we refer to as our manager or
CGM, pursuant to which our manager manages the
day-to-day
operations and affairs of the company and oversees the
management and operations of our businesses. While working for a
subsidiary of Compass Group Investments, Inc., which we refer to
as CGI, our management team originally oversaw the acquisition
and operations of each of our initial businesses and Anodyne
prior to our acquiring them from CGI.
We pay our manager a quarterly management fee equal to 0.5%
(2.0% annualized) of our adjusted net assets as of the last day
of each fiscal quarter for the services it performs on our
behalf and reimburse our manager for certain expenses. In
addition, our manager is entitled to receive a profit allocation
upon the occurrence of certain trigger events and has the right
to cause the company to purchase the allocation interests upon
termination of the management services agreement. See Our
Manager Our Relationship with Our Manager and
Supplemental Put Agreement and
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
for further descriptions of the management fees and profit
allocation and our managers supplemental put right.
The companys chief executive officer and chief financial
officer are employees of our manager and have been seconded to
us. Neither the trust nor the company has any other employees.
Although our chief executive officer and chief financial officer
are employees of our manager, they report directly to the
companys board of directors. The management fee paid to
our manager covers all expenses related to the services
performed by our manager, including the compensation of our
chief executive officer and other personnel providing services
to us. The company reimburses our manager for the salary and
related costs and expenses of our chief financial officer and
his staff, who dedicate a substantial majority of their time to
the affairs of the company. See Our Manager
Our Relationship with Our Manager and Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions for further
descriptions of costs and expenses for which we typically
reimburse our manager.
Market
Opportunity
We believe that the merger and acquisition market for middle
market businesses is highly fragmented and provides
opportunities to purchase businesses at attractive prices. For
example, according to Mergerstat, during the twelve month period
ended December 31, 2006, businesses that sold for less than
$100 million were sold for a median of approximately 7.9x
the trailing twelve months of earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization as compared to a median of
approximately 9.3x for businesses that were sold for between
$100 million and $300 million and 11.7x for businesses
that were sold for over $300 million. We expect to acquire
companies in the first two categories described above, and our
manager has, to date, typically been successful in consummating
attractive acquisitions at multiples at or below 7x the trailing
twelve months of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation
and amortization, both on behalf of the company and prior to our
formation while working for a subsidiary of CGI. We believe that
among the factors contributing to lower acquisition multiples
for businesses of the size we target are the fact that sellers
of these businesses frequently consider non-economic factors,
such as continuing board membership or the effect of the sale on
their employees and customers, and that these businesses are
less frequently sold pursuant to an auction process.
Our
Strategy
In seeking to maximize shareholder value, we focus on the
acquisition of new platforms and the management of our existing
businesses (including acquisition of add-on businesses by those
existing businesses). While we continue to identify, perform due
diligence on, negotiate and consummate additional platform
acquisitions of attractive middle market businesses that meet
our acquisition criteria, we believe that our current businesses
alone will allow us to pay and grow distributions to our
shareholders.
4
Acquisition
Strategy
Our strategy for new platforms involves the acquisition of
businesses that we expect to be accretive to our cash flow
available for distribution. An ideal acquisition candidate for
us is a North American company which demonstrates a reason
to exist, that is, it is a leading player in its market
niches, has predictable and growing cash flows, operates in an
industry with long-term macroeconomic growth and has a strong
and incentivizable management team. We believe that attractive
opportunities to make such acquisitions will continue to present
themselves, as private sector owners seek to monetize their
interests and large corporate parents seek to dispose of their
non-core operations. We benefit from our managers ability
to identify diverse acquisition opportunities in a variety of
industries. In addition, we rely upon our management teams
experience and expertise in researching and valuing prospective
target businesses, as well as negotiating the ultimate
acquisition of such target businesses.
Management
Strategy
Our management strategy involves the active financial and
operational management of our businesses in order to improve
financial and operational efficiencies and achieve appropriate
growth rates. After acquiring a controlling interest in a new
business, we rely on our management teams experience and
expertise to work efficiently and effectively with the
management of the new business to jointly develop and execute a
business plan and to manage the business consistent with our
management strategy. In addition, we expect to sell businesses
that we own from time to time, when attractive opportunities
arise. Our decision to sell a business is based on our belief
that doing so will increase shareholder value to a greater
extent than would continued ownership of that business. Our sale
of Crosman is an example of our ability to successfully execute
this strategy. With respect to the sale of Crosman, we
recognized a gain of approximately $35.9 million having
owned Crosman for under eight months and having earned operating
income of $13.3 million through December 31, 2006.
Corporate
Structure
The trust is a Delaware statutory trust. Our principal executive
offices are located at Sixty One Wilton Road, Second Floor,
Westport, Connecticut 06880, and our telephone number is
203-221-1703.
Our website is at www.CompassDiversifiedTrust.com. The
information on our website is not incorporated by reference and
is not part of this prospectus.
We are selling 8,000,000 shares of the trust in connection
with this offering and an additional 1,764,706 shares in
the separate private placement transaction. Each share of the
trust represents one undivided beneficial interest in the trust
property. The purpose of the trust is to hold the trust
interests of the company, which is one of two classes of equity
interests in the company the trust interests, of
which 100% are held by the trust, and allocation interests, of
which 100% are held by our manager. The trust has the authority
to issue shares in one or more series. See the section entitled
Description of Shares for more information about the
shares, trust interests and allocation interests.
Your rights as a holder of trust shares, and the fiduciary
duties of the companys board of directors and executive
officers, and any limitations relating thereto are set forth in
the documents governing the trust and the company. The documents
governing the company specify that the duties of its directors
and officers are generally consistent with the duties of a
director of a Delaware corporation. Investors in the trust
shares will be treated as beneficial owners of trust interests
in the company.
The companys board of directors oversees the management of
the company and our businesses and the performance by our
manager. The companys board of directors is comprised of
seven directors, all of whom were initially appointed by our
manager, as holder of the allocation interests, and four of whom
are the companys independent directors. Six of the
directors are elected by our shareholders in three staggered
classes.
As holder of the allocation interests, our manager has the right
to appoint one director to the companys board of
directors, subject to adjustment. An appointed director will not
be required to stand for election by our shareholders. See the
section entitled Description of Shares Voting
and Consent Rights Board of Directors
Appointee for more information about our managers
right to appoint a director.
5
An illustration of our organizational structure is set forth
below.
6
The
Offering
|
|
|
Shares offered by us in this offering. |
|
8,000,000 shares |
|
|
|
Shares outstanding after this offering and the separate private
placement transaction |
|
30,214,706 shares |
|
|
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the shares in
this offering will be approximately $129.2 million (or
approximately $148.6 million if the underwriters
overallotment option is exercised in full), but without giving
effect to the payment of public offering costs of approximately
$2.2 million. We intend to use the net proceeds from this
offering and the $30 million of proceeds from the separate
private placement transaction to repay borrowings under our
revolving credit facility and any remaining amounts for general
corporate purposes. See the section entitled Use of
Proceeds for more information about the use of the
proceeds of this offering. |
|
|
|
NASDAQ Global Select Market symbol |
|
CODI |
|
Dividend and distribution policy |
|
We intend to declare and pay regular quarterly cash
distributions on all outstanding shares, based on distributions
received by the trust on the trust interests in the company. The
declaration and amount of any distributions will be subject to
the approval of the companys board of directors, which
will include a majority of independent directors, and will be
based on the results of operations of our businesses and the
desire to provide sustainable levels of distributions to our
shareholders. Any cash distribution paid by the company to the
trust will, in turn, be paid by the trust to its shareholders. |
|
|
|
See the sections entitled Dividend and Distribution
Policy for a discussion of our intended distribution rate
and Material U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations for more information about the tax
treatment of distributions by the trust and the company. |
|
Shares of the trust |
|
Each share of the trust represents an undivided beneficial
interest in the trust property, and each share of the trust
corresponds to one underlying trust interest of the company
owned by the trust. Unless the trust is dissolved, it must
remain the sole holder of 100% of the trust interests, and at
all times the company will have outstanding the identical number
of trust interests as the number of outstanding shares of the
trust. If the trust is dissolved, each share of the trust will
be exchanged for one trust interest in the company. Each
outstanding share of the trust is entitled to one vote on any
matter with respect to which the trust, as a holder of trust
interests in the company, is entitled to vote. The company, as
the sponsor of the trust, will provide to our shareholders proxy
materials to enable our shareholders to exercise, in proportion
to their percentage ownership of outstanding shares, the voting
rights of the trust, and the trust will vote its trust interests
in the same proportion as the vote of holders of shares. The
allocation |
7
|
|
|
|
|
interests do not grant to our manager voting rights with respect
to the company except in certain limited circumstances. |
|
|
|
See the section entitled Description of Shares for
information about the material terms of the shares, the trust
interests and allocation interests. |
|
U.S. federal income tax considerations |
|
Subject to the discussion in Material U.S. Federal
Income Tax Considerations, neither the trust nor the
company will incur U.S. federal income tax liability;
rather, each holder of trust shares will be required to take
into account his or her allocable share of company income, gain,
loss, deduction, and other items. The trust is currently seeking
approval from the shareholders of record as of April 10,
2007, to authorize the board to amend the trust agreement to
provide that the trust be taxed as a partnership. Assuming that
approval is granted, the trust will report tax information to
the shareholders for the 2007 taxable year and all future
taxable years thereafter on
Schedule K-1.
If that approval is not granted, the trustees intend to dissolve
the trust and each shareholder would receive a direct interest
in the company in exchange for their shares in the trust. If
that occurs, the company will continue to treat the trust as a
grantor trust for the initial portion of the 2007 tax year and
the trust will report the same tax information as found on the
Schedule K-1
to the shareholders on Form 1041. |
|
|
|
See the section entitled Material U.S. Federal Income
Tax Considerations for information about the potential
U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase,
ownership and disposition of shares and for a discussion of
recent developments concerning treatment of the trust as a
grantor trust for federal income tax purposes. |
|
Risk factors |
|
Investing in our shares involves risks. See the section entitled
Risk Factors and read this prospectus carefully
before making an investment decision with the respect to the
shares or the company. |
The number of shares to be outstanding after this offering is
based on the shares outstanding as of December 31, 2006.
Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus
assumes that the underwriters overallotment option is not
exercised. If the overallotment option is exercised in full, we
will issue and sell an additional 1,200,000 shares.
8
Summary
Financial Data
The following table sets forth selected historical and other
data of the company and should be read in conjunction with the
more detailed consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. On January 5, 2007, we
executed a purchase and sale agreement to sell our
majority-owned subsidiary, Crosman, for approximately
$143 million in cash. As a result, the operating results of
Crosman for the period of its acquisition by us (May 16,
2006) through December 31, 2006 are being reported as
discontinued operations in accordance with SFAS 144, and as
such are not included in the data below. We will recognize a
gain of approximately $35.9 million from the sale of
Crosman in fiscal 2007.
Selected financial data below includes the results of
operations, cash flow and balance sheet data of the company for
the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006. We were
incorporated on November 18, 2005, which we refer to as our
inception. Financial data included for the year ended
December 31, 2005, therefore only includes the minimal
activity experienced from inception to December 31, 2005.
We completed the IPO on May 16, 2006 and used the proceeds
from the IPO, separate private placement transactions that
closed in conjunction with the IPO and our third party credit
facility to purchase controlling interests in four businesses.
On August 1, 2006, we purchased a controlling interest in
an additional business, Anodyne. Financial data included below
therefore only includes activity in our businesses from
May 16, 2006 through December 31, 2006, and in the
case of Anodyne, from August 1, 2006 through
December 31, 2006.
Because we acquired Aeroglide and Halo in February 2007,
financial data is not presented for these businesses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Statements of Operations
Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
410,873
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
311,641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
99,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staffing
|
|
|
34,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
36,732
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Management fee
|
|
|
4,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental put expense
|
|
|
22,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
1,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
6,774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
$
|
(7,257
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(27,636
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from discontinued
operations, net of income tax
|
|
$
|
8,387
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(19,249
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
$
|
20,563
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cash (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(362,286
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by financing
activities
|
|
|
351,073
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash
|
|
$
|
9,350
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and fully diluted loss from
continuing operations per share
|
|
$
|
(2.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and fully diluted loss per
share
|
|
$
|
(1.52
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
$
|
140,356
|
|
|
$
|
3,408
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
525,597
|
|
|
|
3,408
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
162,872
|
|
|
|
3,309
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
242,755
|
|
|
|
3,309
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
27,131
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Shareholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
255,711
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
9
Managements estimated cash available for distribution as
of December 31, 2006 is approximately $23.7 million.
Cash available for distribution is a non-GAAP measure that we
believe provides additional information to evaluate our ability
to make anticipated quarterly distributions. The table below
details cash receipts and payments that are not reflected on our
income statement in order to provide cash available for
distribution. Cash available for distribution is not necessarily
comparable with similar measures provided by other entities. We
believe that cash available for distribution, together with
future distributions and cash available from our businesses (net
of reserves) will be sufficient to meet our anticipated
distributions over the next twelve months. The table below
reconciles cash available for distribution to net income and to
cash flow provided by operating activities, which we consider to
be the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and
presented in accordance with GAAP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(19,249
|
)
|
Adjustment to reconcile net loss
to cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
10,290
|
|
Supplemental put expense
|
|
|
22,456
|
|
Silvues in-process R&D
expensed at acquisition date
|
|
|
1,120
|
|
Advanced Circuits loan
forgiveness accrual
|
|
|
2,760
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
2,950
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
(2,281
|
)
|
Loss on Ableco debt retirement
|
|
|
8,275
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities
|
|
|
(5,308
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
|
20,563
|
|
Plus:
|
|
|
|
|
Unused fee on delayed term loan(1)
|
|
|
1,291
|
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities
|
|
|
5,308
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance capital expenditures(2)
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
|
209
|
|
Crosman(3)
|
|
|
1,926
|
|
Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
392
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
304
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated cash flow available for
distribution
|
|
$
|
23,695
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution paid July 2006
|
|
$
|
(2,587
|
)
|
Distribution paid September 2006
|
|
|
(5,368
|
)
|
Distribution paid January 2007
|
|
|
(6,135
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total distributions
|
|
$
|
(14,090
|
)(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution Coverage
Ratio(a)¸(b)
|
|
|
1.7
|
x
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents the commitment fee on the unused portion of our
third-party loans. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents maintenance capital expenditures that were funded
from operating cash flow and excludes approximately
$2.3 million of growth capital expenditures for the period
ended December 31, 2006. |
|
(3) |
|
Crosman was sold on January 5, 2007 (see Note D to the
consolidated financial statements). |
Cash flows of certain of our businesses are seasonal in nature.
Cash flows from CBS Personnel are typically lower in the first
quarter of each year than in other quarters due to reduced
seasonal demand for temporary staffing services and to lower
gross margins during that period associated with the front-end
loading of certain taxes and other payments associated with
payroll paid to our employees. Cash flows from Halo are
typically higher in the fourth quarter of each year than in
other quarters due to increased seasonal demands for calendars
and other promotional products among other factors.
10
RISK
FACTORS
An investment in our shares involves a high degree of risk.
You should carefully read and consider all of the risks
described below, together with all of the other information
contained or referred to in this prospectus, before making a
decision to invest in our shares. If any of the following events
occur, our financial condition, business and results of
operations (including cash flows) may be materially adversely
affected. In that event, the market price of our shares could
decline, we may be unable to pay distributions on our shares and
you could lose all or part of your investment. Throughout this
section we refer to our current businesses and the businesses we
may acquire in the future collectively as our
businesses.
Risks
Related to Our Business and Structure
We are
a company with limited history and may not be able to continue
to successfully manage our businesses on a combined
basis.
We were formed on November 18, 2005 and have conducted
operations since May 16, 2006. Although our management team
has collectively approximately 75 years of experience in
acquiring and managing middle market businesses, our failure to
continue to develop and maintain effective systems and
procedures, including accounting and financial reporting
systems, or to manage our operations as a consolidated public
company, may negatively impact our ability to optimize the
performance of the company, which could adversely affect our
ability to pay distributions to our shareholders. In that case,
our consolidated financial statements might not be indicative of
our financial condition, business and results of operations.
Our
consolidated financial statements will not include meaningful
comparisons to prior years.
Our audited financial statements only include consolidated
results of operations and cash flows for the period from
May 16, 2006 through December 31, 2006. Consequently,
meaningful
year-to-year
comparisons are not available and will not be available, at the
earliest, until the completion of fiscal 2008.
Our
future success is dependent on the employees of our manager and
the management teams of our businesses, the loss of any of whom
could materially adversely affect our financial condition,
business and results of operations.
Our future success depends, to a significant extent, on the
continued services of the employees of our manager, most of whom
have worked together for a number of years. While our manager
has employment agreements with certain of its employees,
including our chief financial officer, these employment
agreements may not prevent our managers employees from
leaving our manager or from competing with us in the future. Our
manager does not have an employment agreement with our chief
executive officer.
In addition, the future success of our businesses also depends
on their respective management teams because we operate our
businesses on a stand-alone basis, primarily relying on existing
management teams for management of their
day-to-day
operations. Consequently, their operational success, as well as
the success of our internal growth strategy, will be dependent
on the continued efforts of the management teams of the
businesses. We seek to provide such persons with equity
incentives in their respective businesses and to have employment
agreements
and/or
non-competition agreements with certain persons we have
identified as key to their businesses. However, these measures
do not ensure performance of key personnel, and may not prevent
them from departing or competing with our businesses in the
future. The loss of services of one or more members of our
management team or the management team at one of our businesses
could materially adversely affect our financial condition,
business and results of operations.
We are
a holding company with no operations and rely entirely on
distributions from our businesses to make distributions to our
shareholders.
The trusts only business is holding trust interests in the
company, which holds controlling interests in our businesses.
Therefore, we are dependent upon the ability of our businesses
to generate earnings and cash flow and distribute them to us in
the form of interest and principal payments on indebtedness and
11
distributions or dividends on equity to enable us, first, to
satisfy our financial obligations, including payments under our
revolving credit facility, the management fee, profit allocation
and put price, and, second, make distributions to our
shareholders. The ability of our businesses to make
distributions to us may be subject to limitations under laws of
the jurisdictions in which they are incorporated or organized.
If, as a consequence of these various restrictions, we are
unable to generate sufficient distributions from our businesses,
we may not be able to declare, or may have to delay or cancel
payment of, distributions to our shareholders, which may have a
material adverse effect on the market price of our shares. See
Dividend and Distribution Policy Restrictions
on Distribution Payments for a more detailed discussion of
these restrictions.
We do not own 100% of our businesses. While the company will
receive cash payments from our businesses in the form of
interest payments, debt repayment and dividends and
distributions, if any dividends or distributions are paid by our
businesses, they will be shared pro rata with the minority
shareholders of our businesses and the amounts of distributions
made to minority shareholders will not be available to us for
any purpose, including payment of our obligations or
distributions to our shareholders. Any proceeds from the sale of
a business, after payment of the profit allocation to our
manager, will be allocated among us and the minority
shareholders of the business that is sold; however, we will not
necessarily declare a distribution to our shareholders with
respect to such proceeds.
While
we intend to make regular cash distributions to our
shareholders, the companys board of directors has full
authority and discretion over the distributions of the company,
other than the profit allocation, and it may decide to reduce or
eliminate distributions at any time, which may materially
adversely affect the market price for our shares.
To date, we have declared and paid quarterly distributions, and
although we intend to pursue a policy of paying regular
distributions, the companys board of directors has full
authority and discretion to determine whether or not a
distribution by the company should be declared and paid to the
trust and in turn to our shareholders, as well as the amount and
timing of any distribution. In addition, the management fee,
profit allocation, put price and payments under our revolving
credit facility, are payment obligations of the company and, as
a result, will be paid, along with other company obligations,
prior to the payment of distributions to our shareholders. The
companys board of directors may, based on their review of
our financial condition and results of operations and pending
acquisitions, determine to reduce or eliminate distributions,
which may have a material adverse effect on the market price of
our shares. See Dividend and Distribution
Policy Restrictions on Distribution Payments
for a more detailed discussion of these restrictions.
We may
not be able to successfully fund future acquisitions of new
businesses due to the unavailability of debt or equity financing
at the company level on acceptable terms, which could impede the
implementation of our acquisition strategy and materially
adversely impact our financial condition, business and results
of operations.
In order to make future acquisitions, we intend to raise capital
primarily through debt financing at the company level,
additional equity offerings, the sale of stock or assets of our
businesses, and by offering equity in the trust or our
businesses to the sellers of target businesses or by undertaking
a combination of any of the above. Since the timing and size of
acquisitions cannot be readily predicted, we may need to be able
to obtain funding on short notice to benefit fully from
attractive acquisition opportunities. Such funding may not be
available on acceptable terms. In addition, the level of our
indebtedness may impact our ability to borrow at the company
level and the revolving credit facility or other credit
agreements we may enter into in the future may contain terms
that prohibit us from making acquisitions that may be otherwise
advantageous. Another source of capital for us may be the sale
of additional shares, subject to market conditions and investor
demand for the shares at prices that we consider to be in the
interests of our shareholders. These risks may materially
adversely affect our ability to pursue our acquisition strategy
successfully and materially adversely affect our financial
condition, business and results of operations.
12
We
face risks with respect to the evaluation and management of
future platform or add-on acquisitions.
A component of our strategy is to continue to acquire new
businesses, which we refer to as new platforms, as well as to
acquire add-on businesses to our existing platforms. Generally,
because such acquisition targets are held privately, we may
experience difficulty in evaluating potential target businesses
as the information concerning these businesses is not publicly
available. Further, the time and costs associated with
identifying and evaluating potential target businesses and their
industries may cause a substantial drain on our financial
resources and our management teams attention. In addition,
we and our businesses may have difficulty effectively managing
or integrating acquisitions. We may experience greater than
expected costs or difficulties relating to such acquisitions, in
which case we might not achieve the anticipated returns from any
particular acquisition, which may have a material adverse effect
on our financial condition, business and results of operations.
The
companys board of directors has the power to change the
terms of our shares in its sole discretion in ways with which
you may disagree.
As an owner of our shares (or if the trust is dissolved, as a
direct owner of trust interests in the company), you may
disagree with changes made to the terms of our shares or trust
interests in the company, and you may disagree with the
companys board of directors decision that the
changes made to the terms of the shares or trust interests in
the company are not materially adverse to you as a shareholder
or that they do not alter the characterization of the trust.
Your recourse, if you disagree, will be limited because the
amended and restated trust agreement of the trust, which we
refer to as the trust agreement, and the amended and restated
LLC agreement of the company, which we refer to as the LLC
agreement, give broad authority and discretion to our board of
directors. However, neither the trust agreement nor the LLC
agreement relieve the companys board of directors from any
fiduciary obligation that is imposed on them pursuant to
applicable law. In addition, we may change the nature of the
shares (or if the trust is dissolved, the trust interests in the
company) to be issued to raise additional equity.
Certain
provisions of the LLC agreement of the company and the trust
agreement make it difficult for third parties to acquire control
of the trust and the company and could deprive you of the
opportunity to obtain a takeover premium for your
shares.
The LLC agreement and the trust agreement contain a number of
provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party
to acquire, or may discourage a third party from acquiring,
control of the trust and the company. These provisions include,
among others:
|
|
|
|
|
restrictions on the companys ability to enter into certain
transactions with our major shareholders, with the exception of
our manager, modeled on the limitation contained in
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or
DGCL;
|
|
|
|
allowing the chairman of the companys board of directors
to fill vacancies on the companys board of directors until
the 2008 annual meeting of shareholders;
|
|
|
|
allowing only the companys board of directors to fill
newly created directorships, for those directors who are elected
by our shareholders, and allowing only our manager, as holder of
the allocation interests, to fill vacancies with respect to the
class of directors appointed by our manager;
|
|
|
|
requiring that directors elected by our shareholders be removed,
with or without cause, by a vote of 85% of our shareholders;
|
|
|
|
requiring advance notice for nominations of candidates for
election to the companys board of directors or for
proposing matters that can be acted upon by our shareholders at
a shareholders meeting;
|
|
|
|
authorizing a substantial number of additional authorized but
unissued shares that may be issued without shareholder action;
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
providing the companys board of directors with certain
authority to amend the LLC agreement, subject to certain voting
and consent rights of the holders of trust interests and
allocation interests, and the trust agreement, subject to
certain voting and consent rights of the holders of the trust
shares;
|
|
|
|
providing for a staggered board of directors of the company, the
effect of which could be to deter a proxy contest for control of
the companys board of directors or a hostile
takeover; and
|
|
|
|
limitations regarding shareholders calling special meetings and
acting by written consent.
|
These provisions, as well as other provisions in the LLC
agreement and trust agreement, may delay, defer or prevent a
transaction or a change in control that might otherwise result
in you obtaining a takeover premium for your shares.
We may
have conflicts of interest with the minority shareholders of our
businesses.
The boards of directors of our respective businesses have
fiduciary duties to all their shareholders, including the
company and minority shareholders. As a result, they may make
decisions that are in the best interests of their shareholders
generally but which are not necessarily in the best interest of
the company and therefore the best interests of our
shareholders. In dealings with the company, the directors of our
businesses may have conflicts of interest and decisions may have
to be made without the participation of those directors. Such
decisions, therefore, may be different from those that we would
otherwise make.
Our
third party revolving credit facility exposes us to additional
risks associated with leverage and inhibits our operating
flexibility and reduces cash flow available for distributions to
our shareholders.
At February 28, 2007, we had approximately
$97.4 million of debt outstanding and we expect to increase
our level of debt in the future. The revolving credit facility
contains various covenants, including financial covenants, with
which we must comply. The financial covenants include:
(i) a requirement to maintain, on a consolidated basis, a
fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.5:1, (ii) an
interest coverage ratio not to exceed less than 3:1 and
(iii) a total debt to earnings before interest,
depreciation and amortization ratio not to exceed 3:1. In
addition, the revolving credit facility contains limitations on,
among other things, certain acquisitions, consolidations, sales
of assets and the incurrence of debt. Currently we are in
compliance with all covenants. Outstanding indebtedness under
the revolving credit facility will mature on November 21,
2011.
If we violate any of these or other covenants, our lender may
accelerate the maturity of any debt outstanding and we may be
prohibited from making any distributions to our shareholders.
Our debt is secured by all of our assets, including the stock we
own in our businesses and the rights we have under the loan
agreements with our businesses. Our ability to meet our debt
service obligations may be affected by events beyond our control
and will depend primarily upon cash produced by our businesses.
Any failure to comply with the terms of our indebtedness could
materially adversely affect us.
Changes
in interest rates could materially adversely affect
us.
Our revolving credit facility bears interest at floating rates
which will generally change as interest rates change. We have
not hedged our exposure to interest rates on our revolving
credit facility but may consider doing so in the future. If we
do not hedge such exposure, we bear the risk that the rates we
are charged by our lender will increase faster than the earnings
and cash flow of our businesses, which could reduce
profitability, adversely affect our ability to service our debt,
cause us to breach covenants contained in our revolving credit
facility and reduce cash flow available for distribution, any of
which could materially adversely affect us. In addition, the
interest rates under our revolving credit facility vary
depending on certain financial ratios; therefore, if we fail to
achieve these ratios, we will be obligated to pay additional
interest.
14
We may
engage in a business transaction with one or more target
businesses that have relationships with our officers, our
directors, our manager or CGI, which may create potential
conflicts of interest.
We may decide to acquire one or more businesses with which our
officers, our directors, our manager or CGI have a relationship.
While we might obtain a fairness opinion from an independent
investment banking firm, potential conflicts of interest may
still exist with respect to a particular acquisition, and, as a
result, the terms of the acquisition of a target business may
not be as advantageous to our shareholders as it would have been
absent any conflicts of interest.
CGI
may exercise significant influence over the
company.
CGI, through a wholly owned subsidiary, currently owns 7,350,000
or 35.9% of our shares and will purchase an additional
1,764,706 shares in a separate private placement
transaction. As a result, CGI will own approximately 30.2% of
our shares and may have significant influence over the company,
including the election of directors, in the future as well as
matters requiring the approval of our shareholders, including
the removal of our manager.
If in
the future we cease to control and operate our businesses, we
may be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Under the terms of the LLC agreement, we have the latitude to
make investments in businesses that we will not operate or
control. If we make significant investments in businesses that
we do not operate or control or cease to operate and control our
businesses, we may be deemed to be an investment company under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the
Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be an investment
company, we would either have to register as an investment
company under the Investment Company Act, obtain exemptive
relief from the SEC or modify our investments or organizational
structure or our contract rights to fall outside the definition
of an investment company. Registering as an investment company
could, among other things, materially adversely affect our
financial condition, business and results of operations,
materially limit our ability to borrow funds or engage in other
transactions involving leverage, require us to add directors who
are independent of us or our manager, divert the attention of
our management team and otherwise will subject us to additional
regulation that will be costly and time-consuming. In addition,
if we are required to register as an investment company we will
no longer satisfy the requirements to be treated as a publicly
traded partnership exempt from taxation as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes.
Risks
Relating to Our Manager
Our
chief executive officer, directors, manager and management team
may allocate some of their time to other businesses, thereby
causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how
much time to devote to our affairs, which may materially
adversely affect our operations.
While the members of our management team anticipate devoting a
substantial amount of their time to the affairs of the company,
only Mr. James Bottiglieri, our chief financial officer,
will devote 100% of his time to our affairs. Mr. I.
Joseph Massoud, our chief executive officer, and our directors,
manager and other members of our management team may engage in
other business activities. This may result in a conflict of
interest in the allocation of their time between their
management and operations of our businesses and their management
and operations of other businesses. Their other business
endeavors may be related to CGI, which will continue to own
several businesses that were managed by our management team
prior to the IPO, or affiliates of CGI or other parties.
Conflicts of interest that arise over the allocation of time may
not always be resolved in our favor and may materially adversely
affect our operations. See the section entitled Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions for a
discussion of the potential conflicts of interest of which you
should be aware.
15
Our
manager and its affiliates, including members of our management
team, may engage in activities that compete with us or our
businesses.
While our management team intends to devote a substantial
majority of their time to the affairs of the company, and while
our manager and its affiliates currently do not manage any other
businesses that are in similar lines of business as our
businesses, and while our manager must present all opportunities
that meet the companys acquisition and disposition
criteria to the companys board of directors, neither our
management team nor our manager is expressly prohibited from
investing in or managing other entities, including those that
are in the same or similar line of business as our businesses.
In this regard, the management services agreement and the
obligation to provide management services will not create a
mutually exclusive relationship between our manager and its
affiliates, on the one hand, and the company, on the other. Our
managers or our management teams investment in or
management of businesses that compete with our businesses may
result in conflicts of interest that are not resolved in favor
of our businesses, which may adversely affect our financial
condition, business and results of operations.
Our
manager need not present an acquisition or disposition
opportunity to us if our manager determines on its own that such
acquisition or disposition opportunity does not meet the
companys acquisition or disposition
criteria.
Our manager will review any acquisition or disposition
opportunity presented to our manager to determine if it
satisfies the companys acquisition or disposition
criteria, as established by the companys board of
directors from time to time. If our manager determines, in its
sole discretion, that an opportunity fits our criteria, our
manager will refer the opportunity to the companys board
of directors for its authorization and approval prior to the
consummation thereof. Opportunities that our manager determines
do not fit our criteria do not need to be presented to the
companys board of directors for consideration. If such an
opportunity is ultimately profitable, we will have not
participated in such opportunity. Upon a determination by the
companys board of directors not to promptly pursue an
opportunity presented to it by our manager in whole or in part,
our manager will be unrestricted in its ability to pursue such
opportunity, or any part that we do not promptly pursue, on its
own or refer such opportunity to other entities, including its
affiliates.
We
cannot remove our manager solely for poor performance, which
could limit our ability to improve our performance and could
materially adversely affect our financial condition, business
and results of operations.
Under the terms of the management services agreement, our
manager cannot be removed as a result of underperformance.
Instead, the companys board of directors can only remove
our manager in certain limited circumstances or upon a vote by
the majority of the companys board of directors and the
majority of our shareholders to terminate the management
services agreement. If our manager underperforms, this
limitation could materially adversely affect our financial
condition, business and results of operations.
We may
have difficulty severing ties with our chief executive officer,
Mr. Massoud.
Under the management services agreement, the companys
board of directors may, after due consultation with our manager,
at any time request that our manager replace any individual
seconded to the company and our manager will, as promptly as
practicable, replace any such individual. However, because
Mr. Massoud is the managing member of our manager, we may
have difficulty completely severing ties with Mr. Massoud
unless we terminate the management services agreement and our
relationship with our manager in which case we may be required
to purchase the allocation interests of the company held by our
manager at a significant cost to us.
16
If the
management services agreement is terminated, our manager, as
holder of the allocation interests in the company, has the right
to cause the company to purchase such allocation interests,
which may materially adversely affect our liquidity and ability
to grow.
If the management services agreement is terminated at any time
other than as a result of our managers resignation or if
our manager resigns on any date that is at least three years
after May 16, 2006 (the closing of the IPO), our manager
will have the right, but not the obligation, for one year from
the date of termination or resignation, as the case may be, to
cause the company to purchase the allocation interests for the
put price. If our manager elects to cause the company to
purchase its allocation interests, we are obligated to do so,
such purchase would be a significant expense to us and would
adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations, and, until we have done so, our ability to conduct
our business, including incurring debt, would be restricted and,
accordingly, our liquidity and ability to grow may be adversely
affected.
The
liability associated with the supplemental put agreement is
difficult to estimate and may be subject to substantial
period-to-period
changes, thereby significantly impacting our future results of
operations.
The company will record the supplemental put agreement at its
fair value at each balance sheet date by recording any change in
fair value through its income statement. The fair value of the
supplemental put agreement is largely related to the value of
the profit allocation that our manager, as holder of allocation
interests, would receive in connection with the sale of our
businesses or, at our managers option, after a controlling
interest in a business has been held for five years. At any
point in time, the supplemental put liability recorded on the
companys balance sheet is our managers estimate of
what its allocation interests are worth based upon a percentage
of the increase in fair value of our businesses over our basis
in those businesses. Because the supplemental put price would be
calculated based upon an assumed profit allocation for the sale
of all of our businesses, the growth of the supplemental put
liability over time is indicative of our managers estimate
of the companys unrealized gains on its interests in our
businesses. A decline in the supplemental put liability is
indicative either of the realization of gains associated with
the sale a business and the corresponding payment of a profit
allocation to our manager (as with Crosman), or a decline in our
managers estimate of the companys unrealized gains
on its interests in our businesses. We account for the change in
the estimated value of the supplemental put liability on a
quarterly basis in our income statement. The expected value of
the supplemental put liability effects our results of operation
but it does not affect our cash flows or our cash flow available
for distribution. The valuation of the supplemental put
agreement requires the use of complex models, which require
highly sensitive assumptions and estimates. The impact of
over-estimating or under-estimating the value of the
supplemental put agreement could have a material effect on
operating results. In addition, the value of the supplemental
put agreement is subject to the volatility of our operations
which may result in significant fluctuation in the value
assigned to this supplemental put agreement.
Our
manager can resign on 90 days notice and we may not
be able to find a suitable replacement within that time,
resulting in a disruption in our operations that could
materially adversely affect our financial condition, business
and results of operations as well as the market price of our
shares.
Our manager has the right, under the management services
agreement, to resign at any time on 90 days written
notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If our
manager resigns, we may not be able to contract with a new
manager or hire internal management with similar expertise and
ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable
terms within 90 days, or at all, in which case our
operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial
condition, business and results of operations as well as our
ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected
and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the
coordination of our internal management, acquisition activities
and supervision of our businesses is likely to suffer if we are
unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single
institution or group of executives having the expertise
possessed by our manager and its affiliates. Even if we are able
to retain comparable management, whether internal or external,
the integration of such management and
17
their lack of familiarity with our businesses may result in
additional costs and time delays that could materially adversely
affect our financial condition, business and results of
operations.
We
must pay our manager the management fee regardless of our
performance.
Our manager is entitled to receive a management fee that is
based on our adjusted net assets, as defined in the management
services agreement, regardless of the performance of our
businesses. The calculation of the management fee is unrelated
to the companys net income. As a result, the management
fee may incentivize our manager to increase the amount of our
assets, through, for example, the acquisition of additional
assets or the incurrence of third party debt rather than
increase the performance of our businesses. In addition, if the
performance of the company declines, assuming adjusted net
assets remains the same, management fees will increase as a
percentage of the companys net income.
We
cannot determine the amount of the management fee that will be
paid over time with any certainty.
The management fee for the year ended December 31, 2006,
was $4.4 million. The management fee is calculated by
reference to the companys adjusted net assets at the end
of each fiscal quarter, which will be impacted by the
acquisition or disposition of businesses, which can be
significantly influenced by our manager, as well as the
performance of our businesses. Changes in adjusted net assets
and in the resulting management fee could be significant,
resulting in a material adverse effect on the companys
results of operations.
We
cannot determine the amount of profit allocation that will be
paid over time with any certainty.
Because the profit allocation is triggered by the sale of one or
our businesses or, at our managers election, ownership of
one of our businesses for a period of five years, we cannot
determine the amount of profit allocation that will be paid over
time with any certainty. Such determination would be dependent
on the potential sale proceeds received for any of our
businesses and the performance of the company and its businesses
over a multi-year period of time, among other factors that
cannot be predicted with certainty at this time. Such factors
may have a significant impact on the amount of any profit
allocation to be paid. Likewise, such determination would be
dependent on whether certain hurdles were surpassed giving rise
to a payment of profit allocation. Any amounts paid in respect
of the profit allocation are unrelated to the management fee
earned for performance of services under the management services
agreement.
The
fees to be paid to our manager pursuant to the management
services agreement, the offsetting management services
agreements and transaction services agreements, the profit
allocation and put price to be paid to our manager as holder of
the allocation interests, pursuant to the LLC agreement may
significantly reduce the amount of cash flow available for
distribution to our shareholders.
Under the management services agreement, the company will be
obligated to pay a management fee to, and, subject to certain
conditions, reimburse the costs and
out-of-pocket
expenses of, our manager incurred on behalf of the company in
connection with the provision of services to the company.
Similarly, our businesses will be obligated to pay fees to and
reimburse the costs and expenses of our manager pursuant to any
offsetting management services agreements entered into between
our manager and one of our businesses, or any transaction
services agreements to which such businesses are a party. In
addition, our manager, as holder of the allocation interests,
will be entitled to receive profit allocations and may be
entitled to receive the put price upon the occurrence of certain
trigger events. While it is difficult to quantify with any
certainty the actual amount of any such payments in the future,
we do expect that such amounts could be substantial. See the
sections entitled Our Manager Our Relationship
with Our Manager and Supplemental Put
Agreement and Certain Relationships and Related
Party Transactions for more information about these
payment obligations of the company. The management fee, profit
allocation and put price will be payment obligations of the
company and, as a result, will be paid, along with other company
obligations, prior to the payment of distributions to
shareholders. As a result, the payment of these amounts may
significantly reduce the amount of cash flow available for
distribution to our shareholders.
18
Our
managers influence on conducting our operations, including
on our engaging in acquisition or disposition transactions,
gives it the ability to increase its fees and compensation to
our chief executive officer, which may reduce the amount of cash
available for distribution to our shareholders.
Under the terms of the management services agreement, our
manager is paid a management fee calculated as a percentage of
the companys adjusted net assets for certain items and is
unrelated to net income or any other performance base or
measure. Our manager, which our chief executive officer,
Mr. Massoud, controls, may advise us to consummate
transactions, incur third party debt or conduct our operations
in a manner that, in our managers reasonable discretion,
are necessary to the future growth of our businesses and are in
the best interests of our shareholders. These transactions,
however, may increase the amount of fees paid to our manager. In
addition, Mr. Massouds compensation is paid by our
manager from the management fee it receives from the company.
Our managers ability to increase its fees, through the
influence it has over our operations, may increase the
compensation paid by our manager to Mr. Massoud. Our
managers ability to influence the management fee paid to
it by us could reduce the amount of cash flow available for
distribution to our shareholders.
Fees
paid by the company and our businesses pursuant to transaction
services agreements do not offset fees payable under the
management services agreement and will be in addition to the
management fee payable by the company under the management
services agreement and by our businesses under offsetting
management services agreements.
The management services agreement provides that our businesses
may enter into transaction services agreements with our manager
pursuant to which our businesses will pay fees to our manager.
See the section entitled Certain Relationships and Related
Party Transactions for more information about these
agreements. Unlike fees paid under the offsetting management
services agreements, fees that are paid pursuant to such
transaction services agreements will not reduce the management
fee payable by the company. Therefore, such fees will be in
addition to the management fee payable by the company.
The fees to be paid to our manager pursuant to these transaction
service agreements will be paid prior to any principal, interest
or dividend payments to be paid to the company by our
businesses, which will reduce the amount of cash flow available
for distributions to shareholders.
Our
managers profit allocation may induce it to make
suboptimal decisions regarding our operations.
Our manager, as holder of 100% of the allocation interests in
the company, will receive a profit allocation based on ongoing
cash flows and capital gains in excess of a hurdle rate upon the
sale of one of our businesses. As a result, our manager may be
incentivized to recommend the sale of one or more of our
businesses to the companys board of directors at a time
that may not optimal for our shareholders.
The
obligations to pay the management fee, profit allocation or put
price may cause the company to liquidate assets or incur
debt.
If we do not have sufficient liquid assets to pay the management
fee, profit allocation or put price, when such payments are due,
we may be required to liquidate assets or incur debt in order to
make such payments. This circumstance could materially adversely
affect our liquidity and ability to make distributions to our
shareholders.
Risks
Related to Taxation
The
status of the trust for tax purposes is uncertain in light of a
recent Internal Revenue Service pronouncement and certain
actions of the company in response thereto.
The Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, has
recently issued a pronouncement stating its position that a
grantor trust owning interests in a limited liability company,
on facts very similar to our current structure, would be treated
as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and not as a
19
grantor trust. The rationale for this position is that the
overall arrangement permits a variance in the investment of the
shareholders, even though the trustees of the trust do not have
that power directly.
In light of this development, the company has submitted to its
shareholders for approval an amendment to the trust agreement
that would permit our board to amend the trust agreement to
provide that the trust be treated as a tax partnership effective
January 1, 2007, and has also initiated discussions with
the IRS with respect to a closing agreement that would permit
the trust to be treated as a grantor trust with respect to the
2006 taxable year, and possibly a portion of the 2007 taxable
year if shareholder approval is not obtained. See Material
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations. If the
company is not able to satisfactorily conclude a closing
agreement, the IRS may challenge the tax status of the trust for
2006 and the portion of 2007 that it is in existence and if
successful the trust may lose an opportunity to effectively make
an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, although it
intends to take actions to minimize this risk.
All of
the companys income could be subject to a corporate
entity-level tax in the United States, which could result in a
material reduction in cash flow available for distribution to
holders of shares of the trust and thus could result in a
substantial reduction in the value of the shares.
It is expected that either the trust or the company will be
treated as a publicly traded partnership exempt from taxation as
a corporation and thus neither the trust nor the company will be
subject to a corporate entity-level tax in the United States.
See Material U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations. If the trust or the company fails to
satisfy the qualifying income tests or any other
requirements to be treated as a publicly traded partnership
exempt from taxation as a corporation, it will be treated as a
corporation for U.S. federal (and certain state and local)
income tax purposes, and would be required to pay income tax at
regular corporate rates on its income. Under the qualifying
income tests, the trust or company would be treated as a
corporation unless each year more than 90% of the gross income
of the trust or the company, as the case may be, will consist of
dividends, interest (other than interest derived in the conduct
of a financial or insurance business or interest the
determination of which depends in whole or in part on the income
or profits of any person) and gains from the sale of stock or
debt instruments which are held as capital assets. Taxation of
the trust or the company as a corporation could result in a
material reduction in distributions to our shareholders and,
thus, would likely result in a reduction in the value of, or
materially adversely affect the market price of, the shares of
the trust.
Our
shareholders will be subject to tax on their share of the
companys taxable income, which taxes or taxable income
could exceed the cash distributions they receive from the
trust.
For so long as the company or the trust (if it is treated as a
tax partnership) qualifies to be treated as a publicly traded
partnership exempt from taxation as a corporation, shareholders
will be allocated their share of the companys taxable
income, whether or not the shareholders receive distributions
from the trust. See the discussion in Material
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations. In that case
our shareholders will be subject to U.S. federal income tax
and, possibly, state, local and foreign income tax, on their
share of the companys taxable income, which taxes or
taxable income could exceed the cash distributions they receive
from the trust. There is, accordingly, a risk that our
shareholders may not receive cash distributions equal to their
portion of our taxable income or sufficient in amount even to
satisfy their personal tax liability that results from that
income. This may result from gains on the sale or exchange
of stock or debt of subsidiaries that will be allocated to
shareholders who hold (or are deemed to hold) shares on the day
such gains were realized if there is no corresponding
distribution of the proceeds from such sales, or where a
shareholder disposes of shares after an allocation of gain but
before proceeds (if any) are distributed by the trust.
Shareholders may also realize income in excess of distributions
due to the companys use of cash from operations or sales
proceeds for uses other than to make distributions to
shareholders, including to fund acquisitions, satisfy short- and
long-term working capital needs of our businesses, or satisfy
known or unknown liabilities. In addition, certain financial
covenants with the companys lenders may limit or prohibit
the distribution of cash to shareholders. The companys
board of directors is also free to change the companys
distribution policy. The company is under no obligation to
20
make distributions to shareholders equal to or in excess of
their portion of our taxable income or sufficient in amount even
to satisfy the tax liability that results from that income.
A
shareholder may recognize a greater taxable gain (or a smaller
tax loss) on a disposition of shares than expected because of
the treatment of debt under the partnership tax accounting
rules.
We may incur debt for a variety of reasons, including for
acquisitions as well as other purposes. Under partnership tax
accounting principles, debt of the company generally will be
allocable to our shareholders, who will realize the benefit of
including their allocable share of the debt in the tax basis of
their investment in shares. At the time a shareholder later
sells shares, the selling shareholders amount realized on
the sale will include not only the sales price of the shares but
also the shareholders portion of the companys debt
allocable to his shares (which is treated as proceeds from the
sale of those shares). Depending on the nature of the
companys activities after having incurred the debt, and
the utilization of the borrowed funds, a later sale of shares
could result in a larger taxable gain (or a smaller tax loss)
than anticipated.
Our
structure involves complex provisions of U.S. federal
income tax law for which no clear precedent or authority may be
available. Our structure also is subject to potential
legislative, judicial or administrative change and differing
interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.
The U.S. federal income tax treatment of holders of our
shares depends in some instances on determinations of fact and
interpretations of complex provisions of U.S. federal
income tax law for which no clear precedent or authority may be
available. You should be aware that the U.S. federal income
tax rules are constantly under review by persons involved in the
legislative process, the IRS, and the U.S. Treasury
Department, frequently resulting in revised interpretations of
established concepts, statutory changes, revisions to
regulations and other modifications and interpretations. The
present U.S. federal income tax treatment of an investment
in our shares may be modified by administrative, legislative or
judicial interpretation at any time, and any such action may
affect investments and commitments previously made. For example,
changes to the U.S. federal tax laws and interpretations
thereof could make it more difficult or impossible to meet the
qualifying income exception for us to be treated as a publicly
traded partnership exempt from taxation as a corporation, affect
or cause us to change our investments and commitments, affect
the tax considerations of an investment in us and adversely
affect an investment in our shares. Our organizational documents
and agreements permit our board to modify our operating
agreement from time to time, without the consent of the holders
of our shares, in order to address certain changes in
U.S. federal income tax regulations, legislation or
interpretation. In some circumstances, such revisions could have
a material adverse impact on some or all of the holders of our
shares. Moreover, we will apply certain assumptions and
conventions in an attempt to comply with applicable rules and to
report income, gain, deduction, loss and credit to holders in a
manner that reflects such holders beneficial ownership of
partnership items, taking into account variation in ownership
interests during each taxable year because of trading activity.
However, these assumptions and conventions may not be in
compliance with all aspects of applicable tax requirements. It
is possible that the IRS will assert successfully that the
conventions and assumptions used by us do not satisfy the
technical requirements of the Code
and/or
Treasury regulations and could require that items of income,
gain, deductions, loss or credit, including interest deductions,
be adjusted, reallocated, or disallowed, in a manner that
adversely affects holders of our shares.
Risks
Relating Generally to Our Businesses
Our
businesses are or may be vulnerable to economic fluctuations and
seasonal factors as demand for their products and services tends
to decrease as economic activity slows.
Demand for the products and services provided by our businesses
is sensitive to changes in the level of economic activity in the
regions and industries in which they do business. For example,
as economic activity slows down, companies often reduce their
use of temporary employees and their research and development
spending. In addition, spending on capital equipment may also
decrease in an economic slow down. Regardless of the industry,
pressure to reduce prices of goods and services in competitive
industries
21
increases during periods of economic downturns, which may cause
compression on our businesses financial margins. Certain
of our businesses are subject to fluctuations in demand due to
seasonal factors, which may cause the results of operations to
vary significantly from quarter to quarter. In addition,
economic downturns may negatively impact the demands or ability
to pay of customers of our businesses. As a result, a
significant economic downturn could have a material adverse
effect on the business, results of operations and financial
condition of each of our businesses and therefore on our
financial condition, business and results of operations.
The
operations and research and development of some of our
businesses services and technology depend on the
collective experience of their technical employees. If these
employees were to leave our businesses and take this knowledge,
our businesses operations and their ability to compete
effectively could be materially adversely
affected.
The future success of some of our businesses depends upon the
continued service of their technical employees who have
developed and continue to develop their technology and products.
If any of these employees leave our businesses, the loss of
their technical knowledge and experience may materially
adversely affect the operations and research and development of
current and future services. We may also be unable to attract
technical employees with comparable experience because
competition for such employees is intense. If our businesses are
not able to replace their technical employees with new employees
or attract additional technical employees, their operations may
suffer as they may be unable to keep up with innovations in
their respective industries. As a result, their ability to
continue to compete effectively and their operations may be
materially adversely affected.
Our
businesses rely on their intellectual property and licenses to
use others intellectual property, for competitive
advantage. If our businesses are unable to protect their
intellectual property, are unable to obtain or retain licenses
to use others intellectual property, or if they infringe
upon or are alleged to have infringed upon others
intellectual property, it could have a material adverse affect
on their financial condition, business and results of
operations.
Our businesses success depends in part on their, or
licenses to use others, brand names, proprietary
technology and manufacturing techniques. Our businesses rely on
a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets,
confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect
their intellectual property rights. The steps they have taken to
protect their intellectual property rights may not prevent third
parties from using their intellectual property and other
proprietary information without their authorization or
independently developing intellectual property and other
proprietary information that is similar. In addition, the laws
of foreign countries may not protect our businesses
intellectual property rights effectively or to the same extent
as the laws of the United States. Stopping unauthorized use of
their proprietary information and intellectual property, and
defending claims that they have made unauthorized use of
others proprietary information or intellectual property,
may be difficult, time-consuming and costly. The use of their
intellectual property and other proprietary information by
others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage they
have developed, cause them to lose sales or otherwise harm their
business.
Our businesses may become involved in legal proceedings and
claims in the future either to protect their intellectual
property or to defend allegations that they have infringed upon
others intellectual property rights. These claims and any
resulting litigation could subject them to significant liability
for damages and invalidate their property rights. In addition,
these lawsuits, regardless of their merits, could be time
consuming and expensive to resolve and could divert
managements time and attention. The costs associated with
any of these actions could be substantial and could have a
material adverse affect on their financial condition, business
and results of operations.
22
If our
businesses are unable to continue the technological innovation
and successful commercial introduction of new products and
services, their financial condition, business and results of
operations could be materially adversely affected.
The industries in which our businesses operate experience
periodic technological changes and ongoing product improvements.
Their results of operations depend significantly on the
development of commercially viable new products, product
upgrades and applications, as well as production technologies
and their ability to integrate new technologies. Our future
growth will depend on their ability to gauge the direction of
the commercial and technological progress in all key end-use
markets and upon their ability to successfully develop,
manufacture and market products in such changing end-use
markets. In this regard, they must make ongoing capital
investments.
In addition, their customers may introduce new generations of
their own products, which may require new or increased
technological and performance specifications, requiring our
businesses to develop customized products. Our businesses may
not be successful in developing new products and technology that
satisfy their customers demands and their customers may
not accept any of their new products. If our businesses fail to
keep pace with evolving technological innovations or fail to
modify their products in response to their customers needs
in a timely manner, then their financial condition, business and
results of operations could be materially adversely affected as
a result of reduced sales of their products and sunk
developmental costs.
Our
businesses do not have long-term contracts with their customers
and clients and the loss of customers and clients could
materially adversely affect their financial condition, business
and results of operations.
Our businesses are based primarily upon individual orders and
sales with their customers and clients. Our businesses
historically have not entered into long-term supply contracts
with their customers and clients. As such, their customers and
clients could cease using their services or buying their
products from them at any time and for any reason. The fact that
they do not enter into long-term contracts with their customers
and clients means that they have no recourse in the event a
customer or client no longer wants to use their services or
purchase products from them. If a significant number of their
customers or clients elect not to use their services or purchase
their products, it could materially adversely affect their
financial condition, business and results of operations.
Our
businesses are subject to federal, state and foreign
environmental laws and regulations that expose them to potential
financial liability. Complying with applicable environmental
laws requires significant resources, and if our businesses fail
to comply, they could be subject to substantial
liability.
Some of the facilities and operations of our businesses are
subject to a variety of federal, state and foreign environmental
laws and regulations including laws and regulations pertaining
to the handling, storage and transportation of raw materials,
products and wastes. Compliance with such laws and regulations
currently in place and those that may be enacted in the future
will require significant expenditures. Compliance with current
and future environmental laws is a major consideration for our
businesses as any material violations of these laws can lead to
substantial liability, revocations of discharge permits, fines
or penalties. Because some of our businesses use hazardous
materials and generate hazardous wastes in their operations,
they may be subject to potential financial liability for costs
associated with the investigation and remediation of their own
sites, or sites at which they have arranged for the disposal of
hazardous wastes, if such sites become contaminated. Even if
they fully comply with applicable environmental laws and are not
directly at fault for the contamination, our businesses may
still be liable. Costs associated with these risks could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition, business and
results of operations.
23
Some
of our businesses rely and may rely on suppliers for the timely
delivery of materials used in manufacturing their products.
Shortages or price fluctuations in component parts specified by
their customers could limit their ability to manufacture certain
products, delay product shipments, or cause them to breach
supply contracts, all of which may materially adversely affect
our financial condition, business and results of
operations.
Our financial condition, business and operations could be
materially adversely affected if our businesses are unable to
obtain adequate supplies of raw materials in a timely manner.
Strikes, fuel shortages and delays of providers of logistics and
transportation services could disrupt our businesses and reduce
sales and increase costs. Many of the products our businesses
manufacture require one or more components that are supplied by
third parties. Our businesses generally do not have any
long-term supply agreements. Therefore our businesses
suppliers could cease supplying materials to our businesses at
any time, which would require our businesses to find new
suppliers, resulting in possible manufacturing delays and
increased costs. At various times, there are shortages of some
of the components that they use, as a result of strong demand
for those components or problems experienced by suppliers.
Suppliers of these raw materials may from time to time delay
delivery, limit supplies or increase prices due to capacity
constraints or other factors, which could materially adversely
affect our businesses ability to deliver products on a
timely basis. In addition, supply shortages for a particular
component can delay production of all products using that
component or cause cost increases in those products. Our
businesses inability to obtain these needed materials may
require them to acquire supplies at higher costs or redesign or
reconfigure products to accommodate substitute components, which
would slow production or assembly, delay shipments to customers,
increase costs and reduce operating income. Our businesses may
bear the risk of periodic component price increases, which could
increase costs and reduce operating income.
In addition, our businesses may purchase components in advance
of their requirements for those components as a result of a
threatened or anticipated shortage. In this event, they will
incur additional inventory carrying costs, for which they may
not be compensated, and have a heightened risk of exposure to
inventory obsolescence. If they fail to manage their inventory
effectively, our businesses may bear the risk of fluctuations in
materials costs, scrap and excess inventory, all of which may
materially adversely affect their financial condition, business
and results of operations.
Our
businesses could experience fluctuations in the costs of raw
materials as a result of inflation and other economic
conditions, which could have a material adverse effect on their
financial condition, business and results of
operations.
Changes in inflation could materially adversely affect the costs
and availability of raw materials used in our manufacturing
businesses, and changes in fuel costs likely will affect the
costs of transporting materials from our suppliers and shipping
goods to our customers, as well as the effective areas from
which we can recruit temporary staffing personnel. For example,
for Advanced Circuits, the principal raw materials consist of
copper and glass and represent approximately 13.4% of the total
cost of goods sold in 2006. Prices for key raw materials such as
these may fluctuate during periods of high demand. The ability
by our businesses to offset the effect of increases in raw
material prices by increasing their prices is uncertain. If our
businesses are unable to cover price increases of these raw
materials, their financial condition, business and results of
operations could be materially adversely affected.
Defects
in the products provided by our businesses could result in
financial or other damages to their customers, which could
result in reduced demand for our businesses products
and/or
liability claims against our businesses.
Some of the products our businesses produce could potentially
result in product liability suits against them. Some of our
businesses manufacture products to customer specifications that
are highly complex and critical to customer operations. Defects
in products could result in customer dissatisfaction or a
reduction in or cancellation of future purchases or liability
claims against our businesses. If these defects occur
frequently, our reputation may be impaired. Defects in products
could also result in financial or other
24
damages to customers, for which our businesses may be asked or
required to compensate their customers. Any of these outcomes
could negatively impact our financial condition, business and
results of operations.
Some
of our businesses are subject to certain risks associated with
the movement of businesses offshore.
Some of our businesses are potentially at risk of losing
business to competitors operating in lower cost countries. An
additional risk is the movement offshore of some of our
businesses customers, leading them to procure products or
services from more closely located companies. Either of these
factors could negatively impact our financial condition,
business and results of operations.
Loss
of key customers of some of our businesses could negatively
impact our financial condition, business and results of
operations.
Some of our businesses have significant exposure to certain key
customers, the loss of which could negatively impact our
financial condition, business and results of operations.
Our
businesses are subject to certain risks associated with their
foreign operations or business they conduct in foreign
jurisdictions.
Some of our businesses have operations or conduct business
outside the United States. Certain risks are inherent in
operating or conducting business in foreign jurisdictions,
including: exposure to local economic conditions; difficulties
in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through
certain foreign legal systems; longer payment cycles for foreign
customers; adverse currency exchange controls; exposure to risks
associated with changes in foreign exchange rates; potential
adverse changes in political environments; withholding taxes and
restrictions on the withdrawal of foreign investments and
earnings; export and import restrictions; difficulties in
enforcing intellectual property rights; and required compliance
with a variety of foreign laws and regulations. These risks
individually and collectively have the potential to negatively
impact our financial condition, business and results of
operations.
Our
businesses have recorded a significant amount of goodwill and
other identifiable intangible assets, which may never be fully
realized.
Our businesses collectively had, as of December 31, 2006,
$288.0 million of goodwill and intangible assets or 55.5%
of our total assets. In connection with the acquisitions of
Aeroglide and Halo, we anticipate recording additional goodwill
and other intangible assets. In accordance with Financial
Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards, or SFAS, No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, we are required to evaluate
goodwill and other intangibles for impairment at least annually.
Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in
the performance of these businesses, adverse market conditions,
adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including
changes that restrict the activities of or affect the products
and services sold by these businesses, and a variety of other
factors. Depending on future circumstances, it is possible that
we may never realize the full value of these intangible assets.
The amount of any quantified impairment must be expensed
immediately as a charge to results of operations. Any future
determination of impairment of a material portion of goodwill or
other identifiable intangible assets could have a material
adverse effect on these businesses financial condition and
operating results, and could result in a default under our
revolving credit facility.
The
internal controls of our businesses have not yet been integrated
and we have only recently begun to examine the internal controls
that are in place for each business. As a result, we may fail to
comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or our
auditors may report a material weakness in the effectiveness of
our internal control over financial reporting.
We are required under applicable law and regulations to
integrate the various systems of internal control over financial
reporting of our businesses. Beginning with our annual report
for the year ending December 31, 2007, pursuant to
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which we
refer to as
25
Section 404, we will be required to include
managements assessment of the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the
fiscal year. Additionally, our independent registered public
accounting firm will be required to issue a report on
managements assessment of our internal control over
financial reporting and a report on their evaluation of the
operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting.
We are evaluating our businesses existing internal
controls in light of the requirements of Section 404.
During the course of our ongoing evaluation and integration of
the internal controls of our businesses, we may identify areas
requiring improvement, and may have to design enhanced processes
and controls to address issues identified through this review.
Since our businesses were not subject to the requirements of
Section 404 before being acquired by us, the evaluation of
existing controls and the implementation of any additional
procedures, processes or controls may be costly. Our initial
compliance with Section 404 could result in significant
delays and costs and require us to divert substantial resources,
including management time and attention, from other activities
and hire additional accounting staff to address Section 404
requirements. In addition, under Section 404, we are
required to report all significant deficiencies to our audit
committee and independent auditor and all material weaknesses to
our audit committee and independent auditor and in our periodic
reports. We may not be able to successfully complete the
procedures, certification and attestation requirements of
Section 404 and we or our independent auditor may have to
report material weaknesses in connection with the presentation
of our financial statements.
If we fail to comply with the requirements of Section 404
or if our auditors report such a significant deficiency or
material weakness, the accuracy and timeliness of the filing of
our annual report may be materially adversely affected and could
cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial
information, which could have a material adverse effect on the
market price of the shares.
Risks
Related to Advanced Circuits
Unless
Advanced Circuits is able to respond to technological change at
least as quickly as its competitors, its services could be
rendered obsolete, which could materially adversely affect its
financial condition, business and results of
operations.
The market for Advanced Circuits services is characterized
by rapidly changing technology and continuing process
development. The future success of its business will depend in
large part upon its ability to maintain and enhance its
technological capabilities, retain qualified engineering and
technical personnel, develop and market services that meet
evolving customer needs and successfully anticipate and respond
to technological changes on a cost-effective and timely basis.
Advanced Circuits core manufacturing capabilities are for
2 to 12 layer printed circuit boards. Trends towards
miniaturization and increased performance of electronic products
are dictating the use of printed circuit boards with increased
layer counts. If this trend continues Advanced Circuits may not
be able to effectively respond to the technological requirements
of the changing market. If it determines that new technologies
and equipment are required to remain competitive, the
development, acquisition and implementation of these
technologies may require significant capital investments. It may
be unable to obtain capital for these purposes in the future,
and investments in new technologies may not result in
commercially viable technological processes. Any failure to
anticipate and adapt to its customers changing
technological needs and requirements or retain qualified
engineering and technical personnel could materially adversely
affect its financial condition, business and results of
operations.
Advanced
Circuits customers operate in industries that experience
rapid technological change that cause short product life cycles
and as a result, if the product life cycles of its customers
slow materially, and research and development expenditures are
reduced, its financial condition, business and results of
operations will be materially adversely affected.
Advanced Circuits customers compete in markets that are
characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry
standards and continuous improvement in products and services.
These conditions frequently result in short product life cycles.
As professionals operating in research and development
26
departments represent the majority of Advanced Circuits
net sales, the rapid development of electronic products is a key
driver of Advanced Circuits sales and operating
performance. Any decline in the development and introduction of
new electronic products could slow the demand for Advanced
Circuits services and could have a material adverse effect
on its financial condition, business and results of operations.
Electronics
manufacturing services corporations are increasingly acting as
intermediaries, positioning themselves between PCB manufacturers
and OEMs, which could reduce operating margins.
Advanced Circuits OEM customers are increasingly
outsourcing the assembly of equipment to third party
manufacturers. These third party manufacturers typically
assemble products for multiple customers and often purchase
circuit boards from Advanced Circuits in larger quantities than
OEMs. The ability of Advanced Circuits to sell products to these
customers at margins comparable to historical averages is
uncertain. Any material erosion in margins could have a material
adverse effect on Advanced Circuits financial condition,
business and results of operations.
Risks
Related to Aeroglide
Aeroglide
requires additional manufacturing capacity to maintain its
current level of growth; failure to add capacity or broaden its
outsourcing relationships could adversely affect
Aeroglides financial condition, business and results of
operations.
Aeroglides facilities are at or near capacity. Aeroglide
will need to either increase its manufacturing capacity or add
outsourced manufacturing capacity in order to materially grow
the business. Aeroglides failure to add capacity or
broaden its outsourcing relationships could adversely affect its
financial condition, business and results of operations.
Risks
Related to Anodyne
Anodyne
recently acquired its first three businesses and faces risks
associated with consolidation and integration.
Anodyne recently acquired its first three businesses and faces
risks associated with consolidation and integration. Anodyne was
formed in early 2006 to acquire SenTech Medical Systems, Inc.
which we refer to as SenTech, and AMF Support Surfaces, Inc.,
which we refer to as AMF. On October 5, 2006, Anodyne acquired
Anatomic Gobal, Inc., which we refer to as Anatomic. In addition
to SenTech, AMF, and Anatomic, Anodyne intends to acquire other
businesses in the medical mattress and support surface sector.
Anodynes operating results will be influenced by the
ability of Anodynes management to integrate these other
businesses.
Anodynes
business could be materially impacted by fluctuations in raw
material costs, such as foam, vinyl or fabric.
Anodynes results of operations could be materially
impacted by fluctuations in the cost of raw materials such as
foam, vinyl or fabric. In particular, fluctuations in the cost
of polyurethane foam could have a material effect on
profitability. Since August 2005, the cost of polyurethane foam
has increased significantly, in some cases by over 40%. There
can be no assurance that increases in the costs of raw materials
such as polyurethane foam can be passed along to customers. Any
inability to pass on increases in the costs of raw materials
could materially impact Anodynes profitability.
Certain
of Anodynes products are subject to regulation by the
FDA.
Certain of Anodynes mattress products are Class II
devices within Section 201(h) of the Federal Food, Drug and
Cosmetic Act (21 USC §321(h)), which we refer to as
the FDCA, and, as such, are subject to the requirements of the
FDCA and certain rules and regulations of the Food and Drug
Administration, which we refer to as the FDA. Prior to our
acquisition of Anodyne, one of its subsidiaries
27
received a warning letter from the FDA in connection with
certain deficiencies identified during a regular FDA audit,
including noncompliance with certain design control
requirements, certain good manufacturing practice regulations
and certain record keeping requirements. Anodynes
subsidiary has undertaken corrective measures to address the
deficiencies and continues to fully cooperate with the FDA. The
FDA has the authority to inspect without notice, and to take any
disciplinary action that it sees fit, any one of which may have
a material adverse effect on Anodynes financial condition,
business or results of operations.
A
change in Medicare Reimbursement Guidelines may reduce demand
for Anodynes products.
Certain changes in Medicare Reimbursement Guidelines if and when
effective may reduce the amount of Medicare funds available for
purchasing certain products, which could in turn reduce demand
for medical support surfaces and have a material adverse effect
on Anodynes financial condition, business or results of
operations. We cannot predict when any such change in the
Guidelines may be effected, or the effect of such changes on
Anodynes business and operations.
Risks
Related to CBS Personnel
CBS
Personnels business depends on its ability to attract and
retain qualified staffing personnel that possess the skills
demanded by its clients.
As a provider of temporary staffing services, the success of CBS
Personnels business depends on its ability to attract and
retain qualified staffing personnel who possess the skills and
experience necessary to meet the requirements of its clients or
to successfully bid for new client projects. CBS Personnel must
continually evaluate and upgrade its base of available qualified
personnel through recruiting and training programs to keep pace
with changing client needs and emerging technologies. CBS
Personnels ability to attract and retain qualified
staffing personnel could be impaired by rapid improvement in
economic conditions resulting in lower unemployment, increases
in compensation or increased competition. During periods of
economic growth, CBS Personnel faces increasing competition for
retaining and recruiting qualified staffing personnel, which in
turn leads to greater advertising and recruiting costs and
increased salary expenses. If CBS Personnel cannot attract and
retain qualified staffing personnel, the quality of its services
may deteriorate and its financial condition, business and
results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
Moreover, evolving technological innovations may require CBS
Personnel to seek better educated and trained workers, who may
not be available in sufficient numbers.
Customer
relocation of positions filled by CBS Personnel may materially
adversely affect CBS Personnels financial condition,
business and results of operations.
Many companies have built offshore operations, moved their
operations to offshore sites that have lower employment costs or
outsourced certain functions. If CBS Personnels customers
relocate positions filled by CBS Personnel, this would have a
material adverse effect on the financial condition, business and
results of operations of CBS Personnel.
CBS
Personnel assumes the obligation to make wage, tax and
regulatory payments for its employees, and as a result, it is
exposed to client credit risks.
CBS Personnel generally assumes responsibility for and manages
the risks associated with its employees payroll
obligations, including liability for payment of salaries and
wages (including payroll taxes), as well as group health and
retirement benefits for its leased employees. These obligations
are fixed, whether or not its clients make payments required by
services agreements, which exposes CBS Personnel to credit risks
of its clients, primarily relating to uncollateralized accounts
receivables. If CBS Personnel fails to successfully manage its
credit risk, its financial condition, business and results of
operations may be materially adversely affected.
28
CBS
Personnel is exposed to employment-related claims and costs and
periodic litigation that could materially adversely affect its
financial condition, business and results of
operations.
The temporary services business entails employing individuals
and placing such individuals in clients workplaces. CBS
Personnels ability to control the workplace environment of
its clients is limited. As the employer of record of its
temporary employees, it incurs a risk of liability to its
temporary employees and clients for various workplace events,
including: claims of misconduct or negligence on the part of its
employees; discrimination or harassment claims against its
employees, or claims by its employees of discrimination or
harassment by its clients; immigration-related claims; claims
relating to violations of wage, hour and other workplace
regulations; claims relating to employee benefits, entitlements
to employee benefits, or errors in the calculation or
administration of such benefits; and possible claims relating to
misuse of customer confidential information, misappropriation of
assets or other similar claims. CBS Personnel may incur fines
and other losses and negative publicity with respect to any of
these situations. Some the claims may result in litigation,
which is expensive and distracts managements attention
from the operations of CBS Personnels business.
Furthermore, while CBS Personnel maintains insurance with
respect to many of these items, it, may not be able to continue
to obtain insurance at a cost that does not have a material
adverse effect upon it. As a result, such claims (whether by
reason of it not having insurance or by reason of such claims
being outside the scope of its insurance) may have a material
adverse effect on CBS Personnels financial condition,
business and results of operations.
CBS
Personnels workers compensation loss reserves may be
inadequate to cover its ultimate liability for workers
compensation costs.
CBS Personnel self-insures its workers compensation
exposure for certain employees. The calculation of the
workers compensation reserves involves the use of certain
actuarial assumptions and estimates. Accordingly, reserves do
not represent an exact calculation of liability. Reserves can be
affected by both internal and external events, such as adverse
developments on existing claims or changes in medical costs,
claims handling procedures, administrative costs, inflation, and
legal trends and legislative changes. As a result, reserves may
not be adequate. If reserves are insufficient to cover the
actual losses, CBS Personnel would have to increase its reserves
and incur charges to its earnings that could be material.
Risks
Related to Halo
Increases
in the portion of end customers buying directly from
manufacturers could have a material adverse effect on the
business of Halo.
The promotional products industry supply chain is comprised of
multiple levels. As a distributor, Halo does not manufacture or
decorate the promotional products it sells. Though management
believes distributors play a valuable role in the industry,
increases in the portion of end customers buying directly from
manufacturers could have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition, business and results of operations of Halo.
The
loss of a significant number of account executives could
adversely affect the business of Halo.
Halo relies on its large staff of account executives to develop
and maintain relationships with end customers. Halos sales
force is comprised of both full time employees and
sub-contractors.
These professionals have relationships with customers of varying
sizes and profitability. Though management believes its
compensation structure and sales force support is comparable to
or better than many industry participants, there can be no
assurance that Halo will be able to retain their continuing
services. The loss of a significant number of account executives
could adversely affect the business of Halo.
29
Halo
relies on suppliers for the timely delivery of products to end
customers. Delays in the delivery of promotional products to
customers could adversely affect Halos results of
operations.
Halo often relies on many of its suppliers to ship directly to
its end customers. Delays in the shipment of products or supply
shortages in promotional products in high demand could affect
Halos reputation and standing with its end customers and
adversely affect Halos results of operations.
Risks
Related to Silvue
Silvue
derives a significant portion of its revenue from the eyewear
industry. Any economic downturn in this market or increased
regulations by the FDA, would materially adversely affect its
operating results and financial condition.
Silvues management estimates that in 2006 approximately
88% of its net sales were from the premium eyewear industry.
Because Silvues customers are concentrated in the eyewear
industry, the economic factors impacting this industry also
impact its operations and revenues. Any downturn in this market
would materially adversely affect its operating results and
financial condition. Further, Silvues coating technology
is used primarily on mid and high value lenses. A decline in the
ophthalmic and sunglass lens industry in general, or a change in
consumers preferences from mid and high value lenses to
low value lenses within the industry, may have a material
adverse effect on its financial condition, business and results
of operations.
Silvues
technology is compatible with certain substrates and processes
and competes with a number of products currently sold on the
market. A change in the substrate, process or competitive
landscape could have a material adverse affect on its financial
condition, business and results of operations.
Silvue provides material for the coating of polycarbonate,
acrylic, glass, metals and other surfaces. Its business is
dependent upon the continued use of these substrates and the
need for its products to be applied to these substrates. In
addition, Silvues products are compatible with certain
application techniques. New application techniques designed to
improve performance and decrease costs are being developed that
may be incompatible with Silvues coating technologies.
Further, Silvue competes with a number of large and small
companies in the research, development, and production of
coating systems. A competitor may develop a coating system that
is technologically superior and render Silvues products
less competitive. Any of these conditions may have a material
adverse effect on its financial condition, business and results
of operations.
Risks
Related to this Offering
We
have broad discretion in using the net proceeds of this
offering. Our failure to effectively use these proceeds could
adversely affect our ability to earn profits.
We will receive net proceeds in this offering and from the
separate private placement transaction of approximately $157.0
million. We intend to use the net proceeds to repay existing
indebtedness and for general corporate purposes, including the
acquisition of other businesses. If we fail to identify
desirable acquisition targets, or fail to effectively consummate
such acquisitions, or ability to earn profits could be adversely
affected.
Our
shares are thinly traded and you may not be able to sell the
securities at all or when you want to do so.
Our shares currently are quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select
Market and currently are thinly traded. Since the closing of the
IPO, the weekly trading volume for our shares has been as low as
71,470 shares per week as reported by NASDAQ. Our average
daily trading volume was 51,054 for the quarter ended
March 31, 2007 as reported by NASDAQ. Because of the
limited public market for our shares, you may be unable to sell
our shares when you want to do so.
30
Future
sales of shares may cause the market price of our shares to
decline.
We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our
shares, or the availability of shares for future sale, will have
on the market price of our shares. Sales of substantial amounts
of our shares in the public market following this offering, or
the perception that such sales could occur, could materially
adversely affect the market price of our shares and may make it
more difficult for you to sell your shares at a time and price
which you deem appropriate. A decline below the offering price,
in the future, is possible. After the consummation of this
offering and the separate private placement transaction, there
will be 30,214,706 shares of the trust issued and
outstanding (31,414,706 shares if the underwriters exercise
their overallotment option in full). The 8,000,000 shares
sold in this offering (9,200,000 shares if the underwriters
exercise their overallotment option in full) will be freely
tradable without restriction or further registration under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, by
persons other than our affiliates within the meaning of
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In addition, under the
terms of the registration rights agreements with CGI and Pharos,
we will be required to file a shelf registration statement under
the Securities Act relating to the resale of all shares owned by
such holders (subject to the restrictions contained in those
agreements) as soon as reasonably possible following
May 16, 2007, the one year anniversary of our IPO. See
Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transaction Contractual Relationships with Related
Parties Registration Rights Agreements.
We, CGI, Pharos I LLC, which we refer to as Pharos, the
employees of our manager and our officers and directors have
agreed that, with limited exceptions, we and they will not
directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of
Citigroup Global Markets Inc., on behalf of the underwriters,
offer to sell, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares for a
period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus.
We may
issue additional debt and equity securities which are senior to
our shares as to distributions and in liquidation, which could
materially adversely affect the market price of our shares and
result in dilution to our shareholders.
In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources
by entering into additional debt or debt-like financing that is
secured by all or up to all of our assets, or issuing debt or
equity securities, which could include issuances of commercial
paper, medium-term notes, senior notes, subordinated notes or
equity securities, including preferred securities. Specifically,
we do intend to issue our shares as consideration for future
acquisitions. In the event of our liquidation, our lenders and
holders of our debt securities would receive a distribution of
our available assets before distributions to our shareholders.
Any preferred securities, if issued, may have a preference with
respect to distributions and upon liquidation, which could
further limit our ability to make distributions to our
shareholders. Because our decision to incur debt and issue
securities in our future offerings will depend on market
conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot
predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future
offerings and debt financing. Further, market conditions could
require us to accept less favorable terms for the issuance of
our securities in the future. Thus, you will bear the risk of
our future offerings reducing the value of your shares and
diluting your interest in us. In addition, we can change our
leverage strategy from time to time without shareholder
approval, which could materially adversely affect the market
share price of our shares.
Our
earnings and cash distributions may affect the market price of
our shares.
Generally, the market price of our shares may be based, in part,
on the markets perception of our growth potential and our
current and potential future cash distributions, whether from
operations, sales, acquisitions or refinancings, and on the
value of our businesses. For that reason, our shares may trade
at prices that are higher or lower than our net asset value per
share. Should we retain operating cash flow for investment
purposes or working capital reserves instead of distributing the
cash flows to our shareholders, the retained funds, while
increasing the value of our underlying assets, may materially
adversely affect the market price of our shares. Our failure to
meet market expectations with respect to earnings and cash
distributions could materially adversely affect the market price
of our shares.
31
If the market price of our shares declines, you may be unable to
resell your shares at or above the public offering price. We
cannot assure you that the market price of our shares will not
fluctuate or decline significantly, including a decline below
the public offering price, in the future.
The
market price, trading volume and marketability of our shares
may, from time to time, be significantly affected by numerous
factors beyond our control, which may materially adversely
affect the market price of your shares and our ability to raise
capital through future equity financings.
The market price and trading volume of our shares may fluctuate
significantly. Many factors that are beyond our control may
significantly affect the market price and marketability of our
shares and may materially adversely affect our ability to raise
capital through equity financings. These factors include: price
and volume fluctuations in the stock markets generally which
create highly variable and unpredictable pricing of equity
securities; significant volatility in the market price and
trading volume of securities of companies in the sectors in
which our businesses operate, which may not be related to the
operating performance of these companies and which may not
reflect the performance of our businesses; changes and
variations in our earnings and cash flows; any shortfall in
revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels
expected by securities analysts; changes in regulation or tax
law; operating performance of companies comparable to us;
general economic trends and other external factors including
inflation, interest rates, and costs and availability of raw
materials, fuel and transportation; and loss of a major funding
source.
All of our shares sold in this offering will be freely
transferable by persons other than our affiliates and those
persons subject to
lock-up
agreements, without restriction or further registration under
the Securities Act.
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
This prospectus, including the sections entitled
Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and
Business, and elsewhere contains forward-looking
statements. We may, in some cases, use words such as
project, predict, believe,
anticipate, plan, expect,
estimate, intend, should,
would, could, potentially,
or may or other words that, convey uncertainty of
future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking
statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus are
subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, some of which
are beyond our control, including, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to successfully operate our current businesses on a
combined basis, and to effectively integrate and improve any
future acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
our ability to remove our manager and our managers right
to resign;
|
|
|
|
our trust and organizational structure, which may limit our
ability to meet our dividend and distribution policy;
|
|
|
|
our ability to service and comply with the terms of our
indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
our cash flow available for distribution after the closing of
this offering and our ability to make distributions in the
future to our shareholders;
|
|
|
|
our ability to pay the management fee, profit allocation and put
price when due;
|
|
|
|
our ability to make and finance future acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
our ability to implement our acquisition and management
strategies;
|
|
|
|
the regulatory environment in which our businesses operate;
|
|
|
|
trends in the industries in which our businesses operate;
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
changes in general economic or business conditions or economic
or demographic trends in the United States and other
countries in which we have a presence, including changes in
interest rates and inflation;
|
|
|
|
environmental risks affecting the business or operations of our
current businesses;
|
|
|
|
our and our managers ability to retain or replace
qualified employees of our current businesses and our manager;
|
|
|
|
costs and effects of legal and administrative proceedings,
settlements, investigations and claims; and
|
|
|
|
extraordinary or force majeure events affecting the business or
operations of our current businesses.
|
Our actual results, performance, prospects or opportunities
could differ materially from those expressed in or implied by
the forward-looking statements. A description of some of the
risks that could cause our actual results to differ appears
under the section Risk Factors and elsewhere in this
prospectus. Additional risks of which we are not currently aware
or which we currently deem immaterial could also cause our
actual results to differ.
In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, you
should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking
statements. The forward-looking events discussed in this
prospectus may not occur. These forward-looking statements are
made as of the date of this prospectus. We undertake no
obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking
statements after the completion of this offering, whether as a
result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as
required by law.
33
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of
8,000,000 shares in this offering will be approximately
$129.2 million (or approximately $148.6 million if the
underwriters overallotment option is exercised in full),
based on an assumed public offering price of $17.00 per share
and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of
approximately $6.8 million (or approximately
$7.8 million if the underwriters overallotment option
is exercised in full), but without giving effect to the payment
of public offering costs of approximately $2.2 million. In
addition, CGI has agreed to purchase in a separate private
placement transaction to close in conjunction with the closing
of this offering a number of shares in the trust having an
aggregate purchase price of approximately $30 million at a per
share price equal to the public offering price. We intend to use
approximately $92.8 million of the net proceeds from this
offering and from the separate private placement transaction to
repay borrowings under our revolving credit facility and any
remaining amounts for general corporate purposes, including to
fund acquisitions, if and when identified and consummated. Our
revolving credit facility has been used to provide funding for
our acquisitions and loans to our businesses. Our revolving
credit facility permits borrowings up to $255 million with
an option to increase the facility by $45 million. The
revolving credit facility allows for loans at either base rate
or LIBOR. Base rate loans bear interest at a fluctuating rate
per annum equal to the greater of (i) the prime rate of
interest published by The Wall Street Journal and
(ii) the sum of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5% for the
relevant period, plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50% based
upon the companys ratio of total debt to adjusted
consolidated earnings before interest expense, tax expense, and
depreciation and amortization expenses for such period (the
total debt to EBITDA ratio). LIBOR loans bear
interest at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the London
Interbank Offer Rate, or LIBOR, for the relevant period plus a
margin ranging from 2.50% to 3.50% based on the companys
total debt to EBITDA ratio. As of April 19, 2007, there was
an aggregate of $2.8 million of base rate loans and
$90.0 million of LIBOR loans outstanding under the
revolving credit facility. As of April 19, 2007 the
interest rate for base rate loans was 10.25% and the interest
rate for LIBOR loans was 8.35%. Outstanding indebtedness under
the revolving credit facility will mature on November 21,
2011. We are required to pay commitment fees ranging between
0.75% and 1.25% per annum on the unused portion of the revolving
credit facility.
PRICE
RANGE OF SHARES
Our shares trade on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the
symbol CODI. On April 19, 2007, the last reported
sale price of our shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was
$16.45 per share. The following table sets forth, for the
periods indicated, the high and low closing prices of the shares
as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Quarter (from May 16,
2006)
|
|
$
|
15.10
|
|
|
$
|
14.27
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
15.36
|
|
|
|
13.45
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
17.67
|
|
|
|
15.70
|
|
2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
18.32
|
|
|
$
|
16.77
|
|
Second Quarter (through
April 19, 2007)
|
|
$
|
17.27
|
|
|
$
|
16.28
|
|
As of March 31, 2007 we had 20,450,000 of our shares
outstanding that were held by fewer than ten holders of record;
however, we believe the number of beneficial owners of our
shares is approximately 5,500.
34
DIVIDEND
AND DISTRIBUTION POLICY
The companys board of directors intends to declare and pay
regular quarterly cash distributions on all outstanding shares.
On July 18, 2006, the trust paid a pro rata distribution of
$0.1327 per share to holders of record on July 11, 2006 for
the quarter ended June 30, 2006. On October 19, 2006,
the trust paid a distribution of $0.2625 to holders of record as
of October 13, 2006 for the quarter ended
September 30, 2006. On January 24, 2007, the trust
paid a distribution of $0.30 to holders of record as of
January 18, 2007 for the quarter ended December 31,
2006. The companys board of directors intends to set each
distribution on the basis of the current results of operations
of our businesses and other resources available to the company,
including the third party credit facility, and the desire to
provide sustainable levels of distributions to our shareholders.
Our distribution policy is based on the predictable and stable
cash flows of our businesses and our intention to provide
sustainable levels of distributions to our shareholders while
reinvesting a portion of our cash flows in our businesses or in
the acquisition of new businesses. If we successfully implement
our strategy, we expect to maintain and increase the level of
our distributions to shareholders in the future.
The declaration and payment of any future distribution will be
subject to the approval of a majority of the companys
board of directors. The board of directors will at all times
include a majority of independent directors. The companys
board of directors will take into account such matters as
general business conditions, our financial condition, results of
operations, capital requirements and any contractual, legal and
regulatory restrictions on the payment of distributions by us to
our shareholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and any other
factors that the board of directors deems relevant. However,
even in the event that the companys board of directors
were to decide to declare and pay distributions, our ability to
pay such distributions may be adversely impacted due to unknown
liabilities, government regulations, financial covenants of the
debt of the company, funds needed for acquisitions and to
satisfy short- and long-term working capital needs of our
businesses, or if our businesses do not generate sufficient
earnings and cash flow to support the payment of such
distributions. In particular, we may incur debt in the future to
acquire new businesses, which debt will have substantial payment
obligations, which must be satisfied before we can make
distributions. These factors could affect our ability to
continue to make distributions.
We may use cash flow from our businesses, the capital resources
of the company, including borrowings under the companys
third party credit facility, or a reduction in equity to pay a
distribution. See the section entitled Material U.S.
Federal Income Tax Considerations for more information
about the tax treatment of distributions to our shareholders.
Restrictions
on Distribution Payments
We are dependent upon the ability of our businesses to generate
earnings and cash flow and to make distributions to us in the
form of interest and principal payments on indebtedness and
distributions on equity to enable us to, first, satisfy our
financial obligations, including payments under our revolving
credit facility, the management fee, profit allocation and put
price, and, second, make distributions to our shareholders.
There is no guarantee that we will continue to make quarterly
distributions. Our ability to make quarterly distributions may
be subject to certain restrictions, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the operating results of our businesses which are impacted by
factors outside of our control including competition, inflation
and general economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our businesses to make distributions to us, which
may be subject to limitations under laws of the jurisdictions in
which they are incorporated or organized;
|
|
|
|
insufficient cash to pay distributions due to increases in our
general and administrative expenses, including the quarterly
management fee we pay our manager, principal and interest
payments on our outstanding debt, tax expenses or working
capital requirements;
|
|
|
|
the obligation to pay our manager a profit allocation upon the
occurrence of a trigger event;
|
|
|
|
the obligation to pay our manager the put price pursuant to the
supplemental put agreement;
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
the companys board of directors election to keep a
portion of the operating cash flow in the businesses or to use
such funds for the acquisition of new businesses;
|
|
|
|
restrictions on distributions under our revolving credit
facility which contains financial covenants that we will have to
satisfy in order to make quarterly or annual distributions;
|
|
|
|
any dividends or distributions paid by our businesses pro rata
to the minority shareholders of our businesses, which portion
will not be available to us for any purpose, including for the
purpose of making distributions to our shareholders;
|
|
|
|
possible future issuances of debt or debt-like financing
arrangements that are secured by all or substantially all of our
assets, or issuing debt or equity securities, which could
include issuances of commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior
notes, subordinated notes or preferred securities, which
obligations will have priority over distributions on the shares;
and
|
|
|
|
in the future, the company may issue preferred securities and
holders of such preferred securities may have a preference with
respect to distributions, which could limit our ability to make
distributions to our shareholders.
|
As a consequence of these various restrictions, we may not be
able to declare, or may have to delay or cancel payment of,
distributions to our shareholders.
Because the companys board of directors intends to
continue to declare and pay regular quarterly cash distributions
on all outstanding shares, our growth may not be as fast as
businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing
operations. We expect that we will rely upon external financing
sources, including issuances of debt or debt-like financing
arrangements and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to
fund our acquisitions and expansion of capital expenditures. As
a result, to the extent we are unable to finance growth
externally, our decision to declare and pay regular quarterly
distributions will significantly impair our ability to grow.
Our decision to incur debt and issue securities in future
offerings will depend on market conditions and other factors
beyond our control. Therefore, we cannot predict or estimate the
amount, timing or nature of our future offerings and debt
financings. Likewise, holders of our shares may be diluted
pursuant to additional equity issuances.
36
PRO FORMA
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our unaudited pro forma
capitalization, assuming no exercise of the underwriters
overallotment option, at an assumed public offering price of
$17.00 per share of the trust and the application of the
estimated net proceeds of such sale (after deducting
underwriting discounts and commission and our estimated offering
expenses) as well as the proceeds from the separate private
placement transaction. As Adjusted reflects the
repayment of outstanding debt from the proceeds of the sale of
Crosman, cash used and debt incurred for the acquisitions of
Aeroglide and Halo and the application of the net proceeds of
this offering as further described in the Pro Forma
Condensed Financial Statements included within this
prospectus. This table should be read in conjunction with
Use of Proceeds, Pro Forma Condensed Financial
Statements and our consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
7,006
|
|
|
$
|
85,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term
debt
|
|
$
|
87,604
|
|
|
$
|
2,604
|
|
Long-term debt, excluding current
maturities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
87,604
|
|
|
$
|
3,106
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trust shares, no par value;
500,000,000 authorized; 30,214,706 shares issued and
outstanding as adjusted for the offering(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
255,711
|
|
|
$
|
448,614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
343,315
|
|
|
$
|
451,720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Each trust share representing one undivided beneficial interest
in the trust property. |
37
PRO FORMA
CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance
sheet as of December 31, 2006, gives effect to the
following transactions, as if the following transactions had
been completed as of December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
the offering and the application of proceeds from this offering
and from the separate private placement transaction as further
described in the section entitled Use of Proceeds;
|
|
|
|
the sale of Crosman on January 5, 2007 and the application
of the proceeds from this sale to retire third party debt and to
provide partial funding for the acquisition of Aeroglide and
Halo; and
|
|
|
|
the acquisition of approximately 89.0% of Aeroglide and
approximately 73.6% of Halo.
|
The purchase price for these acquisitions are subject to
adjustment. The actual amount of such adjustments, which we do
not expect to be material, will depend upon the actual working
capital of Aeroglide and Halo as of February 28, 2007.
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements
of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006, gives
effect to this offering, the separate private placement
transaction and the acquisition of Aeroglide and Halo as if they
had occurred at the beginning of the fiscal period presented.
The as reported financial information in the
unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet at
December 31, 2006, and for the year ended December 31,
2006, for Aeroglide and Halo are derived from the audited
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006
of each of the businesses, which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The as reported financial information
for the trust at December 31, 2006 and for the year ended
December 31, 2006, is derived from the audited financial
statements of the trust as of December 31, 2006 and for the
year ended December 31, 2006 and is included in this
prospectus.
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial
statements, or the pro forma financial statements, have been
prepared assuming that our acquisition of the Aeroglide and Halo
businesses will be accounted for under the purchase method of
accounting. Under the purchase method of accounting, the assets
acquired and the liabilities assumed will be recorded at their
respective fair value at the date of acquisition. The total
purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed based on estimates of their respective fair
values, which are subject to revision if the finalization of the
respective fair values results in a material difference to the
preliminary estimate used.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of
operations includes the results of operations for Aeroglide and
Halo as if they were purchased on January 1, 2006 and the
actual historical results of operations of our other businesses
as of the date of acquisition, which was May 16, 2006 for
our initial businesses and August 1, 2006 for Anodyne. As
such these pro forma financial statements are not necessarily
indicative of operating results that would have been achieved
had the transactions described above been completed at the
beginning of the period presented and should not be construed as
indicative of future operating results.
You should read these unaudited pro forma condensed financial
statements in conjunction with the financial statements and
accompanying footnotes of Aeroglide and Halo included in this
prospectus and the consolidated financial statements for the
trust and the company, including the notes thereto.
38
Compass
Diversified Trust
Condensed
Combined Pro Forma Balance Sheet
at
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Compass
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
Diversified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass
|
|
|
|
Trust
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Diversified
|
|
|
|
(as reported)
|
|
|
Offering*
|
|
|
(as reported)
|
|
|
(as reported)
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Trust
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
7,006
|
|
|
$
|
157,000
|
|
|
$
|
4,539
|
|
|
$
|
339
|
|
|
$
|
(83,476
|
)(1)
|
|
$
|
85,408
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
74,899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,340
|
|
|
|
22,769
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
109,008
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
4,756
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,380
|
|
|
|
3,127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,263
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
7,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
|
2,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,221
|
|
Current assets of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
46,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(46,636
|
)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
140,356
|
|
|
|
157,000
|
|
|
|
18,583
|
|
|
|
29,073
|
|
|
|
(130,112
|
)
|
|
|
214,900
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
10,858
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,443
|
|
|
|
959
|
|
|
|
3,471
|
(3)
|
|
|
19,731
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
159,151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,812
|
|
|
|
7,388
|
|
|
|
44,137
|
(4)
|
|
|
218,488
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
128,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57,720
|
(5)
|
|
|
186,610
|
|
Deferred debt issuance costs
|
|
|
5,190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,190
|
|
Other non-current assets
|
|
|
15,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,478
|
|
|
|
1,220
|
|
|
|
(2,698
|
)(6)
|
|
|
15,894
|
|
Assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
65,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(65,258
|
)(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
525,597
|
|
|
$
|
157,000
|
|
|
$
|
32,316
|
|
|
$
|
38,640
|
|
|
$
|
(92,740
|
)
|
|
$
|
660,813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and
stockholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses
|
|
$
|
52,900
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
17,754
|
|
|
$
|
18,204
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
88,858
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
516
|
|
|
|
(516
|
)(8)
|
|
|
|
|
Due to related party
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
469
|
|
Current portion of debt
|
|
|
87,604
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,324
|
|
|
|
1,096
|
|
|
|
(87,420
|
)(9)
|
|
|
2,604
|
|
Current portion of supplemental put
obligation
|
|
|
7,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,880
|
|
Current liabilities of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
14,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,019
|
)(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
162,872
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,078
|
|
|
|
19,816
|
|
|
|
(101,955
|
)
|
|
|
99,811
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,058
|
|
|
|
8,205
|
|
|
|
(11,761
|
)(11)
|
|
|
502
|
|
Supplemental put obligation
|
|
|
14,576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,576
|
|
Long-term deferred income taxes
|
|
|
41,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
13,586
|
(12)
|
|
|
55,164
|
|
Non-current liabilities of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
6,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,634
|
)(13)
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
17,336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,703
|
)(14)
|
|
|
17,336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
242,755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,910
|
|
|
|
28,191
|
|
|
|
(108,467
|
)
|
|
|
187,389
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
27,131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,321
|
)(15)
|
|
|
24,810
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
255,711
|
|
|
|
157,000
|
|
|
|
7,406
|
|
|
|
10,449
|
|
|
|
18,048(16
|
)
|
|
|
448,614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
525,597
|
|
|
$
|
157,000
|
|
|
$
|
32,316
|
|
|
$
|
38,640
|
|
|
$
|
(92,740
|
)
|
|
$
|
660,813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Reflects the issuance of shares and the net proceeds from this
offering (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions
of $6,800 and estimated offering expenses of $2,200) and the
proceeds from the separate private placement transaction. |
39
Compass
Diversified Trust
Condensed
Combined Pro Forma Statement of Operations
for the
year ended December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Compass
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
Diversified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass
|
|
|
|
Trust
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Diversified
|
|
|
|
(as reported)
|
|
|
(as reported)
|
|
|
(as reported)
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Trust
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
410,873
|
|
|
$
|
48,086
|
|
|
$
|
115,646
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
574,605
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
311,641
|
|
|
|
27,699
|
|
|
|
71,210
|
|
|
|
370
|
(2)
|
|
|
410,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
99,232
|
|
|
|
20,387
|
|
|
|
44,436
|
|
|
|
(370
|
)
|
|
|
163,685
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staffing expense
|
|
|
34,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,345
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expense
|
|
|
36,732
|
|
|
|
17,334
|
|
|
|
38,321
|
|
|
|
174
|
(2)
|
|
|
92,561
|
|
Supplemental put expense
|
|
|
22,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,456
|
|
Fees to manager
|
|
|
4,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,364
|
(5)
|
|
|
6,740
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
1,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,806
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
6,774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,129
|
(1)
|
|
|
13,903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
(loss)
|
|
|
(7,257
|
)
|
|
|
3,053
|
|
|
|
6,115
|
|
|
|
(10,037
|
)
|
|
|
(8,126
|
)
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
807
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
807
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(6,130
|
)
|
|
|
(594
|
)
|
|
|
(797
|
)
|
|
|
3,891
|
(3)
|
|
|
(3,630
|
)
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(779
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(779
|
)
|
Loss on debt extinguishment
|
|
|
(8,275
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,275
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing
operations before provision for income taxes and minority
interest
|
|
|
(21,093
|
)
|
|
|
2,484
|
|
|
|
5,318
|
|
|
|
(6,146
|
)
|
|
|
(19,437
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
5,298
|
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
|
2,203
|
|
|
|
(2,387
|
)(4)
|
|
|
5,965
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
1,245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
430
|
(6)
|
|
|
1,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing
operations
|
|
$
|
(27,636
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,633
|
|
|
$
|
3,115
|
|
|
$
|
(4,189
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27,077
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
per share
|
|
$
|
(2.18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1.21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares
outstanding
|
|
|
12,686
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,451
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
Notes to
Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
This information in Note 1 provides all of the pro forma
adjustments from each line item in the pro forma Condensed
Combined Financial Statements. Note 2 describes how the
adjustments were derived or calculated. Unless otherwise noted,
all amounts are in thousands of dollars ($000).
|
|
Note 1.
|
Pro Forma
Adjustments
|
Balance
Sheet:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds from the sale of
Crosman after partial application of proceeds to repay
borrowings under the revolving credit facility
|
|
$
|
34,722
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving credit borrowing to
partially fund acquisition of Aeroglide and Halo
|
|
|
94,500
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
|
Use of cash to fund acquisitions
of Aeroglide and Halo
|
|
|
(118,198
|
)(c)
|
|
|
|
|
Partial use of the net proceeds
from this offering and from the separate private placement
transaction to repay outstanding borrowings under the revolving
credit facility
|
|
|
(94,500
|
)(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(83,476
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
|
Current assets of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sale of Crosman
|
|
$
|
(46,636
|
)(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
|
Property and equipment,
net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
$
|
2,553
|
(e)
|
|
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
|
918
|
(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
$
|
20,792
|
(e)
|
|
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
|
23,345
|
(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
|
Intangible assets,
net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
$
|
22,250
|
(e)
|
|
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
|
35,470
|
(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
57,720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
|
|
Other non-current
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
$
|
(1,478
|
)(e)
|
|
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
|
(1,220
|
)(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,698
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
|
|
Assets of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sale of Crosman
|
|
$
|
(65,258
|
)(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
$
|
(516
|
)(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.
|
|
|
Current portion of
debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sale of Crosman
|
|
$
|
(85,000
|
)(a)
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
(1,324
|
)(e)
|
|
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
|
(1,096
|
)(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(87,420
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
|
|
Current liabilities of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sale of Crosman
|
|
$
|
(14,019
|
)(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Diversified Trust
|
|
$
|
94,500
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Diversified Trust
|
|
|
(94,500
|
)(d)
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
(4,058
|
)(e)
|
|
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
|
(7,703
|
)(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(11,761
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.
|
|
|
Long-term deferred income
taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
(71
|
)(e)
|
|
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
|
13,657
|
(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
13,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.
|
|
|
Non-current liabilities of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Crosman sale
|
|
$
|
(6,634
|
)(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.
|
|
|
Other non-current
liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
$
|
(1,703
|
)(e)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.
|
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sale of Crosman
|
|
$
|
(7,422
|
)(a)
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
2,350
|
(e)
|
|
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
|
2,751
|
(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,321
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.
|
|
|
Total stockholders
equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sale of Crosman
|
|
$
|
35,903
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
(7,406
|
)(e)
|
|
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
|
(10,449
|
)(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement
of Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
$
|
5,006
|
(a)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
|
2,123
|
(b)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
$
|
370
|
(a)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
|
174
|
(b)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
$
|
594
|
(a)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
|
797
|
(b)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Diversified Trust
|
|
|
2,500
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,891
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
|
Provision for income
taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
$
|
(1,817
|
)(a)(4)
|
|
|
|
|
Halo
|
|
|
(570
|
)(b)(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,387
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
|
Fees to manager
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Diversified Trust
|
|
$
|
2,364
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Diversified Trust
|
|
$
|
430
|
(e)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 2.
|
Pro Forma
Adjustments by Business
|
As a further illustration, we have grouped the pro forma
adjustments detailed in Note 1 to the Pro Forma Condensed
Financial Statements by each business to show the combine effect
of the pro forma adjustments on each business.
Balance
Sheet
a. Sale of Crosman
Reflects the sale of Crosman on January 5, 2007 whereby the
company received proceeds of $119,722 and applied $85,000 of
such proceeds from the sale to repay revolving credit facility
borrowings outstanding on the date of the sale. Partial funding
for the acquisitions of Aeroglide and Halo were provided by the
cash remaining after the repayment of the $85.0 million of
revolving credit facility borrowings. The sale resulted in a
gain of $35,903 that will be recorded in fiscal 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
34,722
|
|
Current assets of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
(46,636
|
)
|
Assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
(65,258
|
)
|
Current portion of debt
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
Current liabilities of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
14,019
|
|
Non-current liabilities of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
6,634
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
7,422
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
(35,903
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
b. Reflects borrowings from the revolving credit facility
to partially fund the Aeroglide and Halo acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
94,500
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
(94,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c. Reflect the use of cash for the acquisitions of
Aeroglide and Halo:
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide see note e
|
|
$
|
(56,329
|
)
|
Halo see note f
|
|
|
(61,869
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(118,198
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
d. Reflects the partial use of the net proceeds from the
offering to repay revolving credit facility borrowing incurred
to fund the acquisitions of Aeroglide and Halo:
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$
|
94,500
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
(94,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e. Aeroglide Acquisition
The following information represents the pro forma adjustments
made by us in Note 1 to reflect our acquisition of a 89.0%
equity interest in and loans to Aeroglide for a total cash
investment of approximately $56.3 million. This investment
of $56.3 million was assigned to assets of
$76.4 million, current liabilities of $17.8 million
consisting of the historical carrying values for accounts
payable and accrued expenses and $2.3 million to minority
interest. The asset allocation represents $18.6 million of
current assets valued at their historical carrying values,
property and equipment of $7.0 million valued through a
preliminary asset appraisal, $22.2 million of intangible
and other assets and $28.6 million of goodwill representing
the excess of the purchase price over identifiable assets. The
preliminary intangible asset values consist principally of
customer relationships valued at $13.0 million, trade names
valued at $3.4 million order backlog valued at
$3.4 million, process know-how valued at $2.0 million
and non-compete agreements valued at $0.4 million.
The customer relationships were valued at $13.0 million
using an excess earnings methodology, in which an asset is
valuable to the extent that the asset enables its owner to earn
a return in excess of the required returns on and of the other
assets utilized in the business. Customer relationships were
analyzed separately for each of the capital equipment and
aftermarket and other segments of the business, as described in
the following two paragraphs.
Capital equipment customer relationships were valued at
$5.0 million. The key assumptions in this analysis were an
economic margin of approximately 9.0% (on average) of sales
attributable to Aeroglides capital equipment customer
relationships, an estimate that sales to these capital equipment
customers would be $29.6 million in 2008 prior to factoring
in customer attrition, an attrition rate (reflecting the rate at
which Aeroglides capital equipment customer relationships
are lost) of 20% per annum, a risk-adjusted discount rate
of 19%, and a remaining useful life of 10 years.
Aftermarket and other customer relationships were valued at
$8.0 million. The key assumptions in this analysis were an
economic margin of approximately 17.5% (on average) of sales
attributable to Aeroglides aftermarket and other customer
relationships, an estimate that sales to these aftermarket and
other customers would be $12.6 million in 2008 prior to
factoring in customer attrition, an attrition rate (reflecting
the rate at which Aeroglides aftermarket and other
customer relationships are lost) of 10% per annum, a
risk-adjusted discount rate of 19%, and a remaining useful life
of 12 years.
Order backlog (representing unfulfilled customer orders for the
purchase of goods or services from Aeroglide) was valued at
$3.4 million using an excess earnings methodology, in which
an asset is valuable to the extent that the asset enables its
owner to earn a return in excess of the required returns on and
of the
44
other assets utilized in the business. Order backlog was
analyzed separately for each of the capital equipment and
aftermarket and other segments of the business, as described in
the following two paragraphs.
Capital equipment order backlog was valued at $2.6 million.
The key assumptions in this analysis were an economic margin of
12.4%, order backlog sales of $19.0 million to be fulfilled
in six months, and a risk-adjusted discount rate of 18%.
Aftermarket and other order backlog was valued at
$0.8 million. The key assumptions in this analysis were an
economic margin of 21.3%, order backlog sales of
$3.2 million to be fulfilled in three months, and a
risk-adjusted discount rate of 18%.
The trade names were valued at $3.4 million using a royalty
savings methodology, in which an asset is valuable to the extent
that ownership of the asset relieves the company from the
obligation of paying royalties for the benefits generated by the
asset. The key assumptions in this analysis were a royalty rate
equal to 1% of sales, a royalty sales base equal to 100% of
Aeroglides total sales, a risk-adjusted discount rate of
19%, and an indefinite remaining useful life.
The process know-how (representing Aeroglides
institutional knowledge and collective technical expertise
regarding various industrial applications of process driers and
coolers) was valued at $2.0 million using a royalty savings
methodology, in which an asset is valuable to the extent that
ownership of the asset relieves the company from the obligation
of paying royalties for the benefits generated by the asset. The
key assumptions in this analysis were a royalty rate equal to 1%
of sales, an initial royalty sales base equal to 100% of
Aeroglides total sales, an obsolescence factor (reflecting
the rate at which the utility of the core technology degrades
relative to time) of 5% per annum, a risk-adjusted discount
rate of 19%, and a remaining useful life of 13 years.
The non-competition agreements were valued in aggregate (for 10
Aeroglide executives) at $0.45 million using a lost profits
methodology, in which such agreements are valuable to the extent
that the company avoids suffering a reduction in cash flow by
virtue of the protection afforded by the agreements. The key
assumptions in this analysis were an estimated loss of 5% of
annual revenues during a hypothetical two-year period of
competition from the subject executives, a 20% probability each
year the subject executives would compete in the absence of the
agreements, a risk-adjusted discount rate of 19%, and a
remaining useful life of two years.
The value assigned to minority interest was derived from the
equity value contributed by the minority holders at the time of
acquisition.
1. Reflects (1) purchase accounting adjustments to
reflect Aeroglides assets acquired and liabilities assumed
at their estimated fair values, (2) redemption of existing
debt of Aeroglide and (3) elimination of historical
shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
$
|
2,553
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
20,792
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
22,250
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(1,478
|
)
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
1,324
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
4,058
|
|
Deferred tax liability
|
|
|
71
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
1,703
|
|
Establishment of minority interest
|
|
|
(2,350
|
)
|
Elimination of historical
shareholders equity
|
|
|
7,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash used to fund acquisition
|
|
$
|
56,329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
f. Halo Acquisition
The following information represents the pro forma adjustments
made by us in Note 1 to reflect our acquisition of a 73.6%
equity interest in, and loans to Halo for a total cash
investment of approximately
45
$61.9 million. This investment of $61.9 million was
assigned to assets of $98.0 million, current liabilities of
$19.5 million consisting of the historical carrying values
for accounts payable and accrued expenses, $13.8 million to
deferred tax liabilities and $2.8 million to minority
interest. The asset allocation represents $29.1 million of
current assets valued at their historical carrying values,
property and equipment of $1.9 million valued through a
preliminary asset appraisal, $35.5 million of intangible
and other assets and $31.5 million of goodwill representing
the excess of the purchase price over identifiable assets. The
preliminary intangible asset values consist principally of the
customer relationships and order processing network valued at
$30.0 million, trade names valued at $5.1 million and
non-compete covenants valued at $0.4 million.
The customer relationships and order processing network were
valued at $30.0 million using an excess earnings
methodology, in which an asset is valuable to the extent that
the asset enables its owner to earn a return in excess of the
required returns on and of the other assets utilized in the
business. The key assumptions in this analysis were an economic
margin of approximately 3.5% (on average) of sales attributable
to Halos account executive relationships, an estimate that
sales attributable to these account executive relationships
would be $131.8 million in 2008 prior to factoring in
attrition, an attrition rate (reflecting the rate at which
Halos account executive relationships are lost) of
5% per annum, a risk-adjusted discount rate of 15%, and a
remaining useful life of 15 years.
The trade names were valued at $5.1 million using a royalty
savings methodology, in which an asset is valuable to the extent
that ownership of the asset relieves the company from the
obligation of paying royalties for the benefits generated by the
asset. The key assumptions in this analysis were a royalty rate
equal to 0.5% of sales, a royalty sales base equal to 100% of
Halos total sales, a risk-adjusted discount rate of 15%,
and an indefinite remaining useful life.
The non-competition agreements were valued in aggregate (for two
Halo executives) at $0.37 million using a lost profits
methodology, in which such agreements are valuable to the extent
that the company avoids suffering a reduction in cash flow by
virtue of the protection afforded by the agreements. The key
assumptions in this analysis were an estimated loss of 5% of
annual revenues during a hypothetical two-year period of
competition from the subject executives, a 5% probability each
year the subject executives would compete in the absence of the
agreements, a risk-adjusted discount rate of 15%, and a
remaining useful life of three years.
The value assigned to minority interest was derived from the
equity value contributed by the minority holders at the time of
acquisition.
1. Reflects (1) purchase accounting adjustments to
reflect Halos assets acquired and liabilities assumed at
their estimated fair values, (2) redemption of existing
debt of Halo and (3) elimination of historical
shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
$
|
918
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
23,345
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
35,470
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(1,220
|
)
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
516
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
1,096
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
7,703
|
|
Long-term deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(13,657
|
)
|
Establishment of minority interest
|
|
|
(2,751
|
)
|
Elimination of historical
shareholders equity
|
|
|
10,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash used to fund acquisition
|
|
$
|
61,869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
Statement
of Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following entries represent
the pro forma adjustments made by us in Note 1 to reflect the
effect of our acquisition of Aeroglide upon the results of their
operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 as if we
had acquired Aeroglide at the beginning of the fiscal year
presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
|
Additional amortization expense of intangible assets resulting from the acquisition of Aeroglide:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationship capital equipment of $5,000 which will be amortized over 10 years
|
|
$
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationship after market of $8,000 which will be amortized over 11 years
|
|
|
727
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Order backlog of $3,400 which will be amortized over less than 1 year
|
|
|
3,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Process know-how of $2,000 which will be amortized over 13 years
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-compete covenants of $450 which will be amortized over 2 years
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
5,006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
|
Reduction of interest expense with respect to the $5,382 of debt redeemed in connection with the acquisition of Aeroglide
|
|
$
|
(594
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
|
Additional depreciation expense resulting from the acquisition of Aeroglide
|
|
$
|
370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
|
Tax impact of adjustments 1 to 3
above
|
|
$
|
(1,817
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following entries represent
the pro forma adjustments made by us in Note 1 to reflect the
effect of our acquisition of Halo upon the results of their
operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 as if we
had acquired Halo at the beginning of the fiscal year presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
|
Additional amortization expense of intangible assets resulting from the acquisition of Halo:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships and order processing network of $30,000 which will amortized over 15 years
|
|
$
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-compete agreement of $370 which will be amortized over 3 years
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
|
Reduction of interest expense with respect to $8,799 of debt redeemed in connection with acquisition of Halo
|
|
$
|
(797
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
|
Additional depreciation expense resulting from the acquisition of Halo
|
|
$
|
174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
|
Tax impact of adjustments 1 to 3
above
|
|
$
|
(570
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment to record the
additional estimated management fee expense pursuant to the
Management Services Agreement to be incurred in connection with
the acquisition of Aeroglide and Halo.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net purchase price of Aeroglide
|
|
$
|
56,329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net purchase price of Halo
|
|
|
61,869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional net assets
|
|
|
118,198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management fee %
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
D.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment to reduce interest
expense with the assumption that the $50.0 million of
unapplied proceeds from the offering that would have reduced
outstanding third party debt borrowings. The amount was
calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense on $50.0 million at an average rate of 9.5% since May 16, 2006
|
|
$
|
(2,968
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional unused fee on revolving
loan commitment
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment to record the minority
interest in net income. The adjustment for minority interest was
calculated by applying the minority ownership percentage for
Aeroglide and Halo to the net income applicable to the minority
interest holders
|
|
$
|
430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 3.
|
Pro Forma
loss from continuing operations per share
|
Pro forma loss from continuing operations per share is $(1.21)
for the year ended December 31, 2006, reflecting the shares
issued from this offering as if such shares were outstanding
from the beginning of the respective period and was calculated
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(27,077
|
)(a)
|
Pro forma weighted average number
of shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
Actual weighted average
outstanding for 2006
|
|
|
12,686
|
|
Shares from this offering and from
the separate private placement(1)
|
|
|
9,765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,451
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net loss from continuing
operations per share (a divided by b)
|
|
$
|
(1.21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding was
derived by dividing the estimated gross proceeds from the
offering and the separate private placement transaction by the
assumed price per share of $17.00. |
48
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth selected historical and other
data of the company and should be read in conjunction with the
more detailed consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. On January 5, 2007, we
executed a purchase and sale agreement to sell our
majority-owned subsidiary, Crosman, for approximately
$143 million in cash. As a result, the operating results of
Crosman for the period of its acquisition by us (May 16,
2006) through December 31, 2006 are being reported as
discontinued operations in accordance with SFAS 144, and as
such are not included in the data below. We will recognize a
gain of approximately $35.9 million from the sale of
Crosman in fiscal year 2007.
Selected financial data below includes the results of
operations, cash flow and balance sheet data of the company for
the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006. We were
incorporated on November 18, 2005. Financial data included
for the year ended December 31, 2005, therefore only
includes the minimal activity experienced from inception to
December 31, 2005.
We completed the IPO on May 16, 2006 and used the proceeds
of the IPO, separate private placement transactions that closed
in conjunction with the IPO and from our third party credit
facility to purchase controlling interests in four businesses.
On August 1, 2006, we purchased a controlling interest in
an additional business, Anodyne. Financial data included below
therefore only includes activity in our businesses from
May 16, 2006 through December 31, 2006, and in the
case of Anodyne, from August 1, 2006 through
December 31, 2006.
Because we completed the purchase of Aeroglide and Halo in
February 2007, financial data is not presented for these
businesses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands,
|
|
|
|
except per share data)
|
|
Statements of Operations
Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
410,873
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
311,641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
99,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staffing
|
|
|
34,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
36,732
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Management fee
|
|
|
4,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental put expense
|
|
|
22,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
1,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
6,774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
$
|
(7,257
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(27,636
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from discontinued
operations, net of income tax
|
|
$
|
8,387
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(19,249
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
$
|
20,563
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cash (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(362,286
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by financing
activities
|
|
|
351,073
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash
|
|
$
|
9,350
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and fully diluted loss from
continuing operations per share
|
|
$
|
(2.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and fully diluted loss per
share
|
|
$
|
(1.52
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
$
|
140,356
|
|
|
$
|
3,408
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
525,597
|
|
|
|
3,408
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
162,872
|
|
|
|
3,309
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
242,755
|
|
|
|
3,309
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
27,131
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Shareholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
255,711
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
49
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This managements discussion and analysis of financial
condition and results of operations contains forward-looking
statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus are
subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, some of which
are beyond our control. Our actual results, performance,
prospects or opportunities could differ materially from those
expressed in or implied by the forward-looking statements.
Additional risks of which we are not currently aware or which we
currently deem immaterial could also cause our actual results to
differ, including those discussed in the sections entitled
Forward-Looking Statements and Risk
Factors.
Overview
Compass Diversified Trust, a Delaware statutory trust, was
incorporated in Delaware on November 18, 2005. Compass
Group Diversified Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, was also formed on November 18, 2005. In
accordance with the amended and restated trust agreement, dated
as of April 25, 2006, which we refer to as the trust
agreement, the trust is sole owner of 100% of the trust
interests (as defined in the LLC agreement) of the company and,
pursuant to the LLC agreement, the company has outstanding, the
identical number of trust interests as the number of outstanding
shares of the trust. Our manager is the sole owner of the
allocation interests of the company. The company is the
operating entity with a board of directors and other corporate
governance responsibilities, similar to that of a Delaware
corporation.
We acquire and manage middle market businesses based in North
America with annual cash flows between $5 million and
$40 million. We seek to acquire controlling ownership
interests in the businesses in order to maximize our ability to
work actively with the management teams of those businesses. Our
model for creating shareholder value is to be disciplined in
identifying and valuing businesses, to work closely with
management of the businesses we acquire to grow the cash flows
of those businesses, and to exit opportunistically businesses
when we believe that doing so will maximize returns. We
currently own six businesses in six distinct industries and we
believe that these businesses will continue to produce stable
and growing cash flows over the long term, enabling us to meet
our objectives of growing distributions to our shareholders,
independent of any incremental acquisitions we may make, and
investing in the long-term growth of the company.
In identifying acquisition candidates, we target businesses that:
|
|
|
|
|
produce stable cash flows;
|
|
|
|
have strong management teams largely in place;
|
|
|
|
maintain defensible positions in industries with forecasted
long-term macroeconomic growth; and
|
|
|
|
face minimal threat of technological or competitive obsolescence.
|
We maintain a long-term ownership outlook which we believe
provides us the opportunity to develop more comprehensive
strategies for the growth of our businesses through various
market cycles, and will decrease the possibility, often faced by
private equity firms or other financial investors, that our
businesses will be sold at unfavorable points in a market cycle.
Furthermore, we provide the financing for both the debt and
equity in our acquisitions, which allows us to pursue growth
investments, such as add-on acquisitions, that might otherwise
be restricted by the requirements of a third-party lender. We
have also found sellers to be attracted to our ability to
provide both debt and equity financing for the consummation of
acquisitions, enhancing the prospect of confidentiality and
certainty of consummating these transactions. In addition, we
believe that our ability to be long-term owners alleviates the
concern that many private company owners have with regard to
their businesses going through multiple sale processes in a
short period of time and the disruption that this may create for
their employees or customers.
50
Our management teams strategy for our subsidiaries
involves:
|
|
|
|
|
utilizing structured incentive compensation programs tailored to
each business to attract, recruit and retain talented managers
to operate our businesses;
|
|
|
|
regularly monitoring financial and operational performance,
instilling consistent financial discipline, and supporting
management in the development and implementation of information
systems to effectively achieve these goals;
|
|
|
|
assisting management in their analysis and pursuit of prudent
organic cash flow growth strategies (both revenue and cost
related);
|
|
|
|
identifying and working with management to execute attractive
external growth and acquisition opportunities; and
|
|
|
|
forming strong subsidiary level boards of directors to
supplement management in their development and implementation of
strategic goals and objectives.
|
Based on the experience of our management team and its ability
to identify and negotiate acquisitions, we believe we are
positioned to acquire additional attractive businesses. Our
management team has a large network of over 2,000 deal
intermediaries to whom it actively markets and who we expect to
expose us to potential acquisitions. Through this network, as
well as our management teams active proprietary
transaction sourcing efforts, we typically have a substantial
pipeline of potential acquisition targets. In consummating
transactions, our management team has, in the past, been able to
successfully navigate complex situations surrounding
acquisitions, including corporate spin-offs, transitions of
family-owned businesses, management buy-outs and
reorganizations. We believe the flexibility, creativity,
experience and expertise of our management team in structuring
transactions provides us with a strategic advantage by allowing
us to consider non-traditional and complex transactions tailored
to fit a specific acquisition target.
In addition, because we intend to fund acquisitions through the
utilization of our revolving credit facility, we do not expect
to be subject to delays in or conditions by closing acquisitions
that would be typically associated with transaction specific
financing, as is typically the case in such acquisitions. We
believe this advantage is a powerful one and is highly unusual
in the marketplace for acquisitions in which we operate.
Initial
Public Offering and Initial Acquisitions
On May 16, 2006, we completed the IPO of
13,500,000 shares of the trust at an offering price of
$15.00 per share. Total net proceeds from the IPO, after
deducting the underwriters discounts, commissions and
financial advisory fee, were approximately $188.3 million.
On May 16, 2006, we also completed the private placement of
5,733,333 shares to CGI at the IPO price per share for
approximately $86.0 million and completed the private
placement of 266,667 shares at the IPO price per share per
share to Pharos, an entity controlled by Mr. Massoud, the
chief executive officer of the company, and owned by our
management team, for approximately $4.0 million. CGI also
purchased 666,667 shares for $10.0 million through the
IPO.
On May 16, 2006, we also entered into a financing
agreement, which we refer to as the prior financing agreement,
which was a $225 million secured credit facility with
Ableco Finance LLC, as collateral and administrative agent. On
November 22, 2006, we terminated the prior financing
agreement and entered into a new $255 million revolving
credit facility, which we refer to as the revolving credit
facility, with Madison Capital Funding, LLC, which we refer to
as Madison, as agent.
We used the net proceeds of the IPO, the separate private
placements that closed in conjunction with the IPO, and initial
borrowings under our prior financing agreement to make loans to
and acquire
51
controlling interests in each of the following businesses from
certain subsidiaries of CGI and from certain minority owners of
each business, which include:
|
|
|
|
|
a loan was made to and a controlling interest in CBS Personnel
was purchased totaling $127.8 million. Our controlling
interest represented at the time of purchase approximately 97.6%
of the outstanding stock of CBS Personnel on a primary basis and
approximately 94.4% on a fully diluted basis, after giving
effect to the exercise of vested and in-the-money options and
vested non-contingent warrants;
|
|
|
|
a loan was made to and a controlling interest in Crosman was
purchased totaling $72.6 million. Our controlling interest
represented approximately 75.4% of the outstanding stock of
Crosman on a primary basis and 73.8% on a fully diluted basis;
|
|
|
|
a loan was made to and a controlling interest in Advanced
Circuits was purchased for approximately $81.0 million. Our
controlling interest represented approximately 70.2% of the
outstanding stock of Advanced Circuits on a primary and fully
diluted basis; and
|
|
|
|
a loan was made to and a controlling interest in Silvue was
purchased for approximately $37.5 million. Our controlling
interest represented approximately 73.0% of the outstanding
stock of Silvue on a primary and fully diluted basis.
|
At the close of the acquisitions of the initial businesses, the
companys board of directors engaged our manager to
externally manage the
day-to-day
operations and affairs of the company, oversee the management
and operations of the businesses and to perform those services
customarily performed by executive officers of a public company.
We are dependent upon the earnings of and cash distributions
from, the businesses that we own to meet our corporate overhead
and management fee expenses and to pay distributions. These
earnings, net of any minority interests in these businesses,
will be available:
|
|
|
|
|
first, to meet capital expenditure requirements, management fees
and corporate overhead expenses;
|
|
|
|
second, to fund distributions from the businesses to the
company; and
|
|
|
|
third, to be distributed by the trust to shareholders.
|
Anodyne
Acquisition
On August 1, 2006, we acquired approximately 47.3% of the
outstanding capital stock, on a fully diluted basis, of Anodyne
which represents approximately 69.8% of the voting power of all
Anodyne stock from CGI and Compass Medical Mattresses Partners,
LP, a wholly owned, indirect subsidiary of CGI.
The purchase price aggregated $31.1 million for the Anodyne
stock, all outstanding debt to the seller under Anodynes
credit facility, which we refer to as original loans, and a
promissory note issued by a borrower controlled by
Anodynes chief executive officer totaling
$5.2 million, which we refer to as the promissory note,
which purchase price was paid by the company in the form of
$17.3 million in cash and 950,000 of our newly issued
shares. The shares were valued at $13.1 million, or $13.77
per share. Transaction expenses were approximately $700,000. The
cash consideration was funded through available cash and a
drawing on our prior financing agreement of approximately
$18.0 million.
On October 5, 2006 Anodyne acquired Anatomic Concepts,
Inc., which we refer to as Anatomic. The cash purchase price was
approximately $8.6 million all of which was funded by loans
from the company. In addition, costs totaling $0.5 million
were accrued in connection with the acquisition. Anatomic
designs, manufactures and distributes medical support surfaces
and medical patient positioning devices, including mattresses,
mattress overlays and replacements, operating room patient
positioning devices, operating table pads and related
accessories. Anatomic is located in Corona, California.
52
Recent
Developments
Crosman
Disposition
On January 5, 2007, we sold all of our interest in Crosman,
an operating segment, for approximately $143 million.
Closing and other transaction costs totaled approximately
$2.4 million. Our share of the proceeds, after accounting
for the redemption of Crosmans minority holders and the
payment of CGMs profit allocation of $7.9 million was
approximately $110 million. We will recognize a gain on the
sale of approximately $35.9 million in fiscal 2007. We used
$85.0 million of the net proceeds to repay amounts
outstanding under the companys revolving credit facility.
The remaining net proceeds were invested in short-term
investment securities pending future application. We did not pay
a corresponding distribution of any of the proceeds from this
sale.
Our consolidated financial statements reflect the activity of
Crosman, as a discontinued operation in accordance with
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the impairment
or disposal of long-lived assets.
The following table presents Crosmans results of
operations from May 16, 2006 through December 31, 2006
reflected in our consolidated financial statements as
discontinued operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
72,316
|
|
Costs and expenses
|
|
|
59,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
13,277
|
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from discontinued
operations before taxes
|
|
|
13,459
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
|
3,367
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
1,705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income from discontinued
operations(1)
|
|
$
|
8,387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
This amount does not include intercompany interest expense
incurred totaling approximately $3.2 million. |
Aeroglide
Acquisition
On February 28, 2007, we purchased a controlling interest
in Aeroglide Corporation which we refer to as Aeroglide.
Aeroglide is a leading global designer and manufacturer of
industrial drying and cooling equipment. Aeroglide provides
specialized thermal processing equipment designed to remove
moisture and heat as well as roast, toast and bake a variety of
processed products. Its machinery includes conveyer driers and
coolers, impingement driers, drum driers, rotary driers,
toasters, spin cookers and coolers, truck and tray driers and
related auxiliary equipment and is used in the production of a
variety of human foods, animal and pet feeds and industrial
products. Aeroglide utilizes an extensive engineering department
to custom engineer each machine for a particular application.
Aeroglide had sales of approximately $48 million for the
year ended December 31, 2006.
On February 28, 2007, we made loans to and purchased a
controlling interest in Aeroglide totaling $57 million. Our
controlling interest represents approximately 89% of the
outstanding stock. The cash consideration was funded through
available cash and a drawing on our revolving credit facility.
Halo
Acquisition
On February 28, 2007, we purchased a controlling interest
in Halo Branded Solutions, Inc. which we refer to as Halo, and
which operates under the brand names of Halo and Lee Wayne. Halo
serves as a one-stop shop for over 30,000 customers providing
design, sourcing, management and fulfillment services across all
categories of its customers promotional product needs.
Halo has established itself as a leader in the
53
promotional products and marketing industry through its focus on
service through its approximately 700 account executives. Halo
had sales of approximately $116 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006.
On February 28, 2007, we made loans to and purchased a
controlling interest in Halo totaling $61 million. Our
controlling interest represents approximately 73.6% of the
outstanding equity. The cash consideration was funded through
available cash and a drawing on our revolving credit facility.
We expect that both businesses will be accretive to cash flow
available for distribution in fiscal 2007 and beyond.
Results
of Operations
We were formed on November 18, 2005 and acquired our
initial businesses on May 16, 2006 and Anodyne on
August 1, 2006, and, therefore cannot provide a comparison
of our consolidated results of operations for the year ended
December 31, 2006 with any prior year. In the following
results of operations, we provide (i) our consolidated
results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006
and 2005, which includes the results of operations of our
businesses (segments) as of May 16, 2006 and the results of
operations of Anodyne from August 1, 2006,
(ii) comparative and unconsolidated results of operations
for each of the initial businesses, on a stand-alone basis, for
years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, and
(iii) unconsolidated results of operations for Anodyne from
August 1, 2006. Anodyne was formed in 2005, began business
operations in February 2006 and was acquired by us on
August 1, 2006. As a result, comparative results of
operations are not available.
Consolidated
Results of Operations Compass Diversified Trust and
Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
410,873
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
311,641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
99,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expense
|
|
|
71,077
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Fees to manager
|
|
|
4,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental put cost
|
|
|
22,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
6,774
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
1,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
$
|
(7,257
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We do not generate any revenues apart from those generated by
the businesses we own, control or operate. We may generate
interest income on the investment of available funds, but expect
such earnings to be minimal. Our investment in our businesses is
typically in the form of loans from the company to such
businesses, as well as equity interests in those companies. Cash
flows coming to the trust and the company are the result of
interest payments on those loans, amortization of those loans
and, in the future, potentially, dividends on our equity
ownership. However, on a consolidated basis these items will be
eliminated.
Pursuant to the management services agreement, we pay our
manager a quarterly management fee equal to 0.5% (2.0%
annualized) of our adjusted net assets as of the last day of
each fiscal quarter. (See Related Party
Transactions). We accrue for the management fee on a
quarterly basis. For the year ended December 31, 2006 we
incurred approximately $4.4 million in expense for these
fees.
In addition, concurrent with the IPO, we entered into a
supplemental put agreement with our manager pursuant to which
our manager has the right to cause us to purchase the allocation
interests then owned by it upon termination of the management
services agreement. The company accrued approximately
$22.5 million
54
in non-cash expense during the year ended December 31, 2006
in connection with this agreement. This expense represents that
portion of the estimated increase in the value of our original
businesses over our basis in those businesses that our manager
is entitled to if the management services agreement were
terminated or those businesses were sold (see
Related Party Transactions).
We acquired our initial businesses on May 16, 2006. As a
result, our consolidated operating results only include the
results of operations for the 230 day period between
May 16, 2006 and December 31, 2006. The following
reflects a comparison of the historical results of operations
for each of our initial businesses for the entire twelve-month
period ending December 31, 2006, which we believe is a more
meaningful comparison in explaining the historical financial
performance of the business. These results of operations do not
reflect any purchase accounting adjustments from our acquisition
and are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected
for the full year going forward.
Advanced
Circuits
Overview
Advanced Circuits is a provider of prototype, quick-turn and
volume production PCBs to customers throughout the United
States. Collectively, prototype and quick-turn PCBs represent
65.5% of Advanced Circuits gross revenues. Prototype and
quick-turn PCBs typically command higher margins than volume
production given that customers require high levels of
responsiveness, technical support and timely delivery with
respect to prototype and quick-turn PCBs and are willing to pay
a premium for them. Advanced Circuits is able to meet its
customers demands by manufacturing custom PCBs in as
little as 24 hours, while maintaining over 98.0% error-free
production rate and real-time customer service and product
tracking 24 hours per day.
While global demand for PCBs has remained strong in recent
years, industry wide domestic production has declined by
approximately 60% since 2000. In contrast, Advanced
Circuits revenues have increased steadily as its
customers prototype and quick-turn PCB requirements, such
as small quantity orders and rapid turnaround, are less able to
be met by low cost volume manufacturers in Asia and elsewhere.
Advanced Circuits management anticipates that demand for
its prototype and quick-turn printed circuit boards will remain
strong.
Over the past three years, Advanced Circuits has continued to
improve its internal production efficiencies and enhance its
service capabilities, resulting in increased profit margins.
Additionally, Advanced Circuits has benefited from increased
production capacity as a result of a facility expansion that was
completed in 2003.
Advanced Circuits does not depend or expect to depend upon any
customer or group of customers, with no single customer
accounting for more than 2% of its net sales. Advanced Circuits
receives orders from over 8,000 customers and adds approximately
225 new customers per month.
In September 2005, a subsidiary of CGI acquired Advanced
Circuits, Inc. along with R.J.C.S. LLC, an entity previously
established solely to hold Advanced Circuits real estate
and equipment assets. Immediately following the acquisitions,
R.J.C.S. LLC was merged into Advanced Circuits, Inc. The results
for the year ended December 31, 2005, reflects the combined
results of the two businesses. The following section discusses
the historical financial performance of the combined entities.
55
Results
of Operations
Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2005
The table below summarizes the combined statement of operations
for Advanced Circuits for the fiscal years ending
December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
48,139
|
|
|
$
|
41,969
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
18,888
|
|
|
|
18,102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
29,251
|
|
|
|
23,867
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
14,934
|
|
|
|
8,283
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
2,731
|
|
|
|
717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
11,586
|
|
|
$
|
14,867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
sales
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 was
approximately $48.1 million as compared to approximately
$42.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an
increase of approximately $6.2 million or 14.7%. The
increase in net sales was largely due to increased sales in
quick-turn production PCB, and prototype production, which
increased by approximately $2.5 million and
$1.8 million, respectively, and the addition of new
customers from increased marketing efforts. Quick-turn
production PCBs represented approximately 32.1% of gross sales
for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to
approximately 32.0% for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2005. Prototype production represented approximately 33.4% of
sales for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 compared
to approximately 34% for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2005.
Cost of
sales
Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 was
approximately $18.9 million, or 39.2% of net sales, as
compared to approximately $18.1 million, or 43.1% of net
sales, for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of
approximately $0.8 million or 4.3%. The increase in cost of
sales was largely due to the increase in production volume
offset in part by efficiencies realized from the increased
capacity utilization at the Aurora Colorado facility.
Gross profit margin increased by approximately 3.9% to
approximately 60.8% for the year ended December 31, 2006 as
compared to approximately 56.9% for the year ended
December 31, 2005. The increase is due to increased
capacity utilization. These benefits were partially offset by
increased costs of laminates, Advanced Circuits primary
raw material component in the production of PCBs.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2006 were approximately $14.9 million, or
31.0% of net sales, as compared to approximately
$8.3 million, or 19.7% of net sales, for the year ended
December 31, 2005, an increase of approximately
$6.7 million, or 80.3%. Approximately $3.8 million of
the increase was due to loan forgiveness arrangements provided
to Advanced Circuits management associated with CGIs
acquisition of Advanced Circuits. Additionally, approximately
$0.3 million of the increase was due to increased
advertising expenditures with the remainder of the increase due
to increased compensation and other professional fees due
principally to the increase in sales and scope of operations.
56
Amortization
of intangibles
Amortization of intangibles for the year ended December 31,
2006 was approximately $2.7 million, or 5.7% of net sales,
compared to approximately $0.7 million, or 1.7% of net
sales, for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase
was due to the significant increase in the amortization of
intangibles acquired as a result of the acquisition on
September 20, 2005 and reflected for four fiscal quarters
in 2006 compared to only one fiscal quarter in 2005.
Income
from operations
Income from operations was approximately $11.6 million, or
24.1% of net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2006 as
compared to approximately $14.9 million, or 35.4% of net
sales, for the year ended December 31, 2005, a decrease of
approximately $3.3 million or 22.1%. The decrease in income
from operations was principally due to the non-cash costs
associated with loan forgiveness compensation arrangements
totaling approximately $3.8 million in fiscal 2006. We
expect there to be additional such
non-cash
charges in the future.
CBS
Personnel
Overview
CBS Personnel, a provider of temporary staffing services in the
United States, provides a wide range of human resources
services, including temporary staffing services, employee
leasing services, permanent staffing and
temporary-to-permanent
placement services. CBS Personnel derives a majority of its
revenues from its temporary staffing services, which generated
approximately 97.2% and 97.1% of revenues for fiscal years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. CBS Personnel
serves over 4,000 corporate and small business clients and
during an average week places over 24,000 temporary employees in
a broad range of industries, including manufacturing,
transportation, retail, distribution, warehousing, automotive
supply, construction, industrial, healthcare and financial
sectors.
As a result of relatively flat economic conditions, CBS
Personnels revenues increased slightly compared to fiscal
2005. As the salaries of temporary employees represent the
largest costs of providing staffing services, the increase in
number of temporary workers on hire has resulted in a
corresponding increase in CBS Personnels costs of
revenues. Based on forecasts of continued economic growth, CBS
Personnels management believes the demand for temporary
staffing services will continue to grow.
CBS Personnels business strategy includes maximizing
production in existing offices, increasing the number of offices
within a market when conditions warrant, and expanding
organically into contiguous markets where it can benefit from
shared management and administrative expenses. CBS Personnel
typically enters into new markets through acquisition. In
keeping with these strategies, CBS Personnel acquired
substantially all of the assets of PMC Staffing Solutions, Inc.,
d/b/a Strategic Edge Solutions (SES) on November 27, 2006.
This acquisition gave CBS Personnel a presence in the Baltimore,
Maryland area, while increasing its presence in the Chicago,
Illinois area. SES revenues for the eleven months ended
November 27, 2006 were approximately $31.4 million and
are not included in the information below. SES derives its
revenues primarily from the light industrial market. CBS
Personnel continues to view acquisitions as an attractive means
to enter new geographic markets.
57
Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2006 as Compared to Fiscal Year
Ended December 31, 2005
The table below summarizes the consolidated statement of
operations data for CBS Personnel for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
551,080
|
|
|
$
|
543,012
|
|
Direct cost of revenues
|
|
|
446,820
|
|
|
|
441,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
104,260
|
|
|
|
101,327
|
|
Staffing expense
|
|
|
54,847
|
|
|
|
54,249
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
25,666
|
|
|
|
26,723
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
2,687
|
|
|
|
1,902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
21,060
|
|
|
$
|
18,453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased
approximately $8.1 million, or 1.5%, over the corresponding
twelve months ended December 31, 2005. Revenues from light
industrial staffing increased approximately $25.1 million
year over year, and included approximately $2.8 million
from the SES acquisition. This increase was partially offset by
a $10.7 million decrease in revenues from clerical
services, and a $5.0 million decrease in revenues from
medical and payroll services. The remaining decrease in revenues
is attributable to the remaining niche segments serviced by CBS
Personnel. These decreases in revenues include approximately
$7.1 million attributable to one specific customer that CBS
personnel stopped providing service for in the fourth quarter of
2005, due to the customers credit issues.
Direct
cost of revenues
Direct cost of revenues for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2006 were approximately $446.8 million,
or 81.1% of revenues, compared to approximately
$441.7 million, or 81.3% of revenues, for the year ended
December 31, 2005, an increase of approximately
$5.1 million, or 1.2%, principally due to those costs
associated with the increase in revenues and the SES
acquisition. The acquisition of SES accounted for approximately
$2.7 million of the increase. The remaining increase is the
result of higher revenue volume in temporary services, which was
substantially offset by lower workers compensation costs.
A favorable actuarial adjustment of approximately
$2.5 million was recorded in 2006, reflecting CBS
Personnels initiatives to reduce workers
compensation exposure and to settle claims.
Gross profit totaled approximately 18.9% and 18.7% as a
percentage of revenues in each of the twelve-month periods ended
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase in
gross profit as a percent of revenues is primarily attributable
to lower workers compensation costs as discussed above.
This decrease in workers compensation cost was partially
offset by a shift in product mix to larger accounts and light
industrial accounts, which typically have lower margins.
Staffing
expense
Staffing expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was
approximately $54.8 million, or 9.9% of revenues, compared
to approximately $54.2 million, or 10.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2005. This increase of approximately
$0.6 million is principally due to cost associated with the
increase in revenues and for the SES acquisition.
58
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses were approximately
$25.7 million, or 4.7% of revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2006, compared to approximately
$26.7 million, or 4.9% of revenues, for the year ended
December 31, 2005, a decrease of approximately
$1.1 million, or 4.0%. The SES acquisition contributed to
an increase of approximately $0.1 million. This increase
was offset by nonrecurring costs associated with the equity
recapitalization and the SES acquisition in 2006 of
approximately $0.6 million compared to expenses of
approximately $1.2 million associated with the
reorganization of field operations in 2005 and by lower bad debt
expense of approximately $0.4 million in fiscal 2006.
Amortization
expense
Amortization expense increased approximately $0.8 million
in the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 as a result of
the recapitalization in connection with CODIs purchase of
a controlling interest in CBS Personnel in May 2006. As part of
the recapitalization, CBS Personnel repaid their original
long-term debt, which required CBS to write off the remaining
balance of deferred financing costs of $1.6 million related
to that debt.
Income
from operations
Income from operations increased approximately $2.6 million
to $21.1 million, or 3.8% of revenues, for the year ended
December 31, 2006 compared to $18.5 million, or 3.4%
of revenues, for the year ended December 31, 2005
principally as a result of the factors described above.
Silvue
Overview
Silvue is a developer and producer of proprietary, high
performance liquid coating systems used in the high-end eyewear,
aerospace, automotive and industrial markets. Silvues
coating systems, which impart properties such as abrasion
resistance, improved durability, chemical resistance,
ultraviolet or UV protection, can be applied to a wide variety
of materials, including plastics, such as polycarbonate and
acrylic, glass, metals and other surfaces.
We believe that the hardcoatings industry will experience growth
as the use of existing materials requiring hardcoatings
continues to grow, new materials requiring hardcoatings are
developed and new uses of hardcoatings are discovered.
Silvues management expects additional growth in the
industry as manufacturers continue to outsource the development
and application of hardcoatings used on their products.
To respond to increasing demand for coating systems, Silvue is
focused on growth through the development of new products
providing either greater functionality or better value to its
customers. Silvue currently owns nine patents relating to its
coatings portfolio and continues to invest in the research and
development of additional proprietary products. Further, driven
by input from customers and the changing demands of the
marketplace, Silvue actively endeavors to identify new
applications for its existing products.
On August 31, 2004, Silvue was formed by CGI and management
to acquire SDC Technologies, Inc. and on September 2, 2004,
it acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of SDC Technologies,
Inc. Following this acquisition, on April 1, 2005, SDC
Technologies, Inc. purchased the remaining 50% it did not
previously own of Nippon Arc Co. LTD, which we refer to as
Nippon ARC, which was formerly operated as a joint venture with
Nippon Sheet Glass Co., LTD., for approximately
$3.6 million.
The results for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005,
reflects the results of Silvue and its predecessor company, SDC
Technologies. In November 2005, Silvues management made
the strategic decision to halt operations at its application
facility in Henderson, Nevada. The operations included
substantially all of Silvues application services
business, which has historically applied Silvues coating
systems and other coating systems to customers products
and materials. The facility was shut down in November 2006.
59
Results
of Operations
Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2005
The table below summarizes the consolidated statement of
operations for Silvue for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2006 and for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
24,068
|
|
|
$
|
21,491
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
7,098
|
|
|
|
7,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
16,970
|
|
|
|
13,994
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
8,426
|
|
|
|
7,552
|
|
Research and development costs
|
|
|
1,129
|
|
|
|
1,226
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
6,670
|
|
|
|
4,507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
sales
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 was
approximately $24.1 million as compared to approximately
$21.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an
increase of approximately $2.6 million or 12.0%. This
increase was principally due to additional sales associated with
Nippon ARC of approximately $2.1 million. Nippon ARC,
purchased on April 1, 2005 contributed a full years
sales in 2006. In addition, growth within Silvues core
ophthalmic business and expansion in sales of Silvues
aluminum coatings products accounted for approximately
$1.7 million of the increase. These increases were offset
in part by the decrease in sales as a result of the closure of
the facility in Henderson, Nevada.
Cost of
sales
Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 was
approximately $7.1 million, or 29.5% of net sales, as
compared to approximately $7.5 million, or 34.9% of net
sales, for the year ended December 31, 2005, a decrease of
approximately $0.4 million or 5.3%. This decrease was
principally due to a reduction in costs associated with the
elimination of the application processing facility aggregating
approximately $1.2 million. This decrease was offset in
part by increased cost directly associated with the increased
sales at Silvues Nippon ARC operations totaling
approximately $0.9 million.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2006 were approximately $8.4 million, or
35.0% of net sales, as compared to approximately
$7.6 million, or 35.1% of net sales, for the year ended
December 31, 2005, an increase of approximately
$0.8 million or 11.5%. The increase in selling, general and
administrative expenses was primarily due to (i) the
inclusion of Nippon ARC, which had selling, general and
administrative expenses of $1.8 million in fiscal 2006
compared to $1.5 million in fiscal 2005 and
(ii) increased legal and professional fees of
$0.5 million.
Research
and development costs
Research and development costs for the year ended
December 31, 2006 were approximately $1.1 million as
compared to approximately $1.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005.
Amortization
of intangibles
Amortization of intangibles was approximately $0.7 million
in each of the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
60
Operating
income
Income from operations was approximately $6.7 million, or
27.7% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 as
compared to approximately $4.5 million, or 21.0% of net
sales, for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of
approximately $2.2 million or 48.0%. This increase was
principally due to the acquisition of Nippon ARC which
contributed approximately $0.8 million in additional
operating income and from the organic growth in revenues from
existing ophthalmic customers and the expansion in sales in
aluminum coating products.
Anodyne
Overview
Anodyne was formed in early 2006 in order to purchase the assets
and operations of AMF and SenTech which were completed on
February 15, 2006. Both AMF and SenTech manufacture and
distribute patient positioning devices. On October 5, 2006,
Anodyne purchased a third manufacturer and distributor of
patient positioning devices, Anatomic Concepts. Anatomic
Concepts operations were merged into the AMF operations.
The medical support surfaces industry is fragmented in nature.
Management estimates the market is comprised of approximately 70
small participants who design and manufacture products for
preventing and treating decubitus ulcers. Decubitus ulcers, or
pressure ulcers, are formed on immobile medical patients through
continued pressure on one area of skin. Immobility caused by
injury, old age, chronic illness or obesity are the main causes
for the development of pressure ulcers. In these cases, the
person lying in the same position for a long period of time puts
pressure on a small portion of the body surface. This pressure,
if continued for sustained period, can close blood capillaries
that provide oxygen and nutrition to the skin. Over a period of
time, these cells deprived of oxygen begin to break down and
form sores. Contributing factors to the development of pressure
ulcers are sheer, or pull on the skin due to the underlying
fabric, and moisture, which increases the propensity to
deteriorate.
The total U.S. market for compression therapy and pressure
reduction/relief products was valued at approximately
$1.1 billion in 2004 and is forecasted to reach
$1.6 billion in 2014. Management believes the medical
support surfaces industry will continue to grow due to several
favorable demographic and industry trends including the
increasing incidence of obesity in the United States, increasing
life expectancies, and an increasing emphasis on prevention of
pressure ulcers by hospitals and long term care facilities.
Beyond favorable demographic trends, Anodynes management
believes hospitals are placing an increased emphasis on the
prevention of pressure ulcers. It is estimated that
2.5 million pressure ulcers are treated in the U.S. each
year in acute care facilities alone, costing an estimated
$1.1 billion. According to Medicare reimbursement
guidelines, pressure ulcers are eligible for reimbursement by
third party payers only when they are diagnosed upon hospital
admission. Additionally, third party payers only provide
reimbursement for preventative mattresses under limited
circumstances. The end result is that if an at risk patient
develops pressure ulcers while at the hospital, the hospital is
required to bear the cost of healing. As a result of increasing
litigation and the high cost of healing pressures ulcers,
hospitals are now focusing on using pressure relief equipment to
reduce the incidence of hospital acquired pressure ulcers.
Anodynes strategy for approaching this market includes
offering its customers consistently high quality products on a
national basis, leveraging its scale to provide industry leading
research and development and pursuing cost savings through scale
purchasing and operational efficiencies.
We purchased Anodyne from CGI on August 1, 2006. As such,
our consolidated financial statements include the results of
operations of Anodyne for the five month period ended
December 31, 2006. Anodynes results of operations
include the results of Anatomic Concepts since October 5,
2006. We have not presented comparative results for Anodyne, as
the company formed in 2006 and such comparisons are
61
unavailable. In addition, the following results of operations do
not reflect any purchase accounting adjustments resulting from
our acquisition.
Results
of Operations
The results of operations of Anodyne from February 15, 2006
to December 31, 2006 are shown in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
23,367
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
17,505
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
5,862
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
4,901
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anodynes sales were below expectations in fiscal 2006 due
primarily to the delay in fulfillment of a supply contract with
a major customer. The issues surrounding this delay have been
substantially resolved to date and management expects Anodyne to
record sales equal to or exceeding its current 2007 expectations.
Income from operations were lower than our expectations
primarily due to the delay in sales which also negatively
impacted cost of sales due to lower production capacity
utilization. Selling, general and administrative expenses were
as expected. We anticipate increased operating income for
Anodyne relative to sales in fiscal year 2007 as Anodynes
SenTech operations has begun to deliver additional sales.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
On May 16, 2006 we completed the IPO and concurrent private
placement of our shares, each representing a beneficial interest
in the company. The net proceeds from these offerings after
underwriters commissions, discounts and offering costs
totaled approximately $269.8 million.
We used the net proceeds from the IPO and private placements
together with the $50 million term loan from our prior
financing agreement to acquire controlling interests in, and to
provide loans to, our initial businesses on May 16, 2006.
On August 1, 2006 we acquired a controlling interest in
Anodyne. As a consequence, our consolidated cash flows from
operating, financing and investing activities reflect the
inclusion of our businesses for the period between May 16,
2006 and December 31, 2006 and cash flows from
Anodynes results for five months (August 1, 2006
through December 31, 2006). Any comparison of our
consolidated cash flows for this partial period in 2006 to any
prior period is not meaningful.
At December 31, 2006, on a consolidated basis, cash flows
provided by operating activities totaled approximately
$20.6 million, which represents the inclusion of the
results of operations of the businesses for 230 days
(May 16, 2006 through December 31, 2006).
Cash flows used in investing activities totaled approximately
$362.3 million, which principally reflects the costs to
acquire the initial businesses and Anodyne. Cash flow provided
by financing activities totaled $351.1 million, principally
reflecting the net proceeds of the shareholder offerings and
draw-downs of debt from our revolving credit facility.
At December 31, 2006, we had approximately
$7.0 million of cash on hand and the following principal
amounts outstanding under loans due from each of our businesses:
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel approximately $63.5 million;
|
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits approximately $37.3 million;
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue approximately $17.0 million; and
|
|
|
|
Anodyne approximately $21.2 million.
|
In addition, we had loans due from Crosman totaling
$50.5 million. These loans were repaid, together with
accrued interest from the net proceeds from the sale of Crosman
on January 5, 2007. See Note D, Discontinued
Operations, to the consolidated financial statements for
additional financial information of Crosman as of
December 31, 2006.
Each loan has a scheduled maturity and each business is entitled
to repay all or a portion of the principal amount of the
outstanding loans, without penalty, prior to maturity.
In September 2006, our subsidiary Silvue borrowed approximately
$9.0 million in term loans from us in order to redeem its
outstanding cumulative preferred stock.
In October 2006, Anodyne borrowed approximately an additional
$9.2 million in term loans in order finance its Anatomic
acquisition.
In November 2006, CBS borrowed approximately $5.0 million
in order to help finance its acquisition of SES.
Our primary source of cash is from the receipt of interest and
principal on our outstanding loans to our businesses.
Accordingly, we are dependent upon the earnings of and cash flow
of these businesses, which are available for (i) operating
expenses; (ii) payment of principal and interest under our
revolving credit facility; (iii) payments to our manager
due or potentially due pursuant to the management services
agreement, the LLC agreement, and the supplemental put
agreement; (iv) cash distributions to our shareholders and
(v) investments in future acquisitions. Payments made under
(iii) above are required to be paid before distributions to
shareholders and may be significant and exceed the funds held by
the company, which may require the company to dispose of assets
or incur debt to fund such expenditures. A non-cash charge to
earnings of approximately $22.5 million was recorded during
the year ended December 31, 2006 in order to recognize our
estimated, potential liability in connection with the
supplemental put agreement between us and our manager.
Approximately $7.9 million of this amount will be paid in
the first quarter of fiscal 2007 (see Related Party
Transactions). We believe that we currently have
sufficient liquidity and resources to meet our existing
obligations including anticipated distributions to our
shareholders over the next twelve months.
Concurrent with the IPO, we entered into a third party
$225 million prior financing agreement with Ableco Finance
LLC as agent, and other lenders. On November 21, 2006, we
terminated the prior financing agreement when we entered into
our new revolving credit facility and repaid all the outstanding
principal and interest under the prior financing agreement. We
initially borrowed $96.6 million of the revolving credit
facility to pay all amounts due under the prior financing
agreement and to pay for the fees and costs associated with
establishing the revolving credit facility.
On November 21, 2006, we obtained a $255 million
revolving credit facility with an option to increase the
facility by $45 million from a group of lenders led by
Madison Capital Funding, LLC as agent. The revolving credit
facility allows for loans at either base rate or London
Interbank Offer Rate, or LIBOR. Base rate loans bear interest at
a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the greater of
(i) the prime rate of interest published by The Wall
Street Journal and (ii) the sum of the Federal Funds
Rate plus 0.5% for the relevant period, plus a margin ranging
from 1.50% to 2.50% based upon the ratio of total debt to
adjusted consolidated earnings before interest expense, tax
expense, and depreciation and amortization expenses for such
period, which we refer to as the total debt to EBITDA ratio.
LIBOR loans bear interest at a fluctuating rate per annum equal
to LIBOR, for the relevant period plus a margin ranging from
2.50% to 3.50% based on the total debt to EBITDA ratio. We are
required to pay commitment fees ranging between 0.75% and 1.25%
per annum on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility.
The lenders agreed to issue letters of credit under the
revolving credit facility in an aggregate face amount not to
exceed $50 million outstanding at any time. At no time may
the (i) aggregate principal amount of all amounts
outstanding under the revolving credit facility, plus
(ii) the aggregate amount of all outstanding letters of
credit, exceed the loan commitment thereunder.
63
The revolving credit facility is secured by all the assets of
the company, including our equity interests and loans to our
businesses. We paid approximately $4.6 million for
administrative and closing fees, which we are amortizing over
the life of the loan.
The revolving credit facility contains various covenants,
including financial covenants, with which we must comply. The
financial covenants include (i) a requirement to maintain,
on a consolidated basis, a fixed charge coverage ratio of at
least 1.5:1, (ii) an interest coverage ratio not to exceed
less than 3:1 and (iii) a total debt to earnings before
interest, depreciation and amortization ratio of not to exceed
3:1. In addition, the revolving credit facility contains
limitations on, among other things, items, certain acquisition,
consolidations, sales of assets and the incurrence of debt. In
January 2007, the revolving credit facility was increased by
$5.0 million. Currently we are in compliance with all
covenants. Outstanding indebtedness under the revolving credit
facility will mature on November 21, 2011.
We intend to use our revolving credit facility to pursue
acquisitions of additional businesses to the extent permitted
under our revolving credit facility and to provide for working
capital needs. As of December 31, 2006, the company had
$85 million in revolving credit commitments outstanding
under the revolving credit facility. This amount was repaid with
the proceeds from the sale of Crosman on January 5, 2007.
On February 28, 2007, we purchased a majority interest in
two companies, Aeroglide and Halo. The total purchase price for
these acquisitions, including our share of the transactions
costs, aggregated $118.7 million. We funded the
transactions with excess cash on hand ($24.2 million),
resulting from the Crosman sale, and borrowings under our
revolving credit facility ($94.5 million). The availability
of our revolving credit facility was approximately
$106 million after the borrowing for these two acquisitions.
On July 18, 2006 we paid a distribution of $0.1327 per
share to all holders on record on July 11, 2006 and on
October 19, 2006 we paid a distribution $0.2625 per share
to holders of record on October 13, 2006. On
January 24, 2007, we paid a distribution of $0.30 per share
to holders of record on January 18, 2007. Respectively,
these distributions represent (i) a pro rata distribution
for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and (ii) a full
distribution for the quarters ended September 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2006. We intend to continue to declare and pay
regular quarterly cash distributions. We anticipate generating
cash flow available for distribution of approximately
$41.2 million to $46.2 million or $1.62 to $1.82 per
share for fiscal 2007, assuming the completion of this offering
and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the
Use of Proceeds section of this prospectus. Assuming
distributions would be paid at the same $0.30 per share rate as
paid in January 2007, the estimated cash flow available for
distribution for fiscal 2007 would yield an approximate coverage
ratio to the distributions paid for 2007 performance of 1.4x to
1.5x. This estimate is based on our achievement of 2007 budgeted
results for our businesses, including Aeroglide and Halo from
March 1, 2007, excluding the results of Crosman and the
gain from the sale of Crosman, which was sold on January 5,
2007. This estimate also assumes the consummation of a
$60 million acquisition (either add-on or new
platform business) on October 1, 2007, primarily funded by
excess proceeds from this offering, with the remainder of the
funding provided under the companys revolving credit
facility. There can be no assurance, however, that such an
acquisition will be either identified or consummated. The
estimate does not consider the impact of any additional
acquisitions or dispositions that we may complete in fiscal 2007
and includes numerous other assumptions that may or may not be
realized. See Forward-Looking Statements for a list
of the risks and uncertainties to which the estimate is subject.
Managements estimated cash available for distribution as
of December 31, 2006 is approximately $23.7 million.
Cash available for distribution is a non-GAAP measure that we
believe provides additional information to evaluate our ability
to make anticipated quarterly distributions. The table below
details cash receipts and payments that are not reflected on our
income statement in order to provide cash available for
distribution. Cash available for distribution is not necessarily
comparable with similar measures provided by other entities. We
believe that cash available for distribution, together with
future distributions and cash available from our businesses (net
of reserves) will be sufficient to meet our anticipated
distributions over the next twelve months. The table below
reconciles cash available for distribution to net income and to
cash
64
flow provided by operating activities, which we consider to be
the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and
presented in accordance with GAAP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(19,249
|
)
|
Adjustment to reconcile net loss
to cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
10,290
|
|
Supplemental put expense
|
|
|
22,456
|
|
Silvues in-process R&D
expensed at acquisition date
|
|
|
1,120
|
|
Advanced Circuits loan
forgiveness accrual
|
|
|
2,760
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
2,950
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
(2,281
|
)
|
Loss on Ableco debt retirement
|
|
|
8,275
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities
|
|
|
(5,308
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
|
20,563
|
|
Plus:
|
|
|
|
|
Unused fee on delayed term loan(1)
|
|
|
1,291
|
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities
|
|
|
5,308
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance capital
expenditures(2)
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
|
209
|
|
Crosman(3)
|
|
|
1,926
|
|
Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
392
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
304
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated cash flow available for
distribution
|
|
$
|
23,695
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution paid July 2006
|
|
$
|
(2,587
|
)
|
Distribution paid September 2006
|
|
|
(5,368
|
)
|
Distribution paid January 2007
|
|
|
(6,135
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total distributions
|
|
$
|
(14,090
|
)(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution Coverage
Ratio(a)¸(b)
|
|
|
1.7
|
x
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents the commitment fee on the unused portion of our
third-party loans. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents maintenance capital expenditures that were funded
from operating cash flow and excludes approximately
$2.3 million of growth capital expenditures for the period
ended December 31, 2006. |
|
(3) |
|
Crosman was sold on January 5, 2007 (see Note D to the
consolidated financial statements). |
Cash flows of certain of our businesses are seasonal in nature.
Cash flows from CBS Personnel are typically lower in the first
quarter of each year than in other quarters due to reduced
seasonal demand for temporary staffing services and to lower
gross margins during that period associated with the front-end
loading of certain taxes and other payments associated with
payroll paid to our employees. Cash flows from Halo are
typically higher in the fourth quarter of each year than in
other quarters due to increased seasonal demands for calendars
and other promotional products among other factors.
Related
Party Transactions
We have entered into the following agreements with our manager.
Any fees associated with the agreements described below must be
paid, if applicable, prior to the payment of any distributions
to shareholders.
|
|
|
|
|
management services agreement
|
|
|
|
LLC agreement
|
|
|
|
supplemental put agreement
|
65
Management Services Agreement We entered into
a management services agreement with our manager effective
May 16, 2006. The management services agreement provides
for our manager to perform services for us in exchange for a
quarterly management fee equal to 0.5% (2.0% annualized) of our
adjusted net assets as of the last day of each fiscal quarter.
We amended the management services agreement on November 8,
2006, to clarify that adjusted net assets are not reduced by
non-cash charges associated with the supplemental put agreement,
which amendment was unanimously approved by the compensation
committee and the board of directors. The management fee is
required to be paid prior to the payment of any distributions to
shareholders. For the year ended December 31, 2006 we paid
approximately $4.4 million to our manager for its quarterly
management fees.
LLC Agreement As distinguished from its
position of providing management services to us, pursuant to the
management services agreement, our manager is also an equity
holder of 100% of the allocation interests of the company. As
such, our manager has the right to a distribution pursuant to a
profit allocation formula upon the occurrence of certain events.
Our manager has the right to cause the company to purchase the
allocation interests it owns under certain circumstances, (see
Supplemental Put Agreement below).
Supplemental Put Agreement Our manager is
also the owner of 100% of the allocation interests in the
company. Concurrent with the IPO, our manager and the company
entered into a supplemental put agreement, which may require the
company to acquire these allocation interests upon termination
of the management services agreement. Essentially, the put
rights granted to our manager require us to acquire our
managers allocation interests in the company at a price
based on a percentage of the increase in fair value in the
companys businesses over its basis in those businesses.
Each fiscal quarter we estimate the fair value of our businesses
for the purpose of determining our potential liability
associated with the supplemental put agreement. Any change in
the potential liability is accrued currently as a non-cash
adjustment to earnings. For the year ended December 31,
2006, we recognized approximately $22.5 million in non-cash
expense related to the supplemental put agreement. As a result
of the sale of Crosman on January 5, 2007, our manager is
currently due $7.9 million. We expect to pay our manager
this amount in the first fiscal quarter of 2007.
Anodyne Acquisition On August 1, 2006,
we acquired from CGI and its wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary,
Compass Medical Mattress Partners, LP which we refer to as the
seller, approximately 47.3% of the outstanding capital stock, on
a fully-diluted basis, of Anodyne, representing approximately
69.8% of the voting power of all Anodyne stock. Pursuant to the
same agreement, we also acquired from the seller all outstanding
debt to seller under Anodynes credit facility, which we
refer to as original loans. On the same date, we purchased from
the seller a promissory note issued by a borrower controlled by
Anodynes chief executive officer totaling
$5.2 million, which we refer to as the promissory note. The
promissory note is secured by shares of Anodyne stock and
guaranteed by Anodynes chief executive officer. The
promissory note accrues interest at the rate of 13% per annum
and is added to the notes principal balance. The note
matures in August, 2008. The principal balance of the promissory
note and accrued interest totals approximately $5.4 million
at December 31, 2006. The purchase price for the Anodyne
stock, the original loans and the promissory note totaled
approximately $31.1 million, which was paid for in the form
of $17.3 million in cash and 950,000 shares of our
newly issued shares. The shares were valued at
$13.1 million, or $13.77 per share.
Our manager acted as an advisor to us in the Anodyne acquisition
for which it received transaction services fees and expense
payments totaling approximately $300,000.
Advanced Circuits Acquisition In connection
with the acquisition of Advanced Circuits by CGI in September
2005, Advanced Circuits loaned certain officers and members of
management of Advanced Circuits $3,409,100 for the purchase of
136,364 shares of Advanced Circuits common stock. On
January 1, 2006, Advanced Circuits loaned certain officers
and members of management of Advanced Circuits $4,834,150 for
the purchase of an additional 193,366 shares of Advanced
Circuits common stock. The notes bear interest at 6% and
interest is added to the notes. The notes are due in September
2010 and December 2010 and are subject to mandatory prepayment
provisions if certain conditions are met.
Advanced Circuits granted the purchasers of the shares the right
to put to Advanced Circuits a sufficient number of shares at the
then fair market value of such shares, to cover the tax
liability that each
66
purchaser may have. Approximately $0.8 million of
compensation expense calculated using the Black Scholes model
related to these rights and is reflected in selling and general
administrative expenses for the year ended December 31,
2006.
In connection with the issuance of the notes as described above,
Advanced Circuits implemented a performance incentive program
whereby the notes could either be partially or completely
forgiven based upon the achievement of certain pre-defined
financial performance targets. The measurement date for
determination of any potential loan forgiveness is based on the
financial performance of Advanced Circuits for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2010. The company believes that the
achievement of the loan forgiveness is probable and is accruing
any potential forgiveness over a service period measured from
the issuance of the notes until the actual measurement date of
December 31, 2010. During fiscal 2006, the company accrued
approximately $1.6 million for this loan forgiveness. This
expense is reflected as a component of general and
administrative expenses, and is a component of other liabilities
as of December 31, 2006.
Contractual
Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no special purpose entities or off balance sheet
arrangements, other than operating leases entered into in the
ordinary course of business.
Long-term contractual obligations, except for our long-term debt
obligations, are generally not recognized in our consolidated
balance sheet. Non-cancelable purchase obligations are
obligations we incur during the normal course of business, based
on projected needs.
The table below summarizes the payment schedule of our
contractual obligations at December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
1-3
|
|
|
3-5
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating Lease Obligations(1)
|
|
$
|
28,012
|
|
|
$
|
7,080
|
|
|
$
|
11,002
|
|
|
$
|
4,639
|
|
|
$
|
5,291
|
|
Purchase Obligations(2)
|
|
|
83,584
|
|
|
|
39,227
|
|
|
|
24,136
|
|
|
|
20,221
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Put Obligation(3)
|
|
|
14,702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
126,298
|
|
|
$
|
46,307
|
|
|
$
|
35,138
|
|
|
$
|
24,860
|
|
|
$
|
5,291
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflects various operating leases for office space,
manufacturing facilities and equipment from third parties with
various lease terms running from one to fourteen years. |
|
(2) |
|
Reflects non-cancelable commitments as of December 31,
2006, including: (i) shareholder distributions of
$24.5 million, (ii) management fees of
$9.6 million per year over the next five years and;
(iii) other obligations, including amounts due under
employment agreements. |
|
(3) |
|
The supplemental put obligation represents the long-term portion
of an estimated liability accrued as if our management services
agreement with CGM had been terminated. This agreement has not
been terminated and there is no basis upon which to determine a
date in the future, if any, that this amount will be paid. |
The table does not include the long-term portion of the
actuarially developed reserve for workers compensation, which
does not provide for annual estimated payments beyond one year.
This liability, totaling approximately $13.2 million at
December 31, 2006, is included in our balance sheet as a
component of other non-current liabilities.
Critical
Accounting Estimates
The following discussion relates to critical accounting policies
for the company, the trust and each of our businesses.
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with
GAAP will require management to adopt accounting policies and
make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in
the
67
financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results
could differ from these estimates under different assumptions
and judgments and uncertainties, and potentially could result in
materially different results under different conditions. Our
critical accounting estimates are discussed below. These
estimates are generally consistent with the accounting policies
followed by the businesses we plan to acquire. These critical
accounting estimates are reviewed by our independent auditors
and the audit committee of our board of directors.
Supplemental
Put Agreement
In connection with our managers acquisition of the
allocation interests, we entered into a supplemental put
agreement with our manager pursuant to which our manager has the
right to cause the company to purchase the allocation interests
then owned by our manager upon termination of the management
services agreement for a price to be determined in accordance
with the supplemental put agreement. We record the supplemental
put agreement at its fair value quarterly by recording any
change in value through the income statement. The fair value of
the supplemental put agreement is largely related to the value
of the profit allocation that our manager, as holder of
allocation interests, will receive. At any point in time, the
supplemental put liability recorded on the companys
balance sheet is our managers estimate of what its
allocation interests are worth based upon a percentage of the
increase in fair value of our businesses over our basis in those
businesses. Because the supplemental put price would be
calculated based upon an assumed profit allocation for the sale
of all of our businesses, the growth of the supplemental put
liability over time is indicative of our managers estimate
of the companys unrealized gains on its interests in our
businesses. A decline in the supplemental put liability is
indicative either of the realization of gains associated with
the sale a business and the corresponding payment of a profit
allocation to our manager (as with Crosman), or a decline in our
managers estimate of the companys unrealized gains
on its interests in our businesses. We account for the change in
the estimated value of the supplemental put liability on a
quarterly basis in our income statement. The expected value of
the supplemental put liability affects our results of operations
but it does not affect our cash flows or our cash flow available
for distribution. The valuation of the supplemental put
agreement requires the use of complex models, which require
highly sensitive assumptions and estimates. The impact of
over-estimating or under-estimating the value of the
supplemental put agreement could have a material effect on
operating results. In addition, the value of the supplemental
put agreement is subject to the volatility of our operations
which may result in significant fluctuation in the value
assigned to this supplemental put agreement.
Revenue
Recognition
We recognize revenue when it is realized or realizable and
earned. We consider revenue realized or realizable and earned
when it has persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the product
has been shipped or the services have been provided to the
customer, the sales price is fixed or determinable and
collectibility is reasonably assured. Provisions for customer
returns and other allowances based on historical experience are
recognized at the time the related sale is recognized.
In addition, CBS Personnel recognizes revenue for temporary
staffing services at the time services are provided by CBS
Personnel employees and reports revenue based on gross billings
to customers. Revenue from CBS Personnel employee leasing
services is recorded at the time services are provided. Such
revenue is reported on a net basis (gross billings to clients
less worksite employee salaries, wages and payroll-related
taxes). We believe that net revenue accounting for leasing
services more closely depicts the transactions with its leasing
customers and is consistent with guidelines outlined in Emerging
Issue Task Force which we refer to as the EITF,
No. 99-19,
Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an
Agent. The effect of using this method of accounting
is to report lower revenue than would be otherwise reported.
Business
Combinations
The acquisitions of our businesses are accounted for under the
purchase method of accounting. The amounts assigned to the
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in
connection with acquisitions are based on estimated fair values
as of the date of the acquisition, with the remainder, if any,
to be
68
recorded as identifiable intangibles or goodwill. The fair
values are determined by our management team, taking into
consideration information supplied by the management of the
acquired entities and other relevant information. Such
information typically includes valuations supplied by
independent appraisal experts for significant business
combinations. The valuations are generally based upon future
cash flow projections for the acquired assets, discounted to
present value. The determination of fair values requires
significant judgment both by our management team and by outside
experts engaged to assist in this process. This judgment could
result in either a higher or lower value assigned to amortizable
or depreciable assets. The impact could result in either higher
or lower amortization and/or depreciation expense.
Goodwill,
Intangible Assets and Property and Equipment
Trademarks are considered to be indefinite life intangibles.
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of the assets acquired. Trademarks and goodwill are
not amortized. However, we will be required to perform
impairment reviews at least annually and more frequently in
certain circumstances.
The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process, which
requires management to make judgments in determining certain
assumptions used in the calculation. The first step of the
process consists of estimating the fair value of each of our
reporting units based on a discounted cash flow model using
revenue and profit forecasts and comparing those estimated fair
values with the carrying values, which include the allocated
goodwill. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying
value, a second step is performed to compute the amount of the
impairment by determining an implied fair value of
goodwill. The determination of a reporting units
implied fair value of goodwill requires the
allocation of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to
the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. Any
unallocated fair value represents the implied fair
value of goodwill, which is then compared to its
corresponding carrying value. The impairment test for trademarks
requires the determination of the fair value of such assets. If
the fair value of the trademark is less than its carrying value,
an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to the
difference. We cannot predict the occurrence of certain future
events that might adversely affect the reported value of
goodwill and/or intangible assets. Such events include, but are
not limited to, strategic decisions made in response to economic
and competitive conditions, the impact of the economic
environment on our customer base, and material adverse effects
in relationships with significant customers.
The implied fair value of reporting units is
determined by management and generally is based upon future cash
flow projections for the reporting unit, discounted to present
value. We use outside valuation experts when management
considers that it would be appropriate to do so.
Intangibles subject to amortization, including customer
relationships, noncompete agreements and technology are
amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the intangible assets, which we determine based
on the consideration of several factors including the period of
time the asset is expected to remain in service. We evaluate the
carrying value and remaining useful lives of intangibles subject
to amortization whenever indications of impairment are present.
Property and equipment are initially stated at cost.
Depreciation on property and equipment computed using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
property and equipment after consideration of historical results
and anticipated results based on our current plans. Our
estimated useful lives represent the period the asset is
expected to remain in service assuming normal routine
maintenance. We review the estimated useful lives assigned to
property and equipment when our business experience suggests
that they may have changed from our initial assessment. Factors
that lead to such a conclusion may include physical observation
of asset usage, examination of realized gains and losses on
asset disposals and consideration of market trends such as
technological obsolescence or change in market demand.
We perform impairment reviews of property and equipment, when
events or circumstances indicate that the value of the assets
may be impaired. Indicators include operating or cash flow
losses, significant decreases in market value or changes in the
long-lived assets physical condition. When indicators of
impairment are present, management determines whether the sum of
the undiscounted future cash flows estimated to be generated by
those assets is less than the carrying amount of those assets.
In this
69
circumstance, the impairment charge is determined based upon the
amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds their
fair value. The estimates of both the undiscounted future cash
flows and the fair values of assets require the use of complex
models, which require numerous highly sensitive assumptions and
estimates.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
The company records an allowance for doubtful accounts on an
entity-by-entity
basis with consideration for historical loss experience,
customer payment patterns and current economic trends. The
company reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful
accounts on a periodic basis and adjusts the balance, if
necessary. The determination of the adequacy of the allowance
for doubtful accounts requires significant judgment by
management. The impact of either over or under estimating the
allowance could have a material effect on future operating
results.
Workers
Compensation Liability
CBS self-insures its workers compensation exposure for
certain employees. CBS establishes reserves based upon its
experience and expectations as to its ultimate liability for
those claims using developmental factors based upon historical
claim experience. CBS continually evaluates the potential for
change in loss estimates with the support of qualified
actuaries. As of December 31, 2006, CBS had approximately
$20.9 million of workers compensation liability. The
ultimate settlement of this liability could differ materially
from the assumptions used to calculate this liability, which
could have a material adverse effect on future operating results.
Deferred
Tax Assets
Several of the majority owned subsidiaries have deferred tax
assets recorded at December 31, 2006 which in total amount
to approximately $11.8 million. These deferred tax assets
are comprised of liabilities not currently deductible for tax
purposes. The temporary differences that have resulted in the
recording of these tax assets may be used to offset taxable
income in future periods, reducing the amount of taxes we might
otherwise be required to pay. Realization of the deferred tax
assets is dependent on generating sufficient future taxable
income. Based upon the expected future results of operations, we
believe it is more likely than not that we will generate
sufficient future taxable income to realize the benefit of
existing temporary differences, although there can be no
assurance of this. The impact of not realizing these deferred
tax assets would result in an increase in income tax expense for
such period when the determination was made that the assets are
not realizable. (See Note K Income taxes to the
financial statements included elsewhere in this report).
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
On July 13, 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Interpretation No. (FIN) 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes, which is effective
January 1, 2007. The purpose of FIN 48 is to clarify
and set forth consistent rules for accounting for uncertain tax
positions in accordance with FAS 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes. The cumulative effect of applying the
provisions of this interpretation is required to be reported
separately as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained
earnings in the year of adoption. We are in the process of
reviewing and evaluating FIN 48, and therefore the ultimate
impact of its adoption is not yet known.
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. This
standard clarifies the principle that fair value should be based
on the assumptions that market participants would use when
pricing an asset or liability. Additionally, it establishes a
fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to
develop those assumptions. We have not yet determined the impact
that the implementation of SFAS No. 157 will have on
our results of operations or financial condition.
SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements
issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007.
70
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers
Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement
Plans an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and
132(R). This standard requires employers to recognize
the underfunded or overfunded status of a defined benefit
postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of
financial position and to recognize changes in the funded status
in the year in which the changes occur through accumulated other
comprehensive income. Additionally, SFAS No. 158
requires employers to measure the funded status of a plan as of
the date of its year-end statement of financial position. We are
currently evaluating the impact that the implementation of
SFAS No. 158 will have on our financial statements.
The new reporting requirements and related new footnote
disclosure rules of SFAS No. 158 are effective for
fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. The new
measurement date requirement applies for fiscal years ending
after November 15, 2008. We have determined that this
statement is not applicable to the company.
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108,
Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements
when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial
Statements, (SAB 108). SAB 108 was issued to
provide interpretive guidance on how the effects of the
carryover or reversal of prior year misstatements should be
considered in quantifying in a current year misstatement. The
provisions of SAB 108 were effective for the company for
its December 31, 2006 year-end. The adoption of
SAB 108 had no impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159,
The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and
Liabilities which we refer to as
SFAS No. 159. SFAS No. 159 provides
companies with an option to report selected financial assets and
liabilities at fair value, and establishes presentation and
disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons
between companies that choose different measurement attributes
for similar types of assets and liabilities. The new guidance is
effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15,
2007. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the
adoption of SFAS No. 159 on its financial position and
results of operations.
71
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Interest
Rate Sensitivity
At February 28, 2007, we were exposed to interest rate risk
primarily through borrowings under our revolving credit facility
because our borrowings are subject to variable interest rates.
We had outstanding $94.5 million under our revolving credit
facility. In the event that interest rates associated with the
revolving credit facility were to increase by 100 basis points
the impact on future cash flows would be a decrease of
$0.94 million.
We expect to borrow under our revolving credit facility in the
future in order to finance our short term working capital needs
and future acquisitions.
Exchange
Rate Sensitivity
At December 31, 2006, we were not exposed to significant
foreign currency exchange rate risks that could have a material
effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
72
BUSINESS
Overview
Compass Diversified Trust offers investors an opportunity to
participate in the ownership and growth of middle market
businesses that traditionally have been owned and managed by
private equity firms or other financial investors, large
conglomerates or private individuals or families. Through the
ownership of a diversified group of middle market businesses, we
also offer investors an opportunity to diversify their portfolio
risk while participating in the cash flows of our businesses
through the receipt of quarterly distributions.
We acquire and manage middle market businesses based in North
America with annual cash flows between $5 million and
$40 million. We seek to acquire controlling ownership
interests in the businesses in order to maximize our ability to
work actively with the management teams of those businesses. Our
model for creating shareholder value is to be disciplined in
identifying and valuing businesses, to work closely with
management of the businesses we acquire to grow the cash flows
of those businesses, and to exit opportunistically businesses
when we believe that doing so will maximize returns. We
currently own six businesses in six distinct industries and we
believe that these businesses will continue to produce stable
and growing cash flows over the long term, enabling us to meet
our objectives of growing distributions to our shareholders,
independent of any incremental acquisitions we may make, and
investing in the long-term growth of the company.
In identifying acquisition candidates, we target businesses that:
|
|
|
|
|
produce stable cash flows;
|
|
|
|
have strong management teams largely in place;
|
|
|
|
maintain defensible positions in industries with forecasted
long-term macroeconomic growth; and
|
|
|
|
face minimal threat of technological or competitive obsolescence.
|
We maintain a long-term ownership outlook which we believe
provides us the opportunity to develop more comprehensive
strategies for the growth of our businesses through various
market cycles, and will decrease the possibility, often faced by
private equity firms or other financial investors, that our
businesses will be sold at unfavorable points in a market cycle.
Furthermore, we provide the financing for both the debt and
equity in our acquisitions, which allows us to pursue growth
investments, such as add-on acquisitions, that might otherwise
be restricted by the requirements of a third-party lender. We
have also found sellers to be attracted to our ability to
provide both debt and equity financing for the consummation of
acquisitions, enhancing the prospect of confidentiality and
certainty of consummating these transactions. In addition, we
believe that our ability to be long-term owners alleviates the
concern that many private company owners have with regard to
their businesses going through multiple sale processes in a
short period of time and the disruption that this may create for
their employees or customers.
We believe that our ownership outlook provides us the
opportunity to develop more comprehensive strategies for the
medium and long term growth of our businesses in and out of
market cycles, and decreases the possibility that our businesses
will be sold at unfavorable points in a market cycle.
Furthermore, our financing of both the debt and equity of our
businesses allows us to pursue interesting growth opportunities,
such as add-on acquisitions, that might otherwise be restricted
by the presence of a third-party lender.
We have a strong management team that has worked together since
1998 and, collectively, has approximately 75 years of
experience in acquiring and managing middle market businesses.
During that time, our management team has developed a reputation
for acquiring middle market businesses in various industries
through a variety of processes. These include corporate
spin-offs, transitions of family-owned businesses, management
buy-outs, management based
roll-ups,
reorganizations, bankruptcy sales and auction-based acquisitions
from financial owners. The flexibility, creativity, experience
and expertise of our management team in structuring complex
transactions provides us with strategic advantages by allowing
us to consider non-traditional and complex transactions tailored
to fit specific acquisition targets.
73
Our manager, who we describe below, has demonstrated a history
of growing cash flows at the businesses in which it has been
involved. As an example, for the four businesses we acquired
concurrent with the IPO, 2006 full year operating income
increased, in total, over 2005 by 20.5%. Our quarterly
distribution rate has increased by 14.3% from the IPO, which we
refer to as the IPO, on May 16, 2006 until January 2007,
from $0.2625 per share to $0.30 per share. From the date of the
IPO until December 31, 2006 (including the distribution
paid in January 2007 for the quarter ended December 31,
2006), our distribution coverage ratio (estimated cash available
for distribution divided by total distributions) was 1.7x. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and
Capital Resources.
At the time of the IPO, on May 16, 2006, we sold
13,500,000 shares of the trust at an offering price of
$15.00 per share. Total net proceeds from the IPO were
approximately $188.3 million. On May 16, 2006, we also
completed, on the same terms of the IPO, the private placement
of 5,733,333 shares to CGI for approximately
$86.0 million and completed the private placement of
266,667 shares to Pharos I LLC, an entity owned by our
management team, for approximately $4.0 million. CGI also
purchased 666,667 shares for $10.0 million through the
IPO. In addition, in connection with the acquisition of Anodyne
on August 1, 2006, we issued 950,000 of our newly issued
shares to CGI valued at $13.1 million, or $13.77 per share.
Since the commencement of the IPO, we have acquired controlling
interests in the following businesses (including Crosman which
we recently divested):
Advanced
Circuits
On May 16, 2006, concurrent with the IPO, we acquired a
controlling interest in Advanced Circuits. Advanced Circuits,
headquartered in Aurora, Colorado, is a provider of prototype
and quick-turn printed circuit boards, or PCBs, throughout the
United States. PCBs are a vital component of virtually all
electronic products. The prototype and quick-turn portions of
the PCB industry are characterized by customers requiring high
levels of responsiveness, technical support and timely delivery.
Due to the critical roles that PCBs play in the research and
development process of electronics, customers often place more
emphasis on the turnaround time and quality of a customized PCB
rather than on other factors, such as price. Advanced Circuits
meets this market need by manufacturing and delivering custom
PCBs in as little as 24 hours, providing its approximately 8,000
customers with approximately 98% error-free production and
real-time customer service and product tracking 24 hours per
day. Advanced Circuits had full-year operating income of
approximately $11.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006.
Aeroglide
On February 28, 2007, we acquired a controlling interest in
Aeroglide. Aeroglide, headquartered in Cary, North Carolina, is
a leading global designer and manufacturer of industrial drying
and cooling equipment. Aeroglide provides specialized thermal
processing equipment designed to remove moisture and heat as
well as roast, toast and bake a variety of processed products.
Its machinery includes conveyer driers and coolers, impingement
driers, drum driers, rotary driers, toasters, spin cookers and
coolers, truck and tray driers and related auxiliary equipment
and is used in the production of a variety of human foods,
animal and pet feeds and industrial products. Aeroglide utilizes
an extensive engineering department to custom engineer each
machine for a particular application. Aeroglide had full-year
operating income of approximately $3.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 2006.
Anodyne
On August 1, 2006, we acquired a controlling interest in
Anodyne. Anodyne, headquartered in Los Angeles, California, is a
leading manufacturer of medical support services and patient
positioning devices used primarily for the prevention and
treatment of pressure wounds experienced by patients with
limited or no mobility. Anodyne is one of the nations
leading designers and manufacturers of specialty support
surfaces and is able to manufacture products in multiple
locations to better serve a national customer base. Anodyne had
operating income of approximately $0.3 million for the ten
and one-half month period ended December 31, 2006.
74
CBS
Personnel
On May 16, 2006, concurrent with out IPO, we acquired a
controlling interest in CBS Personnel. CBS Personnel,
headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio, is a provider of temporary
staffing services in the United States. In order to provide its
4,000 clients with tailored staffing services to fulfill their
human resources needs, CBS Personnel also offers employee
leasing services, permanent staffing and temporary-to-permanent
placement services. CBS Personnel operates 144 branch locations
in various cities in 18 states. CBS Personnel had full-year
operating income of approximately $21.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 2006.
Crosman
On May 16, 2006, concurrent with the IPO, we acquired a
controlling interest in Crosman Acquisition Corporation, which
we refer to as Crosman. Crosman, headquartered in East
Bloomfield, New York, was one of the first manufacturers of
airguns and is a manufacturer and distributor of recreational
airgun products and related products and accessories. The
Crosman brand is one of the pre-eminent names in the
recreational airgun market and is widely recognized in the
broader outdoor sporting goods industry. Crosmans products
are sold in over 6,000 retail locations worldwide through
approximately 500 retailers, which include mass market and
sporting goods retailers. On January 5, 2007, we sold
Crosman on the basis of a total enterprise value of
approximately $143 million. We have reflected Crosman as a
discontinued operation for all periods presented in this
prospectus. For further information, see Note D
Discontinued Operations, to our consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Crosman had full-year operating income of approximately
$17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Halo
On February 28, 2007, we acquired a controlling interest in
Halo, which operates under the brand names of Halo and Lee
Wayne. Halo, headquartered in Sterling, Illinois, serves as a
one-stop shop for over 30,000 customers, providing design,
sourcing, management and fulfillment services across all
categories of its customers promotional product needs.
Halo has established itself as a leader in the promotional
products and marketing industry through its focus on service
through its approximately 700 account executives. Halo had
full-year operating income of approximately $6.1 million
for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Silvue
On May 16, 2006, concurrent with the IPO, we acquired a
controlling interest in Silvue. Silvue, headquartered in
Anaheim, California, is a developer and producer of proprietary,
high performance liquid coating systems used in the high-end
eyewear, aerospace, automotive and industrial markets.
Silvues patented coating systems can be applied to a wide
variety of materials, including plastics, such as polycarbonate
and acrylic, glass, metals and other surfaces. These coating
systems impart properties, such as abrasion resistance, improved
durability, chemical resistance, ultraviolet or UV protection,
anti-fog and impact resistance, to the materials to which they
are applied. Silvue has sales and distribution operations in the
United States, Europe and Asia, as well as manufacturing
operations in the United States and Asia. Silvue had full-year
operating income of approximately $6.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 2006.
Our
Manager
We have entered into a management services agreement with
Compass Group Management LLC, who we refer to as our manager or
CGM, pursuant to which our manager manages the
day-to-day
operations and affairs of the company and oversees the
management and operations of our businesses. While working for a
subsidiary of Compass Group Investments, Inc., which we refer to
as CGI, our management team originally oversaw the acquisition
and operations of each of our initial businesses and Anodyne
prior to our acquiring them from CGI.
We pay our manager a quarterly management fee equal to 0.5%
(2.0% annualized) of our adjusted net assets as of the last day
of each fiscal quarter for the services it performs on our
behalf. In addition, our manager is entitled to receive a profit
allocation upon the occurrence of certain trigger events and has
the
75
right to cause the company to purchase the allocation interests
that it owns upon termination of the management services
agreement. See Our Manager Our Relationship
with Our Manager and Supplemental Put
Agreement and Certain Relationships and Related
Party Transactions for further descriptions of the
management fees and profit allocation and our managers
supplemental put right.
The companys chief executive officer and chief financial
officer are employees of our manager and have been seconded to
us. Neither the trust nor the company has any other employees.
Although our chief executive officer and chief financial officer
are employees of our manager, they report directly to the
companys board of directors. The management fee paid to
our manager covers all expenses related to the services
performed by our manager, including the compensation of our
chief executive officer and other personnel providing services
to us. The company reimburses our manager for the salary and
related costs and expenses of our chief financial officer and
his staff, who dedicate 100% of their time to the affairs of the
company. See Our Manager Our Relationship with
Our Manager and Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions.
Market
Opportunity
We believe that the merger and acquisition market for middle
market businesses is highly fragmented and provides
opportunities to purchase businesses at attractive prices. For
example, according to Mergerstat, during the twelve month period
ended December 31, 2006, businesses that sold for less than
$100 million were sold for a median of approximately 7.9x
the trailing twelve months of earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization as compared to a median of
approximately 9.3x for businesses that were sold for between
$100 million and $300 million and 11.7x for businesses
that were sold for over $300 million. We expect to acquire
companies in the first two categories described above, and our
manager has, to date, typically been successful in consummating
attractive acquisitions at multiples at or below 7x the trailing
twelve months of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation
and amortization, both on behalf of the company and prior to our
formation while working for a subsidiary of CGI. We believe that
among the factors contributing to lower acquisition multiples
for businesses of the size we target are the fact that sellers
of these frequently consider non-economic factors, such as
continuing board membership or the effect of the sale on their
employees and customers and that these businesses are less
frequently sold pursuant to an auction process.
Our management teams strong relationship with business
brokers, investment and commercial bankers, accountants,
attorneys and other potential sources of acquisition
opportunities offers us substantial opportunities to purchase
middle market businesses.
In the past, our management team has acquired businesses that
were owned by entrepreneurs or large corporate parents. In these
cases, our management team has frequently found that there have
been opportunities to improve the operating performance of these
businesses by augmenting the management teams, enhancing the
financial reporting and management information systems and/or
bolstering corporate development efforts to help these
businesses pursue organic or external growth strategies.
Our
Strategy
In seeking to maximize shareholder value, we focus on the
acquisition of new platforms and the management of our existing
businesses (including acquisition of add-on businesses by those
existing businesses). While we continue to identify, perform due
diligence on, negotiate and consummate additional platform
acquisitions of attractive middle market businesses that meet
our acquisition criteria, we believe that our current businesses
alone will allow us to pay and grow distributions to our
shareholders.
Acquisition
Strategy
Our strategy for new platforms involves the acquisition of
businesses that we expect to be accretive to our cash flow
available for distribution. An ideal acquisition candidate for
us is a North American company which demonstrates a reason
to exist, that is, it is a leading player in its market
niches, has predictable and growing cash flows, operates in an
industry with long-term macroeconomic growth and has a strong
and
76
incentivizable management team. We believe that attractive
opportunities to make such acquisitions will continue to present
themselves, as private sector owners seek to monetize their
interests and large corporate parents seek to dispose of their
non-core operations. We benefit from our managers ability
to identify potential diverse acquisition opportunities in a
variety of industries. In addition, we rely upon our management
teams experience and expertise in researching and valuing
prospective target businesses, as well as negotiating the
ultimate acquisition of such target businesses.
Management
Strategy
Our management strategy involves our active financial and
operational management of our businesses in order to improve
financial and operational efficiencies and achieve appropriate
growth rates. After acquiring a controlling interest in a new
business, we rely on our management teams experience and
expertise to work efficiently and effectively with the
management of the new business to jointly develop and execute a
business plan and to manage the business consistent with our
management strategy. In addition, we expect to sell businesses
that we own from time to time when attractive opportunities
arise. Our decision to sell a business is based on our belief
that doing so will increase shareholder value to a greater
extent than would continued ownership of that business. Our sale
of Crosman is an example of our ability to successfully execute
this strategy. With respect to the sale of Crosman, we
recognized a gain of $35.9 million, having owned Crosman
for under eight months and having earned operating income
of $13.3 million through December 31, 2006.
In general, our manager oversees and supports the management
teams of each of our businesses by, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
recruiting and retaining talented managers to operate our
businesses by using structured incentive compensation and equity
ownership programs tailored to each business;
|
|
|
|
regularly monitoring financial and operational performance,
instilling consistent financial discipline, and supporting
management in the development and implementation of information
systems to effectively achieve these goals;
|
|
|
|
assisting management in their analysis and pursuit of prudent
organic growth strategies, potentially involving
capacity-related capital expenditures, introduction of new
products or services, or expansion of sales or marketing
programs; and
|
|
|
|
forming strong subsidiary level boards of directors to
supplement management in their development and implementation of
strategic goals and objectives.
|
A critical component of our management strategy involves the
acquisition and integration of add-on businesses. Acquisitions
of add-on businesses can be an effective way of improving
financial and operational performance by allowing us to:
|
|
|
|
|
leverage manufacturing and distribution operations;
|
|
|
|
capitalize on existing branding and marketing programs, as well
as customer relationships;
|
|
|
|
increase market share and penetrate new markets;
|
|
|
|
realize cost synergies, effectively reducing the multiple paid
for the add-on acquisition target; and
|
|
|
|
add experienced management or management expertise;
|
We incur third-party debt financing almost entirely at the
company level, which we use, in combination with our equity
capital, to provide debt financing to each of our businesses or
to acquire additional businesses. We believe this financing
structure is beneficial to the financial and operational
activities of each of our businesses by allowing our businesses
to have maximum flexibility in pursuing opportunities for
growth, whether organically or through acquisitions.
As a final component of our management strategy, we expect to
sell businesses that we own from time to time when attractive
opportunities arise. Our decision to sell a business is based on
our belief that doing so will increase shareholder value to a
greater extent than through continued ownership of that
business.
77
Through the sale process, we work with third party service
providers to identify appropriate buyers, maximize valuation and
optimize terms to us as sellers.
Strategic
Advantages
Based on the experience of our management team and its ability
to identify and negotiate acquisitions, we believe we are
positioned to acquire, on favorable terms, additional businesses
that will increase our cash flows. Our management team has
strong relationships with thousands of accountants, attorneys,
business brokers, commercial and investment bankers and other
potential sources of acquisition opportunities which it has
cultivated over the years, and which it maintains through
consistent contact. Through this network, as well as our
management teams proprietary transaction sourcing efforts,
we have a substantial pipeline of potential acquisition targets.
In addition, our management team, both while working for our
manager and while working with a subsidiary of CGI prior to our
formation, has a successful track record of and a reputation for
acquiring middle market businesses in various industries through
a variety of processes. These include, in some cases on behalf
of CGI prior to our formation, corporate spin-offs (Silvue),
transitions of family-owned businesses (CBS Personnel and
Aeroglide), management buy-outs (ACI), management based
roll-ups
(Anodyne), auction-based acquisitions from financial owners
(Halo), reorganizations and bankruptcy sales. The flexibility,
creativity, experience and expertise of our management team in
structuring complex transactions provides us with strategic
advantages by allowing us to consider non-traditional and
complex transactions tailored to fit specific acquisition
targets.
Finally, because our model is to fund both the equity and debt
required to consummate acquisitions through the utilization of
our revolving credit facility, we expect to eliminate the
cumbersome delays and closing conditions that are typically
associated with transaction-specific financing, as is typically
the case in such acquisitions. We believe this advantage is a
powerful one and is highly unusual in the marketplace in which
we operate.
Valuation
and Due Diligence
When evaluating businesses or assets for acquisition, our
management team performs a rigorous due diligence and financial
evaluation process. In doing so, our management team evaluates
the operations of the target business as well as the outlook for
the industry in which the target business operates. While
valuation of a business is, by definition, a subjective process,
we perform valuations using a variety of analyses, including
discounted cash flow analyses, development of expected value
matrices, and evaluation of comparable trading and transaction
values.
One outcome of this process is a projection of the expected cash
flows from the target business. A further outcome is an
understanding of the types and levels of risk associated with
those projections. While future performance and projections are
always uncertain, we believe that with detailed due diligence,
future cash flows will be better estimated and the prospects for
operating the business in the future better evaluated. To assist
us in identifying material risks and validating key assumptions
in our financial and operational analysis we engage third-party
experts to review key risk areas, including legal, tax,
regulatory, accounting, insurance and environmental. We also
engage technical, operational or industry consultants, as
necessary.
A critical component of the evaluation of potential target
businesses is the assessment of the capability of the existing
management team, including recent performance, expertise,
experience, culture and incentives to perform. Where necessary
upon acquisition, and consistent with our management strategy,
we actively seek to augment, supplement or replace existing
members of management who we believe are not likely to execute
our business plan for the target business. Similarly, we analyze
and evaluate the financial and operational information systems
of target businesses and, where necessary upon acquisition, we
enhance and improve those existing systems that are deemed to be
inadequate or insufficient to support our business plan for the
target business. In both of these cases, ownership of a
controlling interest in these businesses is an important factor
in implementing necessary changes.
78
Financing
We intend to finance future acquisitions first, through excess
cash on hand; second, through our revolving credit facility; and
third, as necessary, from additional equity or debt financings.
Cash flow available for distribution that is not utilized to pay
distributions to our shareholders is either added to cash on
hand or used to repay amounts owed under the revolving credit
facility, increasing availability under that facility. In this
way, this excess cash available for distribution is ultimately
reinvested in the long-term growth of the Company.
We believe that having the ability to finance an entire
transaction ourselves, rather than through transaction-specific
third-party financing, provides us with an important and unusual
strategic advantage in acquiring attractive businesses by
enabling us to eliminate the delay and closing conditions
inherent to transaction-specific financings. We further believe
that being both the lender to and controlling equity owner of
our businesses provides those businesses with the flexibility
required to pursue interesting growth opportunities both
organically and externally, as well as provides us with the
maximum security and ability to mitigate risk in the case of
industry or company underperformance.
We have a revolving credit facility with a group of lenders led
by Madison. The revolving credit facility was entered into in
November 2006 and matures in November 2011. It provides for a
revolving line of credit of up to $255 million with an
option for a $45 million increase. The revolving credit
facility is secured by all the assets of the company including
all its equity interests in and loans to our subsidiaries. As of
February 28, 2007, we had $94.5 million outstanding
under our revolving credit facility. Amounts outstanding under
our revolving credit facility bear interest at a fluctuating
rate per annum equal to the greater of (i) the prime rate
of interest published by The Wall Street Journal and
(ii) the sum of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5% for the
relevant period, plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50% based
upon the companys ratio of total debt to adjusted
consolidated earnings before interest expense, tax expense, and
depreciation and amortization expenses for such period (the
total debt to EBITDA ratio). LIBOR loans bear
interest at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the London
Interbank Offer Rate, or LIBOR, for the relevant period plus a
margin ranging from 2.50% to 3.50% based on the companys
total debt to EBITDA ratio. We are required to pay commitment
fees ranging between 0.75% and 1.25% per annum on the unused
portion of the revolving credit facility. Simultaneous with
entering into the revolving credit facility on November 21,
2006, we terminated our prior financing arrangement, a
$225 million secured credit facility with Ableco Finance,
LLC and other lenders.
Corporate
Information
Compass Diversified Trust is a Delaware statutory trust formed
on November 18, 2005. Compass Group Diversified Holdings
LLC is a Delaware limited liability company formed on
November 18, 2005. Our principal executive offices are
located at Sixty One Wilton Road, Second Floor, Westport,
Connecticut 06880, and our telephone number is
203-221-1703.
Our website is at www.CompassDiversifiedTrust.com. The
information on our website is not incorporated by reference and
is not part of this prospectus.
Our
Businesses
Advanced
Circuits
Overview
Advanced Circuits, headquartered in Aurora, Colorado, is a
provider of prototype and quick-turn printed circuit boards, or
PCBs, throughout the United States. Advanced Circuits also
provides its customers high volume production services in order
to meet its clients complete PCB needs. The prototype and
quick-turn portions of the PCB industry are characterized by
customers requiring high levels of responsiveness, technical
support and timely delivery. Due to the critical roles that PCBs
play in the research and development process of electronics,
customers often place more emphasis on the turnaround time and
quality of a customized PCB than on the price. Advanced Circuits
meets this market need by manufacturing and delivering custom
PCBs in as little as 24 hours, providing customers with
approximately
79
98% error-free production and real-time customer service and
product tracking 24 hours per day. In 2006, approximately 66% of
Advanced Circuits net sales were derived from highly
profitable prototype and quick-turn production PCBs. Advanced
Circuits success is demonstrated by its broad base of over
8,000 customers with which it does business throughout the year.
These customers represent numerous end markets, and for the year
ended December 31, 2006, no single customer accounted for
more than 2% of net sales. Advanced Circuits senior
management, collectively, has approximately 90 years of
experience in the electronic components manufacturing industry
and closely related industries.
Concurrent with the IPO, we made loans to and purchased a
controlling interest in Advanced Circuits totaling
$81.0 million. Our controlling interest represents
approximately 70.2% of the outstanding stock of Advanced
Circuits on a primary and fully diluted basis. For the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005,
Advanced Circuits had net sales of approximately
$48.1 million and $42.0 million, respectively. Since
May 16, 2006, the date of our acquisition, through
December 31, 2006. Advanced Circuits had revenues of
$30.6 million and operating income of $7.5 million.
Advanced Circuits had total assets of $77.9 million at
December 31, 2006. Revenues from Advanced Circuits
represented 7.4% of our total revenues for 2006.
History
of Advanced Circuits
Advanced Circuits commenced operations in 1989 through the
acquisition of the assets of a small Denver based PCB
manufacturer, Seiko Circuits. During its first years of
operations, Advanced Circuits focused exclusively on
manufacturing high volume, production run PCBs with a small
group of proportionately large customers. In 1992, after the
loss of a significant customer, Advanced Circuits made a
strategic shift to limit its dependence on any one customer. In
this respect, Advanced Circuits began focusing on developing a
diverse customer base, and in particular, on providing research
and development professionals at equipment manufacturers and
academic institutions with low volume, customized prototype and
quick-turn PCBs.
In 1997 Advanced Circuits increased its capacity and
consolidated its facilities into its current headquarters in
Aurora, Colorado. During 2001 through 2003, despite a recession
and a reduction in United States PCB manufacturing, Advanced
Circuits sales expanded by 29% as its research and
development focused customer base continued to require PCBs to
perform
day-to-day
activities. In 2003, to support its growth, Advanced Circuits
expanded its PCB manufacturing facility by approximately 37,000
square feet or approximately 150%.
Industry
The PCB industry, which consists of both large global PCB
manufacturers and small regional PCB manufacturers, is a vital
component to all electronic equipment supply chains as PCBs
serve as the foundation for virtually all electronic products,
including cellular telephones, appliances, personal computers,
routers, switches and network servers. PCBs are used by
manufacturers of these types of electronic products, as well as
by persons and teams engaged in research and development of new
types of equipment and technologies. According to the World
Electronic Circuits Councils WECC Global/PCB
Production Report 2005 Baseline Data, total
PCB production in 2005 is estimated to be over
$42.4 billion.
In contrast to global trends, however, production of PCBs in
North America has declined by approximately 60% since 2000, to
approximately $3.8 billion in 2004, and is expected to
remain flat over the next several years according to the
Executive Market Technology Forum A Business
Intelligence Program for IPC Members which we refer to as EMTF,
survey: Analysis of the North American Rigid Printed Circuit
Board and Related Materials Industries for the year 2005, which
we refer to as the EMTF 2005 Analysis. The rapid decline in
United States production was caused by (i) reduced demand
for and spending on PCBs following the technology and telecom
industry decline in early 2000; and (ii) increased
competition for volume production of PCBs from Asian competitors
benefiting from both lower labor costs and less restrictive
waste and environmental regulations. While Asian manufacturers
have made large
80
market share gains in the PCB industry overall, both prototype
production and the more complex volume production have remained
strong in the United States.
Both globally and domestically, the PCB market can be separated
into three categories based on required lead time and order
volume:
|
|
|
|
|
Prototype PCBs These PCBs are
manufactured typically for customers in research and development
departments of original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and
academic institutions. Prototype PCBs are manufactured to the
specifications of the customer, within certain manufacturing
guidelines designed to increase speed and reduce production
costs. Prototyping is a critical stage in the research and
development of new products. These prototypes are used in the
design and launch of new electronic equipment and are typically
ordered in volumes of 1 to 50 PCBs. Because the prototype is
used primarily in the research and development phase of a new
electronic product, the life cycle is relatively short and
requires accelerated delivery time frames of usually less than
five days and very high, error-free quality.
|
|
|
|
Quick-Turn Production PCBs These PCBs
are used for intermediate stages of testing for new products
prior to full scale production. After a new product has
successfully completed the prototype phase, customers undergo
test marketing and other technical testing. This stage requires
production of larger quantities of PCBs in a short period of
time, generally 10 days or less, while it does not yet
require high production volumes. This transition stage between
low-volume prototype production and volume production is known
as quick-turn production. Manufacturing specifications conform
strictly to end product requirements and order quantities are
typically in volumes of 10 to 500. Similar to prototype PCBs,
response time remains crucial as the delivery of quick-turn PCBs
can be a gating item in the development of electronic products.
|
|
|
|
Volume Production PCBs These PCBs are
used in the full scale production of electronic equipment and
specifications conform strictly to end product requirements.
Production PCBs are ordered in large quantities, usually over
100 units, and response time is less important, ranging between
15 days to 10 weeks or more.
|
These categories can be further distinguished based on board
complexity, with each portion facing different competitive
threats. Advanced Circuits competes largely in the prototype and
quick-turn production portions of the North American market,
which have not been significantly impacted by the Asian based
manufacturers due to the quick response time required for these
products. The North American prototype and quick-turn production
sectors combined represent approximately $1.7 billion in
the PCB production industry according to the EMTF 2005 Analysis.
Several significant trends are present within the PCB
manufacturing industry, including:
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Customer Demand for Quick-Turn Production
Services Rapid advances in technology are
significantly shortening product life-cycles and placing
increased pressure on OEMs to develop new products in shorter
periods of time. In response to these pressures, OEMs invest
heavily on research and development, which results in a demand
for PCB companies that can offer engineering support and
quick-turn production services to minimize the product
development process.
|
|
|
|
Increasing Complexity of Electronic
Equipment OEMs are continually designing
more complex and higher performance electronic equipment,
requiring sophisticated PCBs. To satisfy the demand for more
advanced electronic products, PCBs are produced using exotic
materials and increasingly have higher layer counts and greater
component densities. Maintaining the production infrastructure
necessary to manufacture PCBs of increasing complexity often
requires significant capital expenditures and has acted to
reduce the competitiveness of local and regional PCB
manufacturers lacking the scale to make such investments.
|
|
|
|
Shifting of High Volume Production to
Asia Asian based manufacturers of PCBs are
capitalizing on their lower labor costs and are increasing their
market share of volume production of PCBs used, for example, in
high-volume consumer electronics applications, such as personal
computers and cell
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
phones. Asian based manufacturers have been generally unable to
meet the lead time requirements for prototype or quick-turn PCB
production or the volume production of the most complex PCBs.
This offshoring of high-volume production orders has
placed increased pricing pressure and margin compression on many
small domestic manufacturers that are no longer operating at
full capacity. Many of these small producers are choosing to
cease operations, rather than operate at a loss, as their scale,
plant design and customer relationships do not allow them to
focus profitably on the prototype and quick-turn sectors of the
market.
|
Products
and Services
A PCB is comprised of layers of laminate and contains patterns
of electrical circuitry to connect electronic components.
Advanced Circuits manufactures 2 to 12 layer PCBs, and has the
capability to manufacture up to 14 layer PCBs. The level of PCB
complexity is determined by several characteristics, including
size, layer count, density (line width and spacing), materials
and functionality. Beyond complexity, a PCBs unit cost is
determined by the quantity of identical units ordered, as
engineering and production setup costs per unit decrease with
order volume, and required production time, as longer times
often allow increased efficiencies and better production
management. Advanced Circuits primarily manufactures lower
complexity PCBs.
To manufacture PCBs, Advanced Circuits generally receives
circuit designs from its customers in the form of computer data
files emailed to one of its sales representatives or uploaded on
its interactive website. These files are then reviewed to ensure
data accuracy and product manufacturability. Processing these
computer files, Advanced Circuits generates images of the
circuit patterns that are then physically developed on
individual layers, using advanced photographic processes.
Through a variety of plating and etching processes, conductive
materials are selectively added and removed to form horizontal
layers of thin circuits, called traces, which are separated by
insulating material. A finished multilayer PCB laminates
together a number of layers of circuitry. Vertical connections
between layers are achieved by metallic plating through small
holes, called vias. Vias are made by highly specialized drilling
equipment capable of achieving extremely fine tolerances with
high accuracy.
Advanced Circuits assists its customers throughout the
life-cycle of their products, from product conception through
volume production. Advanced Circuits works closely with
customers throughout each phase of the PCB development process,
beginning with the PCB design verification stage using its
unique online FreeDFM.com tool.
FreeDFM.comTM,
which was launched in 2002, enables customers to receive a free
manufacturability assessment report within minutes, indicating
whether Advanced Circuits has the files and data necessary to
build the job before the order process is completed and
manufacturing begins. The combination of Advanced Circuits
user-friendly website and its design verification tool reduces
the amount of human labor involved in the manufacture of each
order as PCBs move from Advanced Circuits website directly
to its computer numerical control, or CNC, machines for
production, saving Advanced Circuits and customers cost and
time. As a result of its ability to rapidly and reliably respond
to the critical customer requirements, Advanced Circuits
generally receives a premium for their prototype and quick-turn
PCBs as compared to volume production PCBs.
Advanced Circuits manufactures all high margin prototype and
quick-turn orders internally but often utilizes external
partners to manufacture production orders that do not fit within
its capabilities or capacity constraints at a given time.
Advanced Circuits has 11 external partners, some with multiple
production facilities. As a result, Advanced Circuits constantly
adjusts the portion of volume production PCBs produced
internally to both maximize profitability and ensure that
internal capacity is fully utilized.
82
The following table shows Advanced Circuits gross revenue
by products and services for the periods indicated:
Gross
Sales by Products and Services(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
Prototype Production
|
|
|
33.4
|
%
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
Quick-Turn Production
|
|
|
32.1
|
%
|
|
|
32.0
|
%
|
Volume Production
|
|
|
20.4
|
%
|
|
|
20.1
|
%
|
Third Party
|
|
|
14.1
|
%
|
|
|
13.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
As a percentage of gross sales, exclusive of sale discounts. |
Competitive
Strengths
Advanced Circuits has established itself as a provider of
prototype and quick-turn PCBs in North America and focuses on
satisfying customer demand for on-time delivery of high-quality
PCBs. Advanced Circuits management believes the following
factors differentiate it from many industry competitors:
|
|
|
|
|
Numerous Unique Orders Per Day For the
year ended December 31, 2006, Advanced Circuits received an
average of over 290 customer orders per day. Due to the large
quantity of orders received, Advanced Circuits is able to
combine multiple orders in a single panel design prior to
production. Through this process, Advanced Circuits is able to
significantly reduce the number of costly, labor intensive
equipment
set-ups
required to complete several manufacturing orders. As labor
represents the single largest cost of production, management
believes this capability gives Advanced Circuits a unique
advantage over other industry participants. Advanced Circuits
maintains proprietary software to maximize the number of units
placed on any one panel design. A single panel
set-up
typically accommodates 1 to 12 orders. Further, as a
critical mass of like orders are required to
maximize the efficiency of this process, management believes
Advanced Circuits is uniquely positioned as a low cost
manufacturer of prototype and quick-turn PCBs.
|
|
|
|
Diverse Customer Base Advanced
Circuits possesses a customer base with little industry or
customer concentration exposure. During fiscal year ended
December 31, 2006, Advanced Circuits did business with over
8,000 customers and added approximately 225 new customers per
month. Advanced Circuits website receives thousands of
hits per day and, each month during 2005, it received
approximately 600 requests to establish new web accounts. For
the year ended December 31, 2006, no customer represented
over 2% of net sales.
|
|
|
|
Highly Responsive Culture and
Organization A key strength of Advanced
Circuits is its ability to quickly respond to customer orders
and complete the production process. In contrast to many
competitors that require a day or more to offer price quotes on
prototype or quick-turn production, Advanced Circuits offers its
customers quotes within seconds and the ability to place or
track orders any time of day. In addition, Advanced
Circuits production facility operates three shifts per day
and is able to ship a customers product within 24 hours of
receiving its order.
|
|
|
|
Proprietary
FreeDFM.comTM
Software Advanced Circuits offers its
customers unique design verification services through its online
FreeDFM.comTM
tool. This tool, which was launched in 2002, enables customers
to receive a free manufacturability assessment report, within
minutes, resolving design problems before customers place their
orders. The service is relied upon by many of Advanced
Circuits customers to reduce design errors and minimize
production costs. Beyond improved customer service,
FreeDFM.comTM
has the added benefit of improving the efficiency of Advanced
Circuits engineers, as many routine design problems, which
typically require an engineers time and attention to
identify, are identified and sent back to customers
automatically.
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
Established Partner Network Advanced
Circuits has established third party production relationships
with PCB manufacturers in North America and Asia. Through these
relationships, Advanced Circuits is able to offer its customers
a full suite of products including those outside of its core
production capabilities. Additionally, these relationships allow
Advanced Circuits to outsource orders for volume production and
focus internal capacity on higher margin, short lead time,
production and quick-turn manufacturing.
|
Business
Strategies
Advanced Circuits management is focused on strategies to
increase market share and further improve operating
efficiencies. The following is a discussion of these strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Increase Portion of Revenue from Prototype and Quick-Turn
Production Advanced Circuits
management believes it can grow revenues and cash flow by
continuing to leverage its core prototype and quick-turn
capabilities. Over its history, Advanced Circuits has developed
a suite of capabilities that its management believes allow it to
offer a combination of price and customer service unequaled in
the market. Advanced Circuits intends to leverage this factor,
as well as its core skill set, to increase net sales derived
from higher margin prototype and quick-turn production PCBs. In
this respect, marketing and advertising efforts focus on
attracting and acquiring customers that are likely to require
these premium services. And while production composition may
shift, growth in these products and services is not expected to
come at the cost of declining sales in volume production PCBs as
Advanced Circuits intends to leverage its extensive network of
third-party manufacturing partners to continue to meet
customers demand for these services.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquire Customers from Local and Regional
Competitors Advanced Circuits
management believes the majority of its competition for
prototype and quick-turn PCB orders comes from smaller scale
local and regional PCB manufacturers. As an early mover in the
prototype and quick-turn sector of the PCB market, management
believes that Advanced Circuits has been able to grow faster and
achieve greater production efficiencies than many industry
participants. Management believes Advanced Circuits can continue
to use these advantages to gain market share. Further, Advanced
Circuits has begun to enter into prototype and quick-turn
manufacturing relationships with several subscale local and
regional PCB manufacturers. According to Fabfile online, in 2004
there were over 400 small PCB manufacturers with annual sales of
under $10 million. Management believes that while many of
these manufacturers maintain strong, longstanding customer
relationships, they are unable to produce PCBs with short
turn-around times at competitive prices. As a result, Advanced
Circuits is beginning to seize upon a significant opportunity
for growth by providing production support to these
manufacturers or direct support to the customers of these
manufacturers, whereby the manufacturers act more as a broker
for the relationship.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remain Committed to Customers and
Employees Over its history, Advanced
Circuits has remained focused on providing the highest quality
product and service to its customers. Management believes this
focus has allowed Advanced Circuits to achieve its outstanding
delivery and quality record. Advanced Circuits management
believes this reputation is a key competitive differentiator and
is focused on maintaining and building upon it. Similarly,
management believes its committed base of employees is a key
differentiating factor. Advanced Circuits currently has a profit
sharing program and tri-annual bonuses for all of its employees.
Management also occasionally sets additional performance targets
for individuals and departments and establishes rewards, such as
lunch celebrations or paid vacations, if these goals are met.
Management believes that Advanced Circuits emphasis on
sharing rewards and creating a positive work environment has led
to increased loyalty. As a result, Advanced Circuits plans on
continuing to focus on similar programs to maintain this
competitive advantage.
|
84
Research
and Development
Advanced Circuits engages in continual research and development
activities in the ordinary course of business to update or
strengthen its order processing, production and delivery
systems. By engaging in these activities, Advanced Circuits
expects to maintain and build upon the competitive strengths
from which it benefits currently.
Customers
Advanced Circuits focus on customer service and product
quality has resulted in a broad base of customers in a variety
of end markets, including industrial, consumer,
telecommunications, aerospace/defense, biotechnology and
electronics manufacturing. These customers range in size from
large, blue-chip manufacturers to small,
not-for-profit
university engineering departments. For the year ended
December 31, 2006, no single customer accounted for more
than 2% of net sales. The following table sets forth
managements estimate of Advanced Circuits
approximate customer breakdown by industry sector for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 Customer
|
|
Industry Sector
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
Electrical Equipment and Components
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
Measuring Instruments
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
Electronics Manufacturing Services
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
Engineer Services
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
Industrial and Commercial Machinery
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
Business Services
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
Wholesale Trade-Durable Goods
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
Educational Institutions
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
Transportation Equipment
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
All Other Sectors Combined
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management estimates that over 70% of all Advanced
Circuits orders are new, first time designs and
approximately 90% of orders are generated from existing
customers. Moreover, approximately 65% of Advanced
Circuits orders are derived from orders delivered within
five days.
Sales
and Marketing
Advanced Circuits has established a consumer
products marketing strategy to both acquire new customers
and retain existing customers. Advanced Circuits uses
initiatives such as direct mail postcards, web banners,
aggressive pricing specials and proactive outbound customer call
programs. Advanced Circuits spends approximately 2% of net sales
each year on its marketing initiatives and has 20 people
dedicated to its marketing and sales efforts. These individuals
are organized geographically and each is responsible for a
region of North America. The sales team takes a systematic
approach to placing sales calls and receiving inquiries and, on
average, will place between 200 and 300 outbound sales calls and
receive between 160 and 220 inbound phone inquiries per day.
Beyond proactive customer acquisition initiatives, management
believes a substantial portion of new customers are acquired
through referrals from existing customers. Many other customers
are acquired over the internet where Advanced Circuits generates
approximately 90% of its orders from its website.
Once a new client is acquired, Advanced Circuits offers an easy
to use customer-oriented website and proprietary online design
and review tools to ensure high levels of retention. By
maintaining contact with its customers to ensure satisfaction
with each order, Advanced Circuits has developed strong customer
loyalty, as demonstrated by over 90% of its orders being
received from existing customers. Included in each customer
order is an Advanced Circuits postage pre-paid
bounce-back card on which a customer can
85
evaluate Advanced Circuits services and send back any
comments or recommendations. Each of these cards is read by
senior members of management, and Advanced Circuits adjusts its
services to respond to the requests of its customer base.
Competition
There are currently an estimated 460 active domestic PCB
manufacturers. Advanced Circuits competitors differ among
its products and services.
Competitors in the prototype and quick-turn PCBs production
industry include generally large companies as well as small
domestic manufacturers. The three largest independent domestic
prototype and quick-turn PCB manufacturers in North America are
DDi Corp., TTM Technologies, Inc. and Merix Corporation. Though
each of these companies produces prototype PCBs to varying
degrees, in many ways they are not direct competitors with
Advanced Circuits. In recent years, each of these firms has
primarily focused on producing boards with higher layer counts
in response to the offshoring of low and medium layer count
technology to Asia. Compared to Advanced Circuits, prototype and
quick-turn PCB production accounts for much smaller portions of
each of these firms revenues. Further, these competitors
often have much greater customer concentrations and a greater
portion of sales through large electronics manufacturing
services intermediaries. Beyond large, public companies,
Advanced Circuits competitors include numerous small,
local and regional manufacturers, often with revenues of under
$10 million, that have long-term customer relationships and
typically produce both prototype and quick-turn PCBs and
production PCBs for small OEMs and EMS companies. The
competitive factors in prototype and quick-turn production PCBs
are response time, quality, error-free production and customer
service. Competitors in the long lead-time production PCBs
generally include large companies, including Asian
manufacturers, where price is the key competitive factor.
New market entrants into prototype and quick-turn production
PCBs confront substantial barriers including significant
investments in equipment, highly skilled workforce with
extensive engineering knowledge and compliance with
environmental regulations. Beyond these tangible barriers,
Advanced Circuits management believes that its network of
customers, established over the last 17 years, would be
very difficult for a competitor to replicate.
Suppliers
Advanced Circuits raw materials inventory is small
relative to sales and must be regularly and rapidly replenished.
Advanced Circuits uses a
just-in-time
procurement practice to maintain raw materials inventory at low
levels. Additionally, Advanced Circuits has established
consignment relationships with several vendors allowing it to
pay for raw materials as used. Because it provides primarily
lower-volume quick-turn services, this inventory policy does not
hamper its ability to complete customer orders. Raw material
costs constituted approximately 13.3% of net sales for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
The primary raw materials that are used in production are core
materials, such as copper clad layers of glass and chemical
solutions, such as copper and gold for plating operations,
photographic film and carbide drill bits. Multiple suppliers and
sources exist for all materials. Adequate amounts of all raw
materials have been available in the past, and Advanced
Circuits management believes this will continue in the
foreseeable future. Advanced Circuits works closely with its
suppliers to incorporate technological advances in the raw
materials they purchase. Advanced Circuits does not believe that
it has significant exposure to fluctuations in raw material
prices. Though Advanced Circuits primary raw material,
laminates, has recently experienced a significant increase in
price, the impact on its cost of sales was minimal as the
increase accounted for only a 0.5% increase in cost of sales as
a percentage of net sales. Further, as price is not the primary
factor affecting the purchase decision of many of Advanced
Circuits customers, management has historically passed
along a portion of raw material price increases to its customers.
86
Intellectual
Property
Advanced Circuits seeks to protect certain proprietary
technology by entering into confidentiality and non-disclosure
agreements with its employees, consultants and customers, as
needed, and generally limits access to and distribution of its
proprietary information and processes. Advanced Circuits
management does not believe that patents are critical to
protecting Advanced Circuits core intellectual property,
but, rather, that its effective and quick execution of
fabrication techniques, its website
FreeDFM.comTM
and its highly skilled workforces expertise are the
primary factors in maintaining its competitive position.
Advanced Circuits uses the following brand names:
FreeDFM.comTM,
4pcb.comTM,
4PCB.comTM,
33each.comTM,
barebonespcb.comTM
and Advanced
CircuitsTM.
These trade names have strong brand equity and have significant
value and are material to Advanced Circuits business.
Regulatory
Environment
In light of Advanced Circuits manufacturing operations, its
facilities and operations are subject to evolving federal, state
and local environmental and occupational health and safety laws
and regulations. These include laws and regulations governing
air emissions, wastewater discharge and the storage and handling
of chemicals and hazardous substances. Advanced Circuits
management believes that Advanced Circuits is in compliance, in
all material respects, with applicable environmental and
occupational health and safety laws and regulations. New
requirements, more stringent application of existing
requirements, or discovery of previously unknown environmental
conditions may result in material environmental expenditures in
the future. Advanced Circuits has been recognized three times
for exemplary environmental compliance as it was awarded the
Denver Metro Wastewater Reclamation District Gold Award for the
years 2002, 2003 and 2005.
Employees
As of December 31, 2006, Advanced Circuits employed
approximately 200 persons. Of these employees, there were 22 in
sales and marketing, 5 in information technology, 9 in
accounting and finance, 30 in engineering, 14 in shipping and
maintenance, 115 in production and 5 in management. None of
Advanced Circuits employees are subject to collective
bargaining agreements. Advanced Circuits believes its
relationship with its employees is good.
Aeroglide
Overview
Aeroglide, headquartered in Cary, North Carolina, is a leading
global designer and manufacturer of industrial drying and
cooling equipment. Aeroglides machinery is used in the
production of a variety of human foods, animal and pet feeds and
industrial products. On February 28, 2007, we made loans to
and purchased a controlling interest in Aeroglide totaling
$57 million. Our controlling interest represents
approximately 89% of the stock of Aeroglide on a fully diluted
basis. Aeroglide had revenues of $48.1 million and
operating income of $3.1 million for the full-year ended
December 31, 2006.
Aeroglide produces specialized thermal processing equipment
designed to remove moisture and heat from, as well as roast,
toast and bake, a variety of processed products. These lines
include conveyor driers and coolers, impingement driers, drum
driers, rotary driers, toasters, spin cookers and coolers, truck
and tray driers, and related auxiliary equipment. Aeroglide is
an original equipment manufacturer fabricating its equipment in
carbon or stainless steel and providing training, aftermarket
components, and field service. Aeroglide utilizes an extensive
engineering department to custom engineer each machine for a
particular application.
History
of Aeroglide
Aeroglide was founded in 1940 as a designer and manufacturer of
potato packing house equipment. Within ten years of inception,
Aeroglides focus had shifted to tower driers used for
grain processing. From
87
the 1950s through the 1970s, grain driers were the dominant
product line, and Aeroglide was well known by major grain
processors such as ADM, Bunge, and Cargill.
Through in-house development and acquisitions during the late
1960s, Aeroglide began to market conveyor driers and rotary
driers. While initially overshadowed by tower units, conveyor
driers began to emerge as the most promising future opportunity
for Aeroglide in the 1980s and have since become
Aeroglides dominant product line.
In the early 1990s, a newly installed management team
implemented a series of strategic initiatives intended to
capitalize on the inherent value of Aeroglides thermal
processing capabilities in the areas of drying and cooling. As a
result, Aeroglide began to exit activities and products that did
not reinforce its heat transfer expertise. As part of this
strategic repositioning, Aeroglide sold a Florida subsidiary
that had been purchased in 1965. Additionally, in recognition of
the Aeroglides global sales opportunity, management
proactively began to develop international markets through
direct foreign sales representatives. As international sales
volumes increased over time, Aeroglide added foreign offices in
the United Kingdom (1996), Malaysia (2002), and China (2006).
As sales momentum began to build in the late 1990s, Aeroglide
focused on new product development and add-on acquisitions as
future growth opportunities. Aeroglides talented in-house
development team produced several new products, including a
toaster and an impingement drier. Aeroglide subsequently
acquired Food Engineering Corporation, which we refer to as FEC,
in 2002, and National Drying Machinery Company in 2004, adding
lines of drum driers and a greater breadth of impingement drier
capabilities through the latter acquisition.
Industry
Aeroglide provides equipment and aftermarket services to
processing customers across three primary markets: human food,
animal feed, and diversified industrial products. Within the
food processing industry, Aeroglide provides equipment to
manufacturers in the ready to eat cereal, snack food, fruit and
vegetable, cookie, cracker and pasta, and other segments. Within
the animal feed market, Aeroglide supplies machinery to
end-users across the industrys two primary segments, pet
food and aquaculture feed ingredients. In the industrial
sectors, Aeroglides primary customer base consists of
manufacturers of chemicals, polymers, nonwovens/fibers,
charcoal, and a variety of other specialized industrial products.
Food Processing: The food processing
industry consists of grain and oil seed milling, sugar and
confectionary product manufacturing, fruit and vegetable
processing, specialty food manufacturing, dairy product
manufacturing, seafood preparation and packaging, and baked
goods manufacturing. A large and non-cyclical market, the food
processing industry consists of many large multinational
corporations and thousands of smaller-scale local and regional
manufacturers.
Feed Processing: The processing of
animal feed is very similar to the production of many human
foods and utilizes a range of common equipment. The feed
processing industry consists of two
sub-segments:
dog and cat food; and animal feed. The dog and cat food
manufacturing industry focuses on the processing of grains,
oilseed mill products, and meats into common pet food. The
animal feed manufacturing industry includes all other forms of
animal food, such as livestock feed, poultry feed, and
aquaculture feed.
Industrial Processing: The sector is
broadly defined to capture a variety of processed products.
Aeroglide defines its participation to the following categories:
|
|
|
|
|
Chemicals The chemicals segment
includes catalyst/clay products and pigment manufacturers.
|
|
|
|
Polymers The polymers segment includes
absorbent gels and synthetic rubber manufacturers.
|
|
|
|
Non-Wovens/Fibers The
non-wovens/fibers segment includes filter, non-woven, and
synthetic fiber manufacturers.
|
|
|
|
Charcoal The charcoal segment includes
charcoal and coal processors and manufacturers.
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
Other Industrial The other industrial
segment includes minerals, metals, waste, recycling,
pharmaceuticals, plastics, tobacco, and wood processors and
manufacturers.
|
Products
and Services
Aeroglides capital equipment sales include conveyor driers
and coolers, impingement driers, drum driers, rotary driers,
toasters, spin cookers and coolers, truck and tray driers, and
related auxiliary equipment. To complement its capital equipment
sales, Aeroglide has grown its aftermarket service offering.
Aeroglides aftermarket business focuses on processing line
expansions, equipment retrofits and refurbishments, spare parts
and general maintenance needs.
Conveyor Driers: Conveyor driers
generally account for a large portion of Aeroglides
capital equipment sales and address the widest range of end-use
applications. Employed across all of the Aeroglides
primary served markets (e.g., food, feed and industrial), the
conveyor drier transports a given product through a large
tunnel, where airflow initially delivers heat to the product and
then serves as the medium to discharge moisture from the process
chamber. Aeroglide offers single-pass, multi-pass, and
multi-stage conveyor driers in a broad array of configurations.
A typical conveyor drier is 10 feet wide, 40 feet long, and
15 feet high. However, the size, bed configuration, and thermal
processing capabilities of a conveyor drier are ultimately
determined by the specific product application and the
customers facility space. Conveyor driers are available in
fully assembled modules (to minimize installation time) or in
knock-down form (to minimize transportation and installation
costs, particularly overseas). The typical selling price for a
conveyor drier ranges from $200,000 to $1.5 million.
Impingement Driers: Aeroglide
impingement driers use air pressure to hold and/or agitate
products during processing. Ideal for smaller products such as
pharmaceuticals and snack foods, impingement driers are
primarily applicable across an array of food and industrial
product processes. The typical selling price for an impingement
drier ranges from $500,000 to $2.0 million.
Rotary Driers: Aeroglide rotary driers
are utilized in a variety of high-volume processing applications
across Aeroglides three primary served markets. Used to
efficiently dry high-moisture products capable of tolerating
vigorous agitation (including pet food, aquaculture feed,
grains, chemicals, and wood products), rotary driers have been
offered by Aeroglide for nearly 40 years. The typical
selling price for a rotary drier ranges from $250,000 to
$750,000.
Toasters: Aeroglides
AeroFlowTM
line of toasters offers an effective and expedited processing
solution for a variety of human foods. Relative to driers,
toasters operate at higher temperatures and higher airflow
velocities and are predominantly used in the ready to eat cereal
market. The
AeroFlowTM
line offers faster cycle times and can be used for a range
drying, toasting, roasting, and cooling applications. The
typical selling price for a toaster ranges from $300,000 to
$700,000.
Pulsed Fluid Bed Driers: Introduced in
2002, Aeroglides pulsed fluid bed driers are one of
Aeroglides newest product lines. Aeroglide holds an
exclusive license from the Canadian government for the product
lines underlying technology, which offers a unique
improvement over conventional fluid bed drying methods. Marketed
under the
AeroPulseTM
brand name, this technology provides high thermal efficiency
while using significantly less air than conventional fluid bed
systems. Primarily incorporated in food and pharmaceutical
processing applications, the new pulsed-air fluid bed drier
technology represents a relatively untapped growth opportunity
for Aeroglide. The typical selling price for a pulsed fluid bed
drier ranges from $200,000 to $600,000.
Aftermarket Services: Aeroglides
aftermarket service offering includes mechanical redesign
services related to customers line expansions and
equipment refurbishments in addition to customized and standard
replacement parts programs. Aeroglide also offers evaluative
field engineering services designed to assist customers in
maximizing drying equipment efficiency. Collectively, these
services afford Aeroglide multiple touch points with customers
between funded capital equipment projects and support
Aeroglides overall business strategy.
89
Aeroglides aftermarket service offering leverages
Aeroglides diverse mechanical design experience acquired
through decades of working
side-by-side
with customers to evaluate and resolve equipment-related
expansion and maintenance issues. The aftermarket services
provide an incremental opportunity to expand Aeroglides
customer base, as such services are not exclusive to
Aeroglides estimated installed equipment base.
Aeroglides field engineering and drier evaluation services
are offered to operators of industrial process driers to assist
in optimizing the performance of installed equipment.
Aeroglides worldwide field engineering staff has extensive
experience in identifying and evaluating both immediate and
longer-term drier performance improvement opportunities.
Aeroglides expertise extends to all makes, models, and
vintages of driers across a wide variety of products and
processes.
Competition
Aeroglide is the largest global designer and manufacturer of
industrial drying and cooling process equipment in the world,
primarily competing within a $300 million global market for
conveyor driers and coolers. An estimated 50 drier and cooler
manufacturers participate in the worldwide market. However, due
to the fragmented nature of the industry, Aeroglide competes
most directly with a handful of suppliers. Growth within the
broader industry and, by extension, Aeroglides served
market, is driven by manufacturing sector expansion, capacity
utilization, and capital investments in machinery and equipment.
Manufacturers of conveyor driers and coolers compete based on a
common set of criteria that includes the following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
Reliability Since many driers and
coolers are operated continuously over a 10 year to
20 year period, customers are heavily focused on equipment
reliability. Many processors are, therefore, willing to pay a
premium for higher quality, more reliable equipment to mitigate
the cost and inconvenience of unscheduled maintenance.
|
|
|
|
Process Knowledge Design parameters
for drying and cooling equipment include incoming and outgoing
moisture levels, heat sensitivity, airflow requirements, and
necessary retention times. As a result, manufacturers with
significant thermal processing knowledge are usually
differentiated in the marketplace. This is particularly
important in the food and feed processing segments, where
moisture uniformity failures can have a significant impact on a
customers corporate image and profitability.
|
|
|
|
Time to Delivery Typical times to
delivery for Aeroglides products range from 18 weeks
to 24 weeks from the order date. Given these lead times,
customers typically seek suppliers who are most capable of
delivering equipment on schedule.
|
|
|
|
Energy Efficiency Depending on the
application, drying and cooling equipment can consume a
significant amount of energy. Accordingly, a more efficient
machine can provide processors with enormous
cost-of-ownership
savings over the life of the equipment.
|
|
|
|
Sanitation Many processors use a
single conveyor or drier machine to produce multiple products.
As a result, ease of maintenance and cleaning becomes a critical
factor in the selection of an equipment manufacturer to minimize
cross-contamination. Effective machinery design can minimize
change-over times, thereby increasing overall equipment
productivity and value to the customer.
|
Competitive
Strengths/Growth Opportunities
Experienced, Proactive Senior Management
Team: Aeroglides senior management
team, which has worked together since 1992, possesses over
75 years of collective tenure with Aeroglide. During the
1990s, the team proactively developed and implemented a plan
that has positioned Aeroglide for long-term growth and
profitability based on its core thermal processing expertise.
Proprietary Process Engineering
Expertise: Aeroglide maintains a broad base
of process engineering expertise that has been developed over
the past 66 years. Aeroglides technical expertise
enables Aeroglide
90
customers to manufacture consumable products in a more
consistent and efficient manner than its competitors.
Stable, Blue-Chip Customer
Base: Aeroglide maintains long-standing
relationships with many of the worlds most well-known
food, feed, and industrial processors. In each year since 2002,
60% to 90% of Aeroglides top-10 customers represented
repeat purchasers.
Outsourcing
Strategy
Aeroglide has developed a network of high-quality third-party
component manufacturers to augment in house manufacturing
capabilities. These third-party manufacturers provide production
flexibility, expanded capabilities and additional manufacturing
capacity. Aeroglides primary sourcing relationships are
local, yet it has established new outsourcing relationships in
China which it expects to develop and grow in the future.
Quality and delivery of all outsourced production is managed by
experienced Aeroglide personnel.
Proactive
Marketing of New and Redesigned Products
Management targeted new product development as a key growth
catalyst in the late 1990s, and Aeroglide has continued to
invest in this area over the past several years. Aeroglide is
looking to build upon recent success through proactive marketing
of its impingement driers, rotary driers, toasters, and drum
driers, and management expects strong organic growth from these
lines going forward.
Further
Penetration of the High-Growth China Market
China represents a significant and rapidly evolving growth
opportunity for Aeroglide, both with respect to its sales
potential and sourcing opportunities. Accordingly, Aeroglide is
aggressively positioning itself in the Chinese market. To
further capitalize on expected robust annual growth in the
Chinese industrial drier and cooler market, Aeroglide recently
opened its Shanghai office, which is supported by
Aeroglides office based in Malaysia.
Strategic
Acquisitions
There may be opportunity to capitalize on the fragmented nature
of the industrial drier and cooler market by proactively
pursuing acquisitions. Aeroglides prior acquisitions of
FEC and national demonstrate managements ability to
fulfill this growth strategy and have established Aeroglide as
the industrys natural consolidator.
Customers
Aeroglide has developed long-standing relationships with many
leading multinational processors of human food, animal feed, and
industrial products. Due to the project-oriented nature of the
business, it is common for the top customer list to vary from
year to year. However, in each year since 2002, 60% to 90% of
Aeroglides top ten customers represent repeat purchasers.
Over the past five years, Aeroglides top ten customers
have accounted for approximately 40% to 50% of total annual
sales.
Sales
and Marketing
Sales Strategy: Aeroglide possesses the
largest sales and marketing organization in the industrial
conveyor process drying and cooling industry. Aeroglides
integrated, highly technical outreach effort, which spans
Aeroglides applications engineering, service and
installation, product testing, and traditional capital equipment
and aftermarket sales departments, services current and
prospective customers from four branch offices (one domestic and
three international). Aeroglide approaches the market with a
value-added strategy, and management reinforces this message by
utilizing selected media advertising outlets and participating
in numerous annual industry trade shows around the world.
Aeroglide provides a high level of customer service,
product-specific knowledge, and customized technical expertise
through the depth of its team.
The nature of customers capital equipment purchasing
decisions results in a dynamic sales cycle. For long-time
customers with tightly defined thermal processing parameters, a
new equipment order can
91
conclude in three months. For prospective customers with more
flexible processing requirements and rigorous internal approval
processes, the sales cycle can extend for up to 12 months.
On average, Aeroglides typical sales cycle is
6 months to 9 months in duration.
Facilities
Aeroglides Cary, North Carolina, facility serves as
Aeroglides corporate headquarters and primary
manufacturing location. Aeroglide performs all of its
administration, in-house production, design, and the vast
majority of its process engineering work at the Cary facility.
Aeroglide also leases a product testing laboratory facility and
storage space in the Cary area. The combined facilities in the
Cary area contain approximately 130,000 square feet and houses
Aeroglides capital equipment and aftermarket fabrication
and assembly functions. In addition, Aeroglide leases sales and
service facilities in Trevose, Pennsylvania; Stamford, England;
Shanghai, China; and Malaysia.
Legal
Proceedings
Aeroglide is, from time to time, involved in litigation and the
subject of various claims and complaints arising in the ordinary
course of business. In the opinion of Aeroglides
management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not
have a material adverse effect on Aeroglides business,
results of operations and financial condition.
Employees
Aeroglide employs a non-unionized workforce of approximately 200
full-time employees. In addition, Aeroglide utilizes an
experienced pool of part-time direct laborers to satisfy
increased production demand.
Anodyne
Overview
Anodyne headquartered in Los Angeles, California, is a leading
manufacturer of medical support surfaces and patient positioning
devices used primarily for the prevention and treatment of
pressure wounds experienced by patients with limited or no
mobility.
On August 1, 2006 we made loans to and purchased a
controlling interest in Anodyne totaling $30.4 million,
approximately $17.3 million of which we paid in cash and
the remainder of which we paid by issuing 950,000 of our newly
issued shares at a price of $13.77 per share. Our controlling
interest represents approximately 47.3% of the outstanding
capital of Anodyne stock on a fully diluted basis and
approximately 69.8% of the voting power on a fully diluted basis.
For the full year ended December 31, 2006, Anodyne had net
sales of approximately $23.4 million and had operating
income of approximately $0.3 million. Since August 1,
2006, the date of our acquisition, Anodyne had revenues of
$12.2 million and an operating loss of approximately
$0.5 million. Anodyne had total assets of
$44.7 million at December 31, 2006. Revenues from
Anodyne, since our acquisition, represented approximately 3.0%
of our total revenues for the 2006 fiscal year.
History
of Anodyne
Anodyne was initially formed in early 2006 to acquire AMF and
SenTech, located in Corona, California and Coral Springs,
Florida, respectively. AMF was a leading manufacturer of powered
and static mattress replacement systems, mattress overlays,
seating cushions and patient positing devices. SenTech was a
leading designer and manufacturer of advanced electronically
controlled alternating pressure, low air loss and lateral
rotation specialty support surfaces for the wound care industry.
Prior to its acquisition, SenTech had established a premium
brand in the less price sensitive therapeutic market while AMF
competed in the more price sensitive preventive market.
92
On October 5, 2006, Anodyne acquired the patient
positioning device business of Anatomic, for approximately
$8.6 million. In addition, acquisition costs totaling
$0.5 million were accrued in connection with the purchase
transaction. The acquired operations were merged into
Anodynes operations.
Industry
The medical support surfaces industry is fragmented in nature.
Management estimates the market is comprised of approximately 70
small participants who design and manufacture products for
preventing and treating decubitus ulcers. Decubitus ulcers, or
pressure ulcers, are formed on immobile medical patients through
continued pressure on one area of skin. Manufacturers of medical
support surfaces typically sell to one of several large medical
distribution companies who rent or sell the products to
hospitals, long-term care facilities and home health care
organizations.
Decubitus ulcers are caused by the placement of continuous
pressure on some point of skin for a prolonged period of time.
Immobility caused by injury, old age, chronic illness or obesity
are the main causes for the development of pressure ulcers. In
these cases, the person lying in the same position for a long
period of time puts pressure on a small portion of the body
surface. This pressure, if continued for a sustained period, can
close blood capillaries that provide oxygen and nutrition to the
skin. Over a period of time, these cells deprived of oxygen
begin to break down and form sores. Contributing factors to the
development of pressure ulcers are sheer, or pull on the skin
due to the underlying fabric, and moisture, which increases
propensity to deteriorate.
The total U.S. market for compression therapy and pressure
reduction/relief products was valued at approximately
$1.1 billion in 2004 and is forecasted to reach
$1.6 billion in 2014. Management believes the medical
support surfaces industry will continue to grow due to several
favorable demographic and industry trends including the
increasing incidence of obesity in the United states, increasing
life expectancies, and an increasing emphasis on prevention of
pressure ulcers by hospitals and long term care facilities.
According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention,
between the years 1980 and 2000, obesity rates more than doubled
among adults in the United States. Studies have shown that this
increase in obesity has been a key factor in rising medical
costs over the last 15 years. According to one study done
at Emory University, increases in obesity rates have accounted
for 27% of the increase in health care spending between 1987 and
2001. As individuals become less mobile, they are more likely to
require either preventative mattresses to better disperse weight
and reduce pressure areas or therapeutic mattresses to shift
weight and pressure. Similar to how obesity increases the
occurrence of immobility, so too does an aging society. As life
expectancy expands in the US due to improved health care and
nutrition, so too does the probability that an individual will
be immobile for a portion of their lives. In addition, as
individuals age, skin becomes more susceptible to breakdown
increasing the likelihood of developing pressure ulcers.
Beyond favorable demographic trends, Anodynes management
believes hospitals and other care providers are placing an
increased emphasis on the prevention of pressure ulcers. It is
estimated that 2.5 million pressure ulcers are treated in
the U.S. each year in acute care facilities alone, costing an
estimated $1.1 billion. According to Medicare reimbursement
guidelines, pressure ulcers are eligible for reimbursement by
third party payers only when they are diagnosed upon hospital
admission. Additionally, third party payers only provide
reimbursement for preventative mattresses under limited
circumstances. The end result is that if an at-risk patient
develops pressure ulcers while at the hospital, the hospital is
required to bear the cost of healing. As a result of increasing
litigation and the high cost of healing pressures ulcers,
hospitals and other care providers are now focusing on using
pressure relief equipment to reduce the incidence of acquired
pressure ulcers.
93
Products
and Services
Specialty beds, mattress replacements and overlays are the
primary products currently available for pressure relief and
pressure reduction to treat and prevent decubitus ulcers. The
market for specialty beds and support surfaces include the acute
care centers, long-term care centers, nursing home centers and
home healthcare centers. Medical support surfaces are designed
to have preventative and/or therapeutic uses. Four basic product
categories are:
Alternating pressure mattress
replacements: Mattresses which can be used
for therapy or prevention and are typically manufactured using
air cylinders or a combination of air cylinders and foam.
Systems are designed to inflate every other cylinder while
contiguous cylinders deflate in an alternating pattern. The
alternating inflation and deflation prevents sustained pressure
on an area of skin by shifting pressure from one area to
another. Typically a control unit is included in an alternating
pressure system that provides automatic changes in the
distribution of air pressure. While today this segment
represents a small portion of the overall market for medical
support surfaces, Anodynes management expects it to grow
rapidly, due to the superior therapeutic and preventative
benefits of alternating pressure and increased focus on the
prevention and treatment of bed sores. Anodyne produces a range
of alternating pressure mattress replacements and, as confirmed
by customer interviews, is viewed as a leader in development of
these systems.
Low air loss mattress
replacements: Mattresses that allow air to
flow from the mattress and adjust support according to the
patients weight and position. Low air loss systems may
provide additional features such as controlled air leakage,
which reduces skin moisture levels, and lateral rotation which
can aid in patient turning and reduces risks associated with
fluid building up in a patients lungs. Anodyne currently
produces low air loss mattress systems which management believes
is the only low air loss product on the market that gets air to
the patients skin directly through a patented process.
Static mattress replacement
systems: Consists of mattresses which have no
powered elements. Their support material can be composed of
foam, air, water, gel or a combination of the two. In the case
of water or gel materials, they are held in place with
containment bladders. Static mattress replacement systems
distribute a patients body weight to lessen forces on
pressure points. These products currently comprise the majority
of support surfaces. Currently Anodyne manufactures a range of
foam based static mattress systems.
Mattress overlays and positioning
devices: These products are gel based, foam
based or air filled surfaces which help to position patients and
prevent the development of bed sores through reducing heat,
sheer and moisture. Overlays reduce the incidence of bed sores
by providing air to the patients skin and dispersion
pressure through the use of foams and gels. Positioning devices
are used to position patients for procedures as well as to
minimize the likelihood of developing a pressure ulcer during
those procedures. Anodyne offers a range of foam based mattress
overlays and positioning devices.
Competition
The competition in the medical support surfaces market is based
on product performance, price and durability. Other factors may
include the technological ability of a manufacturer to customize
their product offering to meet the needs of large distributors.
Anodyne competes with approximately 70 manufacturers of
varying sizes who then sell predominantly through distributors
to the acute care, long term care and home health care markets.
Specific competitors include Gaymar Industries, Inc., Span
America and WCW, Inc. and other smaller competitors. Anodyne
differentiates itself from these competitors based on the
quality of the products it manufactures as well as its ability
to produce a full line of foam and air mattresses and
positioning devices. While many manufacturers specialize in the
production of a single type of support surface, as skills
required to develop and manufacture products vary by materials
used, Anodyne is able to offer its customers a full spectrum of
support surfaces. In addition, Anodynes management
believes that its multiple locations provide it with a
competitive advantage due to its ability to offer standard
products nationwide.
94
Business
Strategies
Anodynes management is focused on strategies to grow
revenues, improve operating efficiency and improve gross
margins. Of particular note, Anodyne has completed three
acquisitions since its inception and believes that numerous
benefits to consolidation exist within the support surfaces
industry. The following is a discussion of these strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Offer customers high quality, consistent product, on a
national basis Products produced by Anodyne
and its competitors are typically bulky in nature and may not be
conducive to shipping. Management believes that many of its
competitors do not have the scale or resources required to
produce support surfaces for national distributors and believes
that customers value manufacturers with the scale and
sophistication required to meet these needs.
|
|
|
|
Leverage scale to provide industry leading research and
development Medical support surfaces are
becoming increasingly advanced in nature. Anodynes
management believes that many smaller competitors to do not have
the resources required to effectively meet the changing needs of
their customers and believes that increased scale acquired
though acquisitions will allow it to better serve its customers
through industry leading research and development.
|
|
|
|
Pursue cost savings through scale purchasing and
operational improvements As many of the
products used to manufacture medical support surfaces are
standard in nature, management believes that increased scale
achieved through acquisitions will allow it to benefit from
lower costs of materials and therefore lower costs of sales. In
addition, management believes that there are opportunities to
improve the operations of smaller acquired entities and in turn
benefit from production efficiencies.
|
Research
and Development
Anodyne develops products both independently and in partnership
with large distribution intermediaries. Initial steps of product
development are typically made independently. Larger
distribution market participants will typically require further
product development to ensure mattress systems have the desired
properties while smaller distributors will tend to buy more
standardized products. Anodyne has seven dedicated
professionals, including individuals focused on process
engineering, design engineering, and electrical engineering,
working on the development of the companys next generation
of support surfaces.
Customers
Support surfaces are primarily sold through distributors to
acute care (hospitals) facilities, long term care facilities and
home health care organizations. The acute care distribution
market for support surfaces is dominated by large suppliers such
as Stryker Corporation, Hillenbrand Industries Inc. and Kinetic
Concepts, Inc. Beyond national distribution intermediaries there
are numerous smaller local distributors who will purchase more
standardized support surfaces from Anodyne as quantities ordered
may not be adequate to justify further development and
customization.
Suppliers
Anodynes two primary raw materials used are polyurethane
foam and fabric (primarily nylon fabric). Among Anodynes
largest suppliers are Foamex International, Inc. and Future
Foam, Inc. Anodyne uses multiple suppliers for foam and fabric
and believes that these raw materials are in adequate supply and
are available from many suppliers at competitive prices.
Intellectual
Property
Many of Anodynes products are patent protected in the
United States. Anodyne has five patents issued, filed from 1996
to 2005, and has two filed and pending patents.
95
Regulatory
Environment
The FDCA, and regulations issued or proposed thereunder, provide
for regulation by the FDA of the marketing, manufacture,
labeling, packaging and distribution of medial devices,
including Anodynes products. These regulations require,
among other things, that medical device manufacturers register
with the FDA, list devices manufactured by them, and file
various inspections by regulatory authorities and must comply
with good manufacturing practices as required by the FDA and
state regulatory authorities. Anodynes management believes
that the company is in substantial compliance with applicable
regulations and does not anticipate having to make any material
expenditures as a result of FDA or other regulatory requirements.
Legal
Proceedings
Anodyne is, from time to time, involved in litigation and the
subject of various claims and complaints arising in the ordinary
course of business. In the opinion of Anodynes management,
the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a
material adverse effect on Anodynes business.
Employees
As of December 31, 2006, Anodyne employed 128 persons in
all its locations. In addition, there were 174 leased employees
consisting primarily of production employees.
CBS
Personnel
Overview
CBS Personnel, headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio, is a provider
of temporary staffing services in the United States. CBS
Personnel also provides its clients with other complementary
human resource service offerings such as employee leasing
services, permanent staffing and
temporary-to-permanent
placement services. Currently, CBS Personnel operates 144 branch
locations in various cities in 18 states. CBS Personnel and its
subsidiaries have been associated with quality service in their
markets for more than 30 years.
CBS Personnel serves over 4,000 corporate and small business
clients and in an average week places over 24,000 temporary
employees in a broad range of industries, including
manufacturing, transportation, retail, distribution,
warehousing, automotive supply, construction, industrial,
healthcare and finance. We believe the quality of CBS
Personnels branch operations and its strong sales force
provide CBS Personnel with a competitive advantage over other
placement services. CBS Personnels senior management,
collectively, has over 75 years of experience in the human
resource outsourcing industry and other closely related
industries.
Concurrent with the IPO, we made loans to and purchased a
controlling interest in CBS Personnel totaling approximately
$127.8 million. Our controlling interest represents
approximately 96.1% of the outstanding capital stock on a
primary basis and approximately 92.1% on a fully diluted basis.
In November 2006, CBS Personnel acquired substantially all the
assets of PMC Staffing Solutions, Inc., d/b/a Strategic Edge
Solutions, which we refer to as SES, for approximately
$5.1 million.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2005, temporary staffing generated
approximately 97.2% and 97.1% of CBS Personnels revenues,
respectively, while the employee leasing and
temporary-to-permanent
staffing and permanent placement accounted for the remaining
revenues. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and
December 31, 2005, CBS Personnel had revenues of
approximately $551.1 million and $543.0 million,
respectively.
Since May 16, 2006, the date of our acquisition, CBS
Personnel has had revenues of $352.4 million and operating
income of $17.1 million. CBS Personnel had total assets of
$142.6 million at December 31, 2006. Revenues from CBS
Personnel represented 85.8% of our total revenues for the 2006
fiscal year.
96
History
of CBS Personnel
In August 1999, CGI acquired Columbia Staffing through a newly
formed holding company. Columbia Staffing is a provider of light
industrial, clerical, medical, and technical personnel to
clients throughout the southeast. In October 2000, CGI acquired
through the same holding company CBS Personnel Services, Inc., a
Cincinnati-based provider of human resources outsourcing. CBS
Personnel Services, Inc. began operations in 1971 and is a
provider of temporary staffing services in Ohio, Kentucky and
Indiana, with a particularly strong presence in the metropolitan
markets of Cincinnati, Dayton, Columbus, Lexington, Louisville,
and Indianapolis. The name of the holding company that made
these acquisitions was later changed to CBS Personnel Holdings,
Inc.
In 2004, CBS Personnel expanded geographically through the
acquisition of Venturi Staffing Partners, which we refer to as
VSP, formerly a wholly owned subsidiary of Venturi Partners. VSP
is a provider of temporary staffing,
temp-to-hire
and permanent placement services operating through branch
offices located primarily in economically diverse metropolitan
markets including Boston, New York, Atlanta, Charlotte, Houston
and Dallas, as well as both southern and northern California.
Approximately 60% of VSPs temporary staffing revenue
related to the clerical staffing, 24% related to light
industrial staffing and the remaining 16% related to
niche/other. Based on its geographic presence, VSP was an add-on
acquisition for CBS Personnel as their combined operations did
not overlap and the merger created a more national presence for
CBS Personnel. In addition, the acquisition helped diversify CBS
Personnels revenue base to be more balanced between the
clerical and light industrial staffing, representing
approximately 40% and 46%, respectively, of the business
post-acquisition.
In November 2006, CBS Personnel acquired substantially all of
the assets of SES. This acquisition gave CBS Personnel a
presence in the Baltimore, Maryland area while significantly
increasing its presence in the Chicago, Illinois area. SES
derives the majority of its revenues from the light industrial
market.
Industry
According to Staffing Industry Analysts, Inc., the staffing
industry generated approximately $120 billion in revenues
in 2005. The staffing industry is comprised of four product
lines: (i) temporary staffing; (ii) employee leasing;
(iii) permanent placement; and (iv) outplacement,
representing approximately 74%, 10%, 15% and 1% of the market,
respectively, according to the American Staffing Association.
According to the American Staffing Association, Annual Economic
Analysis of the Staffing Industry, the temporary staffing
business grew by 12.5% in 2004. Over 97% of CBS Personnels
revenues are generated in temporary staffing.
CBS Personnel competes in both the light industrial and clerical
categories of the temporary staffing product line. The light
industrial category is comprised of providers of unskilled and
semi-skilled workers to clients in manufacturing, distribution,
logistics and other similar industries. The clerical category is
comprised of providers of administrative personnel, data entry
professionals, call center employees, receptionists, clerks and
similar employees.
According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, or BLS, more
jobs were created in professional and business services (which
includes staffing) than in any other industry between 1992 and
2002. Further, BLS has projected that the professional and
business services sector is expected to be the second fastest
growing sector of the economy between 2002 and 2012. Companies
today are operating in a more global and competitive
environment, which requires them to respond quickly to
fluctuating demand for their products and services. As a result,
companies seek greater workforce flexibility translating to an
increasing demand for temporary staffing services. This growing
demand for temporary staffing should remain consistent in the
near future as temporary staffing becomes an integral component
of corporate human capital strategy.
Services
CBS Personnel provides temporary staffing services tailored to
meet each clients unique staffing requirements. CBS
Personnel maintains a strong reputation in its markets for
providing complete staffing
97
services that includes both high quality candidates and superior
client service. CBS Personnels management believes it is
one of only a few staffing services companies in each of its
markets that is capable of fulfilling the staffing requirements
of both small, local clients and larger, regional or national
accounts. To position itself as a key provider of human
resources to its clients, CBS Personnel has developed an
approach to service that focuses on:
|
|
|
|
|
providing excellent service to existing clients in a consistent
and efficient manner;
|
|
|
|
attempting to sell additional service offerings to existing
clients to increase revenue per client;
|
|
|
|
marketing services to prospective clients to expand the client
base; and
|
|
|
|
providing incentives to employees through well-balanced
incentive and bonus plans to encourage increased sales per
client and the establishment of new client relationships.
|
CBS Personnel offers its clients a broad range of staffing
services including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
temporary staffing services in categories such as light
industrial, clerical, healthcare, construction, transportation,
professional and technical staffing;
|
|
|
|
employee leasing and related administrative services; and
|
|
|
|
temporary-to-permanent
and permanent placement services.
|
Temporary
Staffing Services
CBS Personnel endeavors to understand and address the individual
staffing needs of its clients and has the ability to serve a
wide variety of clients, from small companies with specific
personnel needs to large companies with extensive and varied
requirements. CBS Personnel devotes significant resources to the
development of customized programs designed to fulfill the
clients need for certain services with quality personnel
in a prompt and efficient manner. CBS Personnels primary
temporary staffing categories are described below.
|
|
|
|
|
Light Industrial A substantial portion
of CBS Personnels temporary staffing revenues are derived
from the placement of low-to mid-skilled temporary workers in
the light industrial category, which comprises primarily the
distribution
(pick-and-pack)
and light manufacturing (such as assembly-line work in
factories) sectors of the economy. Approximately 50% of CBS
Personnels temporary staffing revenues were derived from
light industrial for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2006.
|
|
|
|
Clerical CBS Personnel provides
clerical workers that have been screened, reference-checked and
tested for computer ability, typing speed, word processing and
data entry capabilities. Clerical workers are often employed at
client call centers and corporate offices. Approximately 37% of
CBS Personnels temporary staffing revenues were derived
from clerical for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
Technical CBS Personnel provides
placement candidates in a variety of skilled technical
capacities, including plant managers, engineering management,
operations managers, designers, draftsmen, engineers, materials
management, line supervisors, electronic assemblers, laboratory
assistants and quality control personnel. Approximately 4% of
CBS Personnels temporary staffing revenues were derived
from technical for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
Healthcare Through its expert
placement agents in its Columbia Healthcare division, CBS
Personnel provides trained candidates in the following
healthcare categories: medical office personnel, medical
technicians, rehabilitation professionals, management and
administrative personnel and radiology technicians, among
others. Approximately 2% of CBS Personnels temporary
staffing revenues were derived from healthcare for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
Niche/Other In addition to the light
industrial, clerical, healthcare and technical categories, CBS
Personnel also provides certain niche staffing services, placing
candidates in the skilled industrial, construction and
transportation sectors, among others. CBS Personnels wide
array of niche service
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
offerings allows it to meet a broad range of client needs.
Moreover, these niche services typically generate higher margins
for CBS Personnel. Approximately 7% of CBS Personnels
temporary staffing revenues were derived from niche/other for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
|
As part of its service offerings, CBS Personnel provides an
on-site
program to clients employing, generally, 50 or more of its
temporary employees. The
on-site
program manager works full-time at the clients location to
help manage the clients temporary staffing and related
human resources needs and provides detailed administrative
support and reporting systems, which reduce the clients
workload and costs while allowing its management to focus on
increasing productivity and revenues. CBS Personnels
management believes this
on-site
program offering creates strong relationships with its clients
by providing consistency and quality in the management of
clients human resources and administrative functions. In
addition, through its
on-site
program, CBS Personnel often gains insight into the demand for
temporary staffing services in new markets, which has helped
management identify possible areas for geographic expansion.
Employee
Leasing Services
Through the employee leasing and administrative service
offerings of its Employee Management Services, or EMS, division,
CBS Personnel provides administrative services, handling the
clients payroll, risk management, unemployment services,
human resources support and employee benefit programs. This
results in reduced administrative requirements for employers
and, most importantly, by having EMS take over the
non-productive administrative burdens of an organization,
affords clients the ability to focus on their core businesses.
Temporary-to-Permanent
and Permanent Staffing Services
Complementary to its temporary staffing and employee leasing
services, CBS Personnel offers
temporary-to-permanent
and permanent placement services, often as a result of requests
made through its temporary staffing activities. In addition,
temporary workers will sometimes be hired on a permanent basis
by the clients to whom they are assigned. CBS Personnel earns
fees for permanent placements, in addition to the revenues
generated from providing these workers on a temporary basis
before they are hired as permanent employees.
Competitive
Strengths
CBS Personnel has established itself as strong and dependable
providers of staffing and other resource services by responding
to its customers staffing needs in a timely and cost
effective manner. A key to CBS Personnels success has been
its long history as well as the number of offices it operates in
each of its markets. This strategy has allowed CBS Personnel to
build a premium reputation in each of its markets and has
resulted in the following competitive strengths:
|
|
|
|
|
Large Employee Database/Customer List
Over the course of its history, CBS Personnels management
believes CBS Personnel has built a significant presence in most
of its markets in terms of both clients and employees. CBS
Personnel is successful in recruiting additional employees
because of its reputation as having numerous job openings with a
wide variety of clients. CBS Personnel attracts clients through
its reputation as having a large database of reliable employees
with a wide ranging skill set. CBS Personnels employee
database and client list have been built over a number of years
in each of its markets and serve as a major competitive strength
in most of its markets.
|
|
|
|
Higher Operating Margins By
establishing multiple offices in the majority of the markets in
which it operates, CBS Personnel is able to better leverage its
selling, general and administrative expenses at the regional and
field level and create higher operating income margins than its
less dense competitors.
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
Scalable Business Model By having
multiple office locations in each of its markets, CBS Personnel
is able to quickly scale its business model in both good and bad
economic environments. For example, in 2001 and 2002 during the
economic downturn, CBS Personnel was able to close offices and
reduce overhead expenses while shifting business to adjacent
offices. For competitors with only one office per market,
closing an office requires abandoning the clients and employees
in that market. During 2001 and 2002, CBS Personnel was able to
reduce its overhead costs by approximately 13% while maintaining
its presence in each of its markets and retaining its clients
and employees.
|
|
|
|
Marketing Synergies By having a number
of offices in the majority of its markets, CBS Personnel
allocates additional resources to marketing and selling and
amortizes those costs over a larger office network. For example,
while many of its competitors use selling branch managers who
split time between operations and sales, CBS Personnel uses
outside sales reps that are exclusively focused on bringing in
new sales.
|
Business
Strategies
CBS Personnels business strategy is to (i) leverage
its position in its existing markets, (ii) build a presence
in contiguous markets, and (iii) pursue and selectively
acquire other staffing resource providers.
|
|
|
|
|
Invest in its Existing Markets In many
of its existing markets, CBS Personnel has multiple branch
locations. CBS Personnel plans on continuing to invest in these
existing markets through the opening of additional branch
locations and the hiring of additional sales and operations
employees. In addition, CBS personnel is offering complimentary
human resource services to its existing clients such as full
time recruiting, consulting, and administrative outsourcing. CBS
Personnel has implemented an incentive plan that highly rewards
its employees for selling services beyond its traditional
temporary staffing services.
|
|
|
|
Build a Presence in Contiguous Markets
CBS Personnel plans on opening new branch locations in markets
contiguous to those in which it operates. CBS Personnel believes
that the cost and time required to establish profitable branch
locations is minimized through expansion into contiguous markets
as costs associated with advertising and administrative overhead
are reduced due to proximity.
|
|
|
|
Pursue Selective Acquisitions CBS
Personnel views acquisitions, such as the SES acquisition in
November 2006, as an attractive means to enter into a new
geographical market. In some cases CBS Personnel will consider
making acquisitions within its existing markets to increase its
market share.
|
Clients
CBS Personnel serves over 4,000 clients in a broad range of
industries, including manufacturing, technical, transportation,
retail, distribution, warehousing, automotive supply,
construction, industrial, healthcare services and financial.
These clients range in size from small, local firms to large,
regional or national corporations. One of CBS Personnels
largest clients is Chevron Corporation, which accounted for 6%
of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006. None of
CBS Personnels other clients individually accounted for
more than 5% of its revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2006. CBS Personnels client assignments
can vary from a period of a few days to long-term, annual or
multi-year contracts. We believe CBS Personnel has a strong
relationship with its clients.
Sales,
Marketing and Recruiting Efforts
CBS Personnels marketing efforts are principally focused
on branch-level development of local business relationships.
Local salespeople are incentivized to recruit new clients and
increase usage by existing clients through their compensation
programs, as well as through numerous contests and competitions.
Regional or company-based specialists are utilized to assist
local salespeople in closing potentially large accounts,
particularly where they may involve an
on-site
presence by CBS Personnel. On a regional
100
and national level, efforts are made to expand and align its
services to fulfill the needs of clients with multiple
locations, which may also include using
on-site CBS
Personnel professionals and the opening of additional offices to
better serve a clients broader geographic needs.
In terms of recruitment of qualified employees, CBS Personnel
utilizes a variety of methods to recruit its work force
including, among others, rewarding existing employees for
qualifying referrals, newspaper and other media advertising,
internet sourcing, marketing brochures distributed at colleges
and vocational schools and community or education-based job
fairs. CBS Personnel actively recruits in each community in
which it operates, through educational institutions, evening and
weekend interviewing and open houses. At the corporate level,
CBS Personnel maintains an in-house web-based job posting and
resume process which allows distribution of job descriptions to
over 3,000 national and local online job boards. Individuals may
also submit a resume through CBS Personnels website.
Following a prospective employees identification, CBS
Personnel systematically evaluates each candidate prior to
placement. The employee application process includes an
interview, skills assessment test, education verification and
reference verification, and may include drug screening and
background checks depending upon customer requirements.
Competition
The temporary staffing industry is highly fragmented and,
according to the U.S. Census Bureau in 2002, was comprised of
approximately 11,500 service providers, the vast majority of
which generate less than $10 million in annual revenues.
Staffing services firms with more than 10 establishments account
for only 1.6% of the total number of service providers, or 187
companies, but generate 49.3% of revenues in the temporary
staffing industry. The largest publicly owned companies
specializing in temporary staffing services are Adecco, SA,
Vedior NV, Randstad Holdings NV, and Kelly Services Inc. The
employee leasing industry consists of approximately 4,200
service providers. Our largest national competitors in employee
leasing include Administaff, Inc., Gevity HR, and the employee
leasing divisions of large business service companies such as
Automatic Data Processing, Inc., and Paychex, Inc.
CBS Personnel competes with both large, national and small,
local staffing companies in its markets for clients. Competition
in the temporary staffing industry revolves around quality of
service, reputation and price. Notwithstanding this level of
competition, CBS Personnels management believes CBS
Personnel benefits from a number of competitive advantages,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
multiple offices in its core markets;
|
|
|
|
long-standing relationships with its clients;
|
|
|
|
a large database of qualified temporary workers which enables
CBS Personnel to fill orders rapidly;
|
|
|
|
well-recognized brands and leadership positions in its core
markets; and
|
|
|
|
a reputation for treating employees well and offering
competitive benefits.
|
Numerous competitors, both large and small, have exited or
significantly reduced their presence in many of CBS
Personnels markets. CBS Personnels management
believes that this trend has resulted from the increasing
importance of scale, client demands for broader services and
reduced costs, and the difficulty that the strong positions of
market leaders, such as CBS Personnel, present for competitors
attempting to grow their client base.
CBS Personnel also competes for qualified employee candidates in
each of the markets in which it operates. Management believes
that CBS Personnels scale and concentration in each of its
markets provides it with significant recruiting advantages. Key
among the factors affecting a candidates choice of
employers is the likelihood of reassignment following the
completion of an initial engagement. CBS Personnel typically has
numerous clients with significantly different hiring patterns in
each of its markets, increasing the likelihood that it can
reassign individual employees and limit the amount of time an
101
employee is in transition. As employee referrals are also a key
component of its recruiting efforts, management believes local
market share is also key to its ability to identify qualified
candidates.
Tradenames
CBS Personnel uses the following tradenames: CBS
PersonnelTM,
CBS Personnel
ServicesTM,
Columbia
StaffingTM,
Columbia Healthcare
ServicesTM
and Venturi Staffing
PartnersTM.
We believe these trade names have strong brand equity in their
markets and have significant value to CBS Personnels
business.
Facilities
CBS Personnel, headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio, currently
provides staffing services through all 144 of its branch offices
located in 18 states. The following table shows the number of
branch offices located in each state in which CBS Personnel
operates and the employee hours billed by those branch offices
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Employee Hours
|
|
State
|
|
Branch Offices
|
|
|
Billed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Ohio
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
10,053
|
|
California
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
3,917
|
|
Kentucky
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
4,352
|
|
Texas
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
5,207
|
|
Illinois
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
1,144
|
|
South Carolina
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
2,166
|
|
North Carolina
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
2,050
|
|
Indiana
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
1,781
|
|
Maryland
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
Pennsylvania
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
926
|
|
Massachusetts
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
328
|
|
Georgia
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
383
|
|
Virginia
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1,307
|
|
Alabama
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
541
|
|
New Jersey
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
New York
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
589
|
|
Tennessee
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Washington
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
All of the above branch offices, along with CBS Personnels
principal executive offices in Cincinnati, Ohio, are leased.
Lease terms are typically three to five years. CBS Personnel
does not anticipate any difficulty in renewing these leases or
in finding alternative sites in the ordinary course of business.
Regulatory
Environment
In the United States, temporary employment services firms are
considered the legal employers of their temporary workers.
Therefore, state and federal laws regulating the
employer/employee relationship, such as tax withholding and
reporting, social security and retirement, equal employment
opportunity and Title VII Civil Rights laws and
workers compensation, including those governing
self-insured employers under the workers compensation
systems in various states, govern CBS Personnels
operations. By entering into a co-employer relationship with
employees who are assigned to work at client locations, CBS
Personnel assumes certain obligations and responsibilities of an
employer under these federal and state laws. Because many of
these federal and state laws were enacted prior to the
development of nontraditional employment relationships, such as
professional employer, temporary employment, and outsourcing
arrangements, many of these
102
laws do not specifically address the obligations and
responsibilities of nontraditional employers. In addition, the
definition of employer under these laws is not
uniform.
Although compliance with these requirements imposes some
additional financial risk on CBS Personnel, particularly with
respect to those clients who breach their payment obligation to
CBS Personnel, such compliance has not had a material adverse
impact on CBS Personnels business to date. CBS Personnel
believes that its operations are in compliance in all material
respects with applicable federal and state laws.
Workers
Compensation Program
As the employer of record, CBS Personnel is responsible for
complying with applicable statutory requirements for
workers compensation coverage. State law (and for certain
types of employees, federal law) generally mandates that an
employer reimburse its employees for the costs of medical care
and other specified benefits for injuries or illnesses,
including catastrophic injuries and fatalities, incurred in the
course and scope of employment. The benefits payable for various
categories of claims are determined by state regulation and vary
with the severity and nature of the injury or illness and other
specified factors. In return for this guaranteed protection,
workers compensation is considered the exclusive remedy
and employees are generally precluded from seeking other damages
from their employer for workplace injuries. Most states require
employers to maintain workers compensation insurance or
otherwise demonstrate financial responsibility to meet
workers compensation obligations to employees.
In many states, employers who meet certain financial and other
requirements may be permitted to self-insure. CBS Personnel
self-insures its workers compensation exposure for a
portion of its employees. Regulations governing self-insured
employers in each jurisdiction typically require the employer to
maintain surety deposits of government securities, letters of
credit or other financial instruments to support workers
compensation claims in the event the employer is unable to pay
for such claims.
As a self-insured employer, CBS Personnels workers
compensation expense is tied directly to the incidence and
severity of workplace injuries to its employees. CBS Personnel
seeks to contain its workers compensation costs through an
aggressive approach to claims management, including assigning
injured workers, whenever possible, to short-term assignments
which accommodate the workers physical limitations,
performing a thorough and prompt
on-site
investigation of claims filed by employees, working with
physicians to encourage efficient medical management of cases,
denying questionable claims and attempting to negotiate early
settlements to mitigate contingent and future costs and
liabilities. Higher costs for each occurrence, either due to
increased medical costs or duration of time, may result in
higher workers compensation costs to CBS Personnel with a
corresponding material adverse effect on its financial
condition, business and results of operations.
Employees
As of December 31, 2006, CBS Personnel employed
approximately 99 individuals in it its corporate staff and
approximately 778 staff members in its branch locations. During
the year ended December 31, 2006, CBS Personnel employed
over 24,000 temporary personnel on engagements of varying
durations at any point in time.
Temporary employees placed by CBS Personnel are generally CBS
Personnels employees while they are working on
assignments. As employer of its temporary employees, CBS
Personnel maintains responsibility for applicable payroll taxes
and the administration of the employees share of such
taxes.
CBS Personnels staffing services employees are not under
its direct control while working at a clients business.
CBS Personnel has not experienced any significant liability due
to claims arising out of negligent acts or misconduct by its
staffing services employees. The possibility exists, however, of
claims being asserted against CBS Personnel, which may exceed
its liability insurance coverage, with a resulting material
adverse effect on its financial condition, business and results
of operations.
103
Halo
Overview
Halo, headquartered in Sterling, Illinois, is a distributor of
customized promotional products throughout the United States.
Halos account executives work with a diverse group of end
customers to develop the most effective means of communicating a
logo or marketing message to a target audience. Operating under
the brand names, Halo and Lee Wayne, Halo serves as a one-stop
shop for over 30,000 customers as it provides design, sourcing,
management and fulfillment services across all categories of its
end customers promotional product needs.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, 94% of
Halos revenues were derived from drop ship distribution
whereby Halo does not take inventory of the promotional item but
instead, after receiving an order, works with its network of
approximately 3,000 suppliers to deliver directly to the end
customer. In addition, Halo offers fulfillment programs to
customers in which it holds inventory of promotional items and
ships to designated locations based on program requirements.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and
December 31, 2005, Halo had net sales of
$115.6 million and $105.9 million, respectively, and
net income of $3.1 million and $3.0 million,
respectively. On February 28, 2007, we made loans to and
purchased a controlling interest in Halo totaling
$61.0 million. Our controlling interest represents
approximately 73.6% of the outstanding equity of Halo on a
primary and fully diluted basis. In the case of Halo, as with
certain of our other subsidiary businesses, the equity component
that we do not own is subject to certain material return
requirements, meaning that our share of the total proceeds of
any transaction involving the equity of Halo will be at least
74%, and potentially significantly more.
History
of Halo
Halo was founded in 1952 under its predecessor Lee Wayne
Corporation. Lee Wayne Corporation was acquired in the early
1990s by HA-LO Industries, Inc., a provider of advertising and
marketing services. During the 1990s, Halos predecessor
grew rapidly through numerous acquisitions. These acquisitions
included both profitable and unprofitable companies including
Starbelly.com, an unprofitable internet
start-up
which was purchased for over $200 million. Both as a result
of this acquisition strategy and due to an increased cost burden
placed on the company due to the construction of a large
headquarters complex, HA-LO Industries, Inc. was forced to file
chapter 11 bankruptcy on July 30, 2001. During
bankruptcy, HA-LO Industries, Inc. disposed of its non-core
assets domestically and internationally, to allow it to focus on
its core North American distribution business. On
May 14, 2003, HA-LO Industries, Inc., the domestic
promotional products business of its predecessor, exited out of
bankruptcy in an asset sale through the sponsorship of H.I.G.
Capital LLC, a private equity firm. In January 2004, the entity
formed to acquire the domestic promotional product assets of
HA-LO Industries, Inc. was renamed Halo Branded Solutions, Inc.
Also in the same month, Halo acquired JII Promotions, Inc. a
competitor based in Chicago, Illinois. Subsequent to this, Halo
successfully completed the acquisition of several smaller
distributors.
Industry
According to the Counselor Magazine, the promotional products
industry generated approximately $17.8 billion in revenues
in 2005. The market can broadly be segregated into two large
service categories, drop ship and program or fulfillment. In
addition, according to the Promotional Products Association
International, which we refer to as PPAI, the industry
experienced an annual growth rate of just under 10% between 1991
and 2002, experiencing year over year declines in 2001 and 2002.
In 2005, the top five industries that purchased promotional
products in the order of the volume purchased were:
(i) educational institutions, (ii) manufacturers,
(iii) medical institutions, (iv) financial services,
and (v) professional services.
Halo competes in both the drop ship and fulfillment service
categories. A drop ship order will typically be one time in
nature and may be related to an event or single marketing
campaign. Drop ship distributors
104
will not take inventory of the product; instead, an account
executive will help a customer design a solution to achieve its
marketing objectives, such as brand or company awareness,
customer acquisition or customer retention. The distributors
then source the product from a network of suppliers, arrange the
necessary embroidering, decorating, or other customization, and
coordinate delivery to the end customer. Alternatively providers
of fulfillment services will develop larger programs that may
revolve around corporate branding or incentive programs.
Distributors will design these programs with the customer and
will then take inventory of the product and ship them over time
to customer locations as requested.
Growth in the industry is expected to remain healthy driven by
the efficacy of promotional products in creating and enhancing
brand awareness. In contrast to general advertising, promotional
products enable targeted marketing to a single individual and
yield long-term exposure from repeat product use. Secondly,
given the inexpensive nature of promotional products,
Halos management believes that companies are unlikely to
significantly reduce their purchases during moderate downturns
in their respective businesses.
The promotional products distribution market is fragmented in
nature. The PPAI estimated that there are approximately 21,000
promotional products distributors, over 20,000 of which generate
sales of under $2.5 million annually. Halos
management believes that larger distributors, such as Halo,
benefit from significant economies of scale which allow them to
more effectively process customer orders, achieve greater gross
margins and attract and retain talented account executives.
Services
Halo and its sales professionals assist customers in identifying
and designing promotional products that increase the awareness
and appeal of brands, products, companies and organizations.
Often Halos end customers do not have extensive knowledge
of promotional products and rely on Halos account
executives to provide customized solutions to extend their
brands. The following list includes examples of some of the more
popular promotional products:
Examples
of Common Promotional Products
|
|
|
Categories
|
|
Examples
|
|
Apparel
|
|
Jackets, sweaters, hats, golf
shirts
|
Business Accessories
|
|
Calculators, briefcases, desk
accessories
|
Calendars
|
|
Wall and desk calendars,
appointment planners
|
Writing Instruments
|
|
Pens, pencils, markers,
highlighters
|
Recognition Awards
|
|
Trophies, plaques
|
Other Items
|
|
Crystal ware, key chains, watches,
mugs, golf accessories
|
An order is typically originated at the account executive level
where Halo representatives work directly with customers to
develop the most effective means of communicating a logo or
marketing message to a target audience. After receiving an
order, account executives enter their customers orders
directly into the company-wide order tracking system. From this
point, the sales support team follows up with vendors, and
ensures that products are shipped directly to the customer or
are routed correctly as applicable. In most cases, Halo arranges
the drop shipment of promotional products directly to the end
customer from one of its vendors. Halos customer service
organization provides critical support functions for its sales
force including order entry, product sourcing, order tracking,
vendor payment, customer billing and collections. Through this
highly effective order processing system, Halo has been able to
approach on-time delivery on close to 100% of its orders.
Competitive
Strengths
Halo has established itself as a leading distributor in the
promotional products industry. Halos management believes
the following factors differentiate it from many industry
competitors.
105
|
|
|
|
|
Industry Leading, Scalable Back Office
Infrastructure Halos management team
believes that the key factor in attracting and retaining high
quality account executives is providing an efficient and
effective order processing and administrative system.
Halos customer service organization provides critical
support functions for its sales force including order entry,
product sourcing, order tracking, vendor payment, customer
billing and collections. Halos scale in the industry has
allowed it to make information technology and personnel
investments to create a sophisticated infrastructure that
management believes differentiates it from many smaller industry
participants. Additionally, management believes that its
infrastructure allows it to acquire and integrate smaller
distributors more effectively than other larger competitors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diverse Customer Base Characterized by Long-Standing
Relationships Halos revenue base
possesses little customer, end market or geographic
concentration. It currently does business with over 30,000
customers in various end markets. For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2006, no customer represented more than 8.2%
of its revenues and the top ten customers represented less than
18.5% of its revenues. In addition, Halos team of account
executives are often deeply involved in their local communities
and possess deep and long standing relationships with customers
of all sizes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Extensive Relationships with a Broad Base of
Suppliers Halos management believes
its relationships with over 3,000 suppliers of promotional
products allows Halo to offer its end customers the most
complete line of items in the industry. In addition, management
believes that Halos scale provides it with greater
purchasing power than many of its competitors. In many
situations, Halos scale allows it to receive significant
rebates from its suppliers. These rebates, typically shared with
account executives, leads to both greater margins and higher
levels of sales force retention than many of its competitors.
|
Business
Strategies
Halos business strategy is to (i) attract and retain
account executives, (ii) continue to increase the
productivity of account executives, and (iii) selectively
acquire and integrate subscale competitors.
|
|
|
|
|
Attract and Retain Account Executives
As Halos infrastructure is relatively fixed in nature, it
can derive significant incremental contribution from the
addition of account executives. Further, Halos management
believes it has developed a combination of service and
compensation that allows it to offer account executives a value
proposition superior to those offered by its competitors. In
addition to its executive team, Halo has a staff of four
professionals focused both on ensuring that the company provides
the highest possible level of service to its existing account
executives and is able to attract additional promotional product
sales professionals possessing existing customer relationships.
|
|
|
|
Continue to Increase the Productivity of Account
Executives The management team of Halo
continuously strives to increase the productivity of its account
executives. Halo routinely provides its account executives with
marketing support tools and training. In addition, for larger
accounts, Halo works with account executives to develop
proprietary solutions, such as web-based portals, that allow
customers to better measure and track their programs, thereby
increasing their loyalty.
|
|
|
|
Selectively Acquire and Integrate Subscale
Competitors Halos management believes
that Halo is well positioned to take advantage of the
industrys fragmentation and economies of scale. In the
past, Halo has achieved significant synergies by acquiring and
integrating subscale competitors. Following an acquisition,
Halos advanced infrastructure allows the acquired entity
both to process and administer orders more cost effectively and
increase gross margin through volume discounts and rebates.
Recognizing this opportunity, Halos management team is
constantly evaluating potential acquisition opportunities.
|
106
Customers
Halos focus on customer service and efficient order
processing and delivery has resulted in a broad base of 30,000
customers. These customers range in size from large, blue-chip
corporations to small mom and pop type companies.
Its top ten customers are in the beverage, entertainment,
finance, leisure, petroleum and retail industries. For the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, none of Halos
customers accounted for more than 8.2% of its revenues and the
top ten customers represented less than 18.5% of its revenues.
Sales,
Marketing and Recruiting Efforts
Halos account executives consist of both full time
employees and independent contractors and work closely with end
customers in choosing and designing appropriate products for
their specific needs and determining the appropriate method for
affixing the desired decoration to the product. Halo currently
employs approximately 700 account executives, 149 of which are
full-time employees of Halo. Account executives are typically
paid 50% of gross margins on orders above a certain gross margin
threshold. In addition, independent contractors are eligible for
annual sales bonuses based upon gross margin levels.
Halos management believes its scale and investments in
infrastructure have allowed it to create an industry leading
support system for account executives. Account executives are
allowed to focus solely on generating sales and do not need to
spend time administering and processing orders. In addition,
Halos account executive benefit significantly from
Halos purchasing power which allows them to earn higher
gross margins and commissions than is typical in the industry.
Halos success in retaining key sales personnel is
demonstrated by a turnover rate that management believes is
among the lowest in the industry. Halos six person
marketing team includes marketing consultants who serve as
personal marketing advisors available for every account
executive to create custom marketing material for acquiring and
developing new and existing accounts. In addition to its
marketing staff, Halo has full-time product researchers who
continually ensure it is offering the most
up-to-date
and comprehensive line of products available.
Competition
The promotional product industry is highly fragmented. Of the
estimated 21,000 distributors in the market, over 20,000 of them
are comprised of small firms with revenues of $2.5 million
or less. Among drop ship providers, Halos largest
competitors include Geiger, Inc., Jack Nadel, Inc., Summit
Marketing Group, Inc. and The Vernon Company. In addition, there
are a number of larger general fulfillment service providers
that do not provide drop ship services. The largest of these
providers are Corporate Express Promotional Marketing, Inc.,
WearGuard-Crest (a division of Aramark Corporation), Group II
Communications Inc., and American Identity, Inc.
Competition in the promotional product industry revolves around
product assortment, price, customer service and reliable order
execution. In addition, given the intimate relationships account
executives enjoy with their customers, industry participants
also compete to retain and recruit top earners who posses a
meaningful existing book of business. Halos management
believes it possesses many competitive advantages including:
(i) a comprehensive assortment of products;
(ii) competitive pricing; (iii) responsive customer
support; (iv) reliable order processing and delivery; and
(v) a superior value proposition to attract and retain
sales representatives.
Suppliers
Halo purchases products and services from more than 3,000
companies. Given the commodity nature of promotional products,
Halos management ensures that each product offering has
multiple supplier sources. For the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2006, no supplier accounted for more than 9.6%
of Halos purchases. Because of the fragmentation of the
promotional products industry, management estimates that Halo is
the largest customer for about 40 of its top 100 suppliers, and
is one of the three largest customers for at least 65 of its top
100 suppliers. Due to its scale, Halo receives highly
competitive pricing from its suppliers.
107
Facilities
Halo, headquartered in Sterling, Illinois currently operates
offices in seven states. The following table shows the number of
offices located in each state and the function of each office as
of December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State
|
|
Function
|
|
Number of Offices
|
|
California
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
3
|
|
Illinois
|
|
Administration
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
Information Technology
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
Warehousing
|
|
|
1
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
1
|
|
New York
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
1
|
|
Ohio
|
|
Administration
|
|
|
1
|
|
Tennessee
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
2
|
|
Texas
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
1
|
|
All of the above offices are leased. Lease terms are mostly one
to seven years with the exception of Halos principal
headquarters and warehouse in Sterling, Illinois which have
lease periods of 20 and 10 years, respectively.
Regulatory
Environment
Halos management believes that its operations are in
compliance in all material respects with applicable federal and
state laws.
Legal
Proceedings
Halos management is currently aware of no pending or
threatened litigation at this time. Halo is, from time to time,
involved in litigation and various claims and complaints arising
in the ordinary course of business.
Employees
As of December 31, 2006, Halo employed approximately 331
full-time employees and had 552 independent account
executives.
Silvue
Overview
Silvue, headquartered in Anaheim, California, is a developer and
producer of proprietary, high performance liquid coating systems
used in the high-end eyewear, aerospace, automotive and
industrial markets. Silvues coating systems can be applied
to a wide variety of materials, including plastics, such as
polycarbonate and acrylic, glass, metals and other substrate
surfaces. Silvues coating systems impart properties, such
as abrasion resistance, improved durability, chemical
resistance, ultraviolet, or UV protection, anti-fog and impact
resistance, to the materials to which they are applied. Due to
the fragile and sensitive nature of many of todays
manufacturing materials, particularly polycarbonate, acrylic and
PET-plastics, these properties are essential for manufacturers
seeking to significantly enhance product performance, durability
or particular features.
Silvue owns nine patents relating to its coating systems and
maintains a primary or exclusive supply relationship with many
of the significant eyewear manufacturers in the world. Silvue
has sales and distribution operations in the United States,
Europe and Asia and has manufacturing operations in the United
States and Asia. Silvues coating systems are marketed
under the name SDC
TechnologiesTM
and the brand names
Silvue®,
CrystalCoat®,
StatuxTM
and
ResinreleaseTM.
Silvue has also trademarked its marketing phrase high
performance
108
chemistryTM.
Silvues senior management, collectively, has approximately
80 years of experience in the global hardcoatings and
closely related industries.
Concurrent with the IPO, we made loans to and purchased a
controlling interest in Silvue totaling $37.5 million. Our
controlling interest represents approximately 73.0% of the
outstanding capital stock of Silvue on a primary and fully
diluted basis.
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and
December 31, 2005, Silvue had net sales of approximately
$24.1 million and $21.5 million, respectively. Since
May 16, 2006, the date of our acquisition, Silvue had
revenues of $15.7 and operating income of $4.7 million.
Silvue had total assets of $29.2 million at
December 31, 2006. Revenues from Silvue represented 3.8% of
our total revenues for the 2006 fiscal year.
History
of Silvue
Silvue was founded in 1986 as a joint venture between Swedlow,
Inc. (acquired by Pilkington, plc in 1986), a manufacturer of
commercial and military aircraft transparencies and aerospace
components, and Dow Corning Corporation to commercialize
existing hardcoating technologies that were not core
technologies to the business of either company. In December
1988, Silvue entered into a 50%-owned joint venture with Nippon
Sheet Glass Co., LTD., located in Chiba, Japan, to create Nippon
ARC to develop and provide coatings systems for the ophthalmic,
sunglass, safety eyewear and transportation industries in Asia.
In 1996, Silvue completed development work on its Ultra-Coat
platform, which was a new type of hardcoating that, while
leveraging core technologies developed in 1986, offered
considerable performance advancements over systems that were
then available in the marketplace. The first patent establishing
the Ultra-Coat platform was filed in April 1997, and additional
patents were filed building upon the Ultra-Coat platform in
1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2003.
A subsidiary of CGI acquired a majority interest in Silvue in
September 2004 through an investment of preferred and common
stock. On April 1, 2005, Silvue acquired the remaining 50%
interest in Nippon ARC for approximately $3.6 million. The
acquisition of Nippon ARC provides Silvue with a presence in
Asia and the opportunity to further penetrate growing Asian
markets, particularly in China.
Industry
Silvue operates in the global hardcoatings industry in which
manufacturers produce high performance liquid coatings to impart
certain properties to the products of other manufacturers.
Silvues management estimates that the global market for
addressable vision eyewear coating market generates
approximately $61 million in annual revenues and is highly
fragmented among various manufacturers. Silvues management
believes that the hardcoatings industry will continue to
experience significant growth as the use of existing materials
requiring hardcoatings to enhance durability and performance
continues to grow, new materials requiring hardcoatings are
developed and new uses of hardcoatings are discovered.
Silvues management also expects additional growth in the
industry as manufacturers continue to outsource the development
and application of hardcoatings used on their products. The
end-product markets served by hardcoatings primarily include the
vision, fashion, safety and sports eyewear, medical products,
automotive and transportation window glazing, plastic films,
electronic devices, fiberboard manufacturing and metal markets.
While possessing key properties that make them useful in a range
of applications, the surfaces of many substrates, including, in
particular, uncoated polycarbonate plastic, are relatively
susceptible to certain types of damage, such as scratches and
abrasions. In addition, these materials cannot be manufactured
in the first instance to satisfy specified performance
requirements, such as tintability and refractive index matching
properties. As a result, polysiloxan-based hardcoating systems,
including Silvues, were developed specifically to overcome
these problems. Once applied, the hardcoat gives the underlying
substrate a tough, damage-resistant surface and other durable
properties, such as improved resistance to the effects of
scratches, chemicals, such as solvents, gasoline and oils, and
indoor and outdoor elements, such as UV
109
radiation and humidity. Other hardcoats can provide certain
performance enhancing characteristics, such as anti-fogging,
anti-static and non-stick (or surface release)
properties.
Today, coating systems are used principally in applications
relating to soft, easily damaged polycarbonate plastics.
Polycarbonate plastic is a lightweight, high-performance plastic
found in commonly used items such as eyeglasses and sunglasses,
automobiles, interior and exterior lighting, cell phones,
computers and other business equipment, sporting goods, consumer
electronics, household appliances, CDs, DVDs, food storage
containers and bottles. This tough, durable, shatter- and
heat-resistant material is commonly used for a myriad of
applications and is found in thousands of every day products, as
well as specialized and custom-made products.
Beyond polycarbonate plastic applications, hardcoatings can be
used with respect to numerous other materials. For example,
recent growth has been seen in sales to manufacturers of
aluminum wheels, as these coatings have been shown to reduce the
effects of normal wear and tear and significantly improve
durability and overall appearance. In addition, manufacturers
have begun to increase the use of hardcoatings in their
manufacturing processes where non-stick surfaces are
crucial to production efficiencies and improved product quality.
Products
A hardcoating is a liquid coating that upon settling
during application and curing, imparts the desired performance
properties on certain materials. The exact composition of the
hardcoating is dependent on the material to which it will be
applied and the properties that are sought. Silvues
coating systems typically require either a thermal or an
ultraviolet cure process, depending on the substrate being
coated. Generally, both curing processes impart the desired
performance properties. However, thermal cure systems typically
result in better scratch and abrasion resistance and long-term
environmental durability.
Silvue produces and develops high-performance coating systems
designed to enhance a products damage-resistance or
performance properties. Silvue has developed the following
standard product systems that are available to its customers:
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue and CrystalCoat these products
are either non-tintable or tintable and impart index matching
and anti-fogging properties;
|
|
|
|
Statux this product imparts
anti-static properties; and
|
|
|
|
Resinrelease this product imparts
non-stick or surface release properties.
|
In addition, Silvue also develops custom formulations of the
products described above for customer specific applications.
Specific formulations of Silvues product systems are often
required where customers seek to have specific damage-resistance
or performance properties for their products, where particular
substrates, such as aluminum, require a custom formation to
achieve the desired result or where the particular application
process or environment requires a custom formulation.
Silvues coating systems can be applied to various
materials including polycarbonate, acrylic, glass, metals and
other surfaces. Currently, Silvues coating systems are
used in the manufacture of the following industry products:
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive CrystalCoat coatings are
used on a variety of automotive and transit applications,
including instrument panel windows, bus shelters, rail car
windows, and bus windows. These coatings are used primarily to
impart long-term durability, chemical resistance and scratch and
abrasion resistance properties.
|
|
|
|
Electronics CrystalCoat coatings are
used for electronic application surfaces, from liquid crystal
displays to cell phone windows. These coatings are used
primarily to impart scratch and abrasion resistance properties.
|
|
|
|
Optical CrystalCoat coatings are used
for vision corrective lenses and other optical applications.
These coatings are used primarily to impart high scratch and
abrasion resistance properties and UV
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
protection while matching the optical properties of the
underlying material to reduce interference. Silvue produces both
tintable and non-tintable coatings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Safety CrystalCoat coatings are used
for safety applications. These coatings are used primarily to
impart anti-fog characteristics. Silvue offers a high
performance water sheeting anti-fog coating that is
specifically designed to meet a customers specific
standards and testing requirements.
|
|
|
|
Sunglasses and Sports Eyewear
CrystalCoat coatings are used for sunglasses and sports eyewear.
These coatings are used primarily to impart scratch and abrasion
resistance properties, UV protection and anti-fog
characteristics. CrystalCoat coatings can be used on tinted or
clear materials.
|
Research
and Development and Technical Services
Silvues
on-site
laboratories provide special testing, research and development
and other technical services to meet the technology requirements
of its customers. There are currently approximately
19 employees devoted to research, development and technical
service activities. Silvue had research and development costs of
approximately $1.1 million for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2006. Silvues research and development
is primarily targeted towards three objectives:
|
|
|
|
|
improving existing products and processes to lower costs,
improve product quality, and reduce potential environmental
impact;
|
|
|
|
developing new product platforms and processes; and
|
|
|
|
developing new product lines and markets through applications
research.
|
In 2002, Silvue created a new group, known as the
Discovery and Innovation Group, with primary focus
on the discovery of new technologies and sciences, and the
innovation of those findings into useful applications and
beneficial results.
In addition, Silvue provides the following technical services to
its customers:
|
|
|
|
|
application engineering and process support;
|
|
|
|
equipment and process design;
|
|
|
|
product and formulation development and customization;
|
|
|
|
test protocols and coating qualifications;
|
|
|
|
rapid response for customer technical support;
|
|
|
|
analytical testing and competitive product assessment;
|
|
|
|
quality assurance testing and reporting; and
|
|
|
|
manufacturing support.
|
These services are primarily provided as a means of customer
support; however, in certain circumstances Silvue may receive
compensation for these technical services.
Competitive
Strengths
Silvue has established itself as one of the principal providers
of high performance coating systems by focusing on satisfying
its customers requirements, regardless of complexity or
difficulty. Silvues management believes it benefits from
the following competitive strengths:
|
|
|
|
|
Extensive Patent Portfolio Silvue owns
nine patents relating to its coating systems, including six
patents relating to its core Ultra-Coat platform systems. Beyond
its existing patents, Silvue has three patents pending and two
provisional patents. Products related to patents represent
approximately 66% of Silvues net sales and are relied upon
by eyewear manufacturers worldwide. Silvue aggressively
|
111
|
|
|
|
|
defends these patents and management believes they represent a
significant barrier to entry for new products and that they
reduce the threat of similar coating products gaining
significant market share.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Superior Technical Skills and
Expertise Silvue has invested in a team of
experts who are ready to support its customers specific
application needs from new product uses to the optimization of
part design for coating application.
|
|
|
|
Reputation for Quality and Service
Silvues on-going commitment to producing quality coatings
and its ability to meet the rigorous requirements of its most
valued customers has earned it a reputation as one of the
principal providers of coatings for premium eyewear.
|
|
|
|
Global Presence Silvue works with its
customers from three offices in North America, Asia and Europe.
Many of Silvues customers have numerous manufacturing
operations globally and management believes its ability to offer
its coating systems and related customer service on a global
basis is a competitive advantage.
|
|
|
|
|
|
ISO 9001 Certified Silvues
Anaheim, California, and Chiba, Japan manufacturing facilities
are ISO 9001 certified, which is a universally accepted quality
assurance designation indicating the highest quality
manufacturing standards.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Experienced Management Team
Silvues senior management has extensive experience in all
aspects of the coating industry. The senior management team,
collectively, has approximately 80 years of experience in
the global hardcoatings and closely related industries.
|
Business
Strategies
Silvues management is focused on strategies to expand
opportunities for product application and diversify its business
and operations. The following is a discussion of these
strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Develop New Products and Expand into New
Markets Silvues management believes
that Silvue is one of the principal developers of proprietary
high performance coating systems for polycarbonate plastic,
glass, acrylic, metals and other materials, and is focused on
growth through continued product innovation to provide greater
functionality or better value to its customers. Driven by input
from customers and the demands of the marketplace, Silvues
technology development programs are designed to provide an
expanding choice of coating systems to protect and enhance
existing materials and materials developed in the future. As an
example of Silvues commitment to product innovation, in
2002, Silvue created a new group with primary focus on the
discovery of new technologies and sciences, and the innovation
of those findings into useful applications and beneficial
results. This group, which is known as the Discovery and
Innovation Group, is charged with exploring new coatings
and coating applications while advancing the
state-of-the-art
in functional surface coating technologies, nanotechnologies and
materials science.
|
|
|
|
Pursue Opportunities for Business Development and Global
Diversification Silvue recently had in place
and continues to pursue opportunities for joint ventures, equity
investments and other alliances. These strategic initiatives are
expected to diversify and strengthen Silvues business by
providing access to new markets and high-growth areas as well as
providing an efficient means of ensuring that Silvue is involved
in technological innovation in or related to the coating systems
industry. Silvue is committed to pursuing these initiatives in
order to capitalize on new business development and global
diversification opportunities.
|
Customers
As a result of the variety of end uses for its products,
Silvues client base is broad and diverse. Silvue has more
than 180 customers around the world and approximately 73% of its
net sales in 2006 were attributable to approximately 15
customers. Though Silvue does not typically operate under
long-term contracts, it focuses on establishing long-term,
customer service oriented relationships with its strategic
customers in order to become their preferred supplier. As its
customers continue to focus on quality and
112
service, Silvues past performance and long-term
improvement programs should further strengthen customer
relationships.
Customer relationships are typically long-term as substantial
resources are required to integrate a coating system and
technology into a manufacturing process and the costs associated
with switching coating systems and technology are generally
high. Following the merger of two large customers, which are
both manufacturers of optical lenses, Silvues single
largest customer represents approximately 14.0% of its 2006 net
sales. This customer has had a close relationship with Silvue
for many years in both North America and Europe.
The following table sets forth Silvues approximate
customer breakdown by industry for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 Customer
|
|
Industry
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
Performance eyewear and sunglasses
|
|
|
88
|
%
|
Automotive
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
and Marketing
Silvue targets the highly desirable, but technically demanding,
premium sector of the coating market. The desirability of this
sector is based on three factors. First, customers in this
sector desire proprietary formulations that impart a specific
list of properties to an end product and supplier
confidentiality. Silvues highly skilled technical sales
force, and research and development group work together to use
Silvues proprietary high performance coating systems to
develop these unique formulations. Although in most cases Silvue
will sell each such formulation only to the customer for which
it was originally designed, Silvue retains all ownership rights
to the product.
Second, each coating system has its own processing
peculiarities. As a result, creating the coating itself only
represents a portion of the product development process. Once
the coating is ready for use, it then has to be made compatible
with each customers coating equipment and application
process. In this respect, once a coating system has been
implemented, switching coating systems may require significant
costs.
Third, Silvues products are both one of the key quality
drivers and one of the smallest cost components of any end
product. These three factors work together to provide
substantial protection for Silvues prices, margins and
customer relationships. Once integrated into a customers
production process, Silvue becomes an embedded partner and an
integral part of such customers business and operations.
To service the needs of its customers, Silvue maintains a
technical sales force, a technical support group and a research
and development staff. Through the efforts of, and collaboration
between, these individuals, Silvue becomes a partner to its
existing customers, devises customized application solutions for
new customer prospects and develops new products and product
applications.
Competition
The global hardcoatings industry is highly fragmented. In
addition, the markets for the products currently manufactured
and sold by Silvue are characterized by extensive competition.
Many existing and potential competitors have greater financial,
marketing and research resources than Silvue.
Specific competitors of Silvues in the North American
ophthalmic market include Lens Technology Inc., Ultra Optics,
Inc., Essilor International S.A., Hoya Corporation and other
small coating manufacturers. Silvue differentiates itself from
these primary competitors by its focus on coatings. Management
believes that Silvues premium ophthalmic coating net sales
are greater than those of any one competitor. Essilor and Hoya,
two large competitors, are lens manufacturers who have added
hardcoating capabilities in
113
an effort to sell both coated and uncoated lenses. Others
provide coatings as an extension of coating equipment sales.
Customers choose a hardcoating supplier based on a number of
factors, including performance of the hardcoating relative to
the particular substrate being used or the use of the substrate
once coated. Performance may be determined by scratch
resistance, chemical resistance, impact resistance,
weatherability or numerous other factors. Other factors
affecting customer choice include the compatibility of the
hardcoating to their process (including ease of application,
throughput and method of application) and the level and quality
of customer service. While price is a factor in all purchasing
decisions, hardcoating costs generally represent a small portion
of a total product cost such that Silvues management
believes price is often not the determining factor in a purchase
decision.
Suppliers
Raw material costs constituted approximately 16% of net sales
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. The principal
raw materials purchased are alcohol based solvent systems,
silica derived materials and proprietary additives. Although
Silvue makes substantial purchases of raw materials from certain
suppliers, the raw materials purchased are basic chemical inputs
and are relatively easy to obtain from numerous alternative
sources on a global basis. As a result, Silvue is not dependent
on any one of its suppliers for its operations.
Intellectual
Property
Currently, most of Silvues coatings are patent-protected
in the United States and internationally. Silvue owns nine
patents in the United States related to coating systems and has
two patents pending. Additionally, Silvue has multiple foreign
filings for the majority of its U.S. patents issued and pending.
The cornerstone of Silvues intellectual property portfolio
are the initial patents that established the Ultra-Coat
platform, which were filed in 1997 and 1998. Patents in the
United States have a lifetime of up to 21 years depending
on the date filed. Approximately 66% of Silvues net sales
are driven by products that are under patent protection and 25%
by products under expired patents; the remaining 9% of net sales
are driven by products covered by trade secrets. To protect its
products, Silvue patents not only the chemical formula but also
the associated application process. There can be no assurance
that current or future patent protection will prevent
competitors from offering competing products, that any issued
patents will be upheld, or that patent protection will be
granted in any or all of the countries in which applications may
be made.
Although Silvues management believes that patents are
useful in maintaining competitive position, management considers
other factors, such as its brand names, ability to design
innovative products and technical expertise to be Silvues
primary competitive advantages.
Silvues coating systems are marketed under the name SDC
TechnologiesTM
and the brand names
Silvue®,
CrystalCoat®,
StatuxTM
and
ResinreleaseTM.
Silvue has also trademarked its marketing phrase high
performance
chemistryTM.
These trade names have strong brand equity and have significant
value and are materially important to Silvue.
Regulatory
Environment
Silvues facilities and operations are subject to extensive
and constantly evolving federal, state and local environmental
and occupational health and safety laws and regulations,
including laws and regulations governing air emissions,
wastewater discharges and the storage and handling of chemicals
and hazardous substances. Although Silvues management
believes that Silvue is in compliance, in all material respects,
with applicable environmental and occupational health and safety
laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that new
requirements, more stringent application of existing
requirements or discovery of previously unknown environmental
conditions will not result in material environmental
expenditures in the future.
114
Employees
As of December 31, 2006, Silvue employed approximately 51
persons. Of these employees, approximately 6 were in production
or shipping and approximately 17 were in research and
development and technical support with the remainder serving in
executive, administrative office and sales capacities. None of
Silvues employees are subject to collective bargaining
agreements. Management believes that Silvues relationship
with its employees is good.
OUR
MANAGER
Overview
of Our Manager
Our manager is controlled by its managing member, our chief
executive officer, Mr. Massoud. CGI, through a subsidiary,
and an entity owned by our management team, are non-managing
members of our manager.
Key
Personnel of Our Manager
Our chief executive officers and chief financial
officers business experiences are described in the section
entitled Management. In addition, the following
personnel are key employees of our manager. Each of these
individuals are compensated entirely by our manager. We
reimburse our manager for the salary of our chief financial
officer and the costs associated with the employment of our
chief financial officers finance staff, the members of
which devote a substantial majority of their time to the affairs
of the company. No portion of the compensation of any other
employee of the manager described below is reimbursed by the
company. The titles reflected for each individual reflect that
individuals position with our manager and is not related
to any role or responsibility that individual may have with the
company.
Chief
Financial Officers Staff
Kenneth J. Terry, Vice
President. Mr. Terry joined our manager
in 2006 as a Vice President. Prior to joining our manager,
Mr. Terry served as the acting Corporate Controller of Star
Gas Partners, L.P. Previously Mr. Terry was the Chief
Financial Officer of RHI Entertainment, Inc. and Senior Vice
President and Controller of Vestron, Inc. Mr. Terry was
also with KPMG. Mr. Terry received a B.B.A. cum laude, from
Western Connecticut State University.
Gary M. Bilello, Vice President. Mr.
Bilello joined our manager in 2006 as a Vice President, with
responsibility for the internal audit function for Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC and Compass Diversified Trust. Prior to
joining our manager, Mr. Bilello served consecutively as the
Corporate Controller and Director of Internal Audit at
Perma-FixEnvironmental Services, Inc. Previously, Mr. Bilello
held various financial roles at both public and private
companies, as well as being with the public accounting firms
Deloitte & Touche, LLP and BDO Seidman, LLP.
Mr. Bilello is a Certified Public Accountant and a magna
cum laude graduate of Saint Bonaventure University.
James D. Ferrara, Vice
President. Mr. Ferrara joined our
manager in 2006 as a Vice President. Prior to joining the
manager, Mr. Ferarra was Director of Taxes for Star Gas
Partners, LP. Previously, Mr. Ferrara was with Dorr-Oliver
Inc. Mr. Ferrara received a B.S. in Accounting from
Quinnipiac College and a M.S. in Taxation from the University of
New Haven.
David M. Abate, Assistant
Controller. Mr. Abate joined our manager
in 2006 as Assistant Controller. Prior to joining our manager,
Mr. Abate was a consultant at various companies overseeing
accounting related software implementations. Previously,
Mr. Abate was a Finance Manager at Flywheel Media ( a
subsidiary of Thomson Corporation). Mr. Abate started his
professional career at Arthur Andersen & Co., Inc.
Mr. Abate received a B.S. in Accounting from Lehigh
University.
Other
Key Personnel
Alan B. Offenberg,
Partner. Mr. Offenberg joined Compass
Group International LLC, which we refer to as The Compass Group,
in 1998 as a Principal, and has been an employee of our manager
since our IPO.
115
Prior to joining The Compass Group, Mr. Offenberg worked in
mergers and acquisitions for Trigen Energy Corporation.
Previously, Mr. Offenberg was with Creditanstalt Bankverein
and with GE Capital. Collectively, Mr. Offenbergs
background in finance includes deal origination, underwriting,
portfolio management, restructuring and due diligence.
Mr. Offenberg began his professional career as a research
analyst with Alan Haft and Associates. Mr. Offenberg
received his B.S. in Management from Tulane University and his
MBA from Northeastern University, where he graduated Beta Gamma
Sigma. Mr. Offenberg is currently a director of a number of
private companies, including WorldBusiness Capital.
Elias J. Sabo, Partner. Mr. Sabo
joined The Compass Group in 1998 as a Principal, and has been an
employee of our manager since the IPO. Previously, Mr. Sabo
was an investment banker at CIBC Oppenheimer, where he was
responsible for the successful execution of numerous private and
public financings, as well as the provision of merger and
acquisition advisory services. Prior to joining CIBC
Oppenheimer, Mr. Sabo was President and Chief Investment
Officer of Boundary Partners, LLC, a hedge fund management
company. Prior to that, Mr. Sabo worked at Colony Capital,
Inc. Mr. Sabo graduated from Rennselaer Polytechnic
Institute with a B.S. in management. Mr. Sabo is currently
a director of a number of companies, including CBS Personnel,
Advanced Circuits, Silvue and Comsys IT Partners, a NASDAQ
listed company.
David P. Swanson,
Partner. Mr. Swanson joined The Compass
Group in 2001 as a Vice President, and has been an employee of
our manager since the IPO. Previously, Mr. Swanson was with
Goldman Sachs in the Financial Institutions and Distressed Debt
practices. Mr. Swanson has also worked with Credit Suisse
First Bostons private equity investment group.
Mr. Swanson is a graduate of the Harvard Business School
MBA program and also holds a B.A. in Economics from the
University of Chicago, where he was elected Phi Beta Kappa.
Joseph P. Milana, Executive Vice
President. Mr. Milana joined The Compass
Group as Controller in 1998, and has been an employee of our
manager since the IPO. Prior to that, Mr. Milana managed
his own consulting practice providing accounting and tax
services to small businesses and
high-net
worth individuals. From 1984 through 1995, Mr. Milana was
with KPMG LLP as a senior manager servicing mid-size, domestic
and international clients. Mr. Milana received both a
B.B.A. in Accounting and an M.S. in Taxation from Pace
University in New York. Mr. Milana is a director of
Families Network of Western Connecticut.
Patrick A. Maciariello,
Principal. Mr. Maciariello joined The
Compass Group in 2005 as a Vice President, and has been an
employee of our manager since the IPO. Previously,
Mr. Maciariello worked as a management consultant at
Bain & Company, in their London and Los Angeles
offices, providing consulting services to both corporate and
private equity clients. Mr. Maciariello also worked in the
business services investment banking group of Deutsche Banc
Alex. Brown. Mr. Maciariello received a B.B.A., cum laude,
from the University of Notre Dame and an MBA from Columbia
University where he graduated Beta Gamma Sigma.
Rudolph W.J. Krediet, Vice
President. Mr. Krediet joined our
manager in 2006 as a Vice President. Prior to joining our
manager, Mr. Krediet was with CPM Roskamp Champion and,
previously, a Business Analyst with The Compass Group.
Mr. Krediet received his MBA from the Darden Graduate
School of Business (University of Virginia) and his
undergraduate degree from the University of Edinburgh.
Carrie W. Ryan, Counsel and Vice
President. Ms. Ryan joined our manager
in 2006 as Counsel and Vice President, Investor Relations. Prior
to joining our manager, Ms. Ryan was in the private
practice of law, focusing on mergers, acquisitions, dispositions
and strategic corporate transactions for both public and private
companies. Previously, Ms. Ryan was with Squire,
Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P. and Dinsmore & Shohl
LLP. Ms. Ryan received her J.D. from Loyola University of
Chicago School of Law and her B.A. from the University of
Kentucky.
Derek Kong, Associate. Mr. Kong
joined our manager in 2006. Prior to joining the manager,
Mr. Kong was an investment banker with CIBC World Markets.
Previously, Mr. Kong was an audit associate with McGladrey
and Pullen LLP., an international accounting firm. Mr. Kong
received a B.A., magna cum laude, from Claremont McKenna
College, where he graduated Phi Beta Kappa.
116
Mark B. Langer,
Associate. Mr. Langer joined our manager
in 2006. Prior to joining our manager, Mr. Langer worked
for Green Manning & Bunch, a middle market investment
bank specializing in mergers and acquisitions, private
placements of equity and debt, and strategic financial advisory
services. Mr. Langer has transaction experience across a
broad range of industries including healthcare, business
services, and consumer products/retail. Prior to joining Green
Manning & Bunch, he was employed by a regional
accounting and business consulting firm in Washington, D.C.
Mr. Langer earned his BSBA in Management with a
concentration in Finance from Bucknell University.
Our
Relationship with Our Manager
Our relationship with our manager is based on our manager having
two distinct roles: first, as a service provider to us and,
second, as an equity holder of the allocation interests.
As a service provider, our manager performs a variety of
services for us, which entitle it to receive a management fee.
As holder of the companys allocation interests, our
manager has the right to a preferred distribution in the form of
a profit allocation upon the occurrence of certain trigger
events. Our manager has the right to cause the company to
purchase the allocation interests then owned by our manager upon
termination of the management services agreement.
These relationships with our manager are governed principally by
the following agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
the management services agreements relating to the services our
manager performs for us and the businesses we own;
|
|
|
|
the companys LLC agreement relating to our managers
rights with respect to the allocation interests it owns; and
|
|
|
|
the supplemental put agreement relating to our managers
right to cause the company to purchase the allocation interests
it owns.
|
Our manager also has entered into offsetting management services
agreements and transaction services agreements with our
businesses directly. These agreements, and some of the material
terms relating thereto, are discussed in more detail below. The
management fee, profit allocation and put price under the
supplemental put agreement are payment obligations of the
company and, as a result, will be paid, along with other company
obligations, prior to the payment of distributions to
shareholders.
Our
Manager as a Service Provider
The companys board of directors has engaged our manager to
manage the
day-to-day
operations and affairs of the company, oversee the management
and operations of our businesses and perform certain other
services for us. The company has entered into a management
services agreement which sets forth the services to be performed
by our manager and the fees to be paid to our manager for
providing such services. The company has agreed to pay our
manager a quarterly management fee equal to 0.5% (2.0%
annualized) of our adjusted net assets as of the last day of
each fiscal quarter, as discussed in more detail below. See the
section entitled Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions for additional information regarding the
management services agreement.
Management
Fee
Subject to any adjustments discussed below, for performing
management services under the management services agreement
during any fiscal quarter, the company will pay our manager a
management fee with respect to such fiscal quarter. The
management fee to be paid with respect to any fiscal quarter is
calculated as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, which we
refer to as the calculation date. The management fee is
calculated by an administrator, which will be our manager so
long as the management services agreement is in effect. The
amount of any management fee payable by the company as of any
calculation date with respect to any fiscal quarter will be
(i) reduced by the aggregate amount of any
offsetting management fees, if any, received by our manager from
any of our businesses with respect to such fiscal quarter,
(ii) reduced (or increased) by the amount of any
over-paid (or under-paid)
117
management fees received by (or owed to) our manager as of such
calculation date, and (iii) increased by the amount
of any outstanding accrued and unpaid management fees.
As an obligation of the company, the management fee will be paid
prior to the payment of distributions to our shareholders. If we
do not have sufficient liquid assets to pay the management fee
when due, we may be required to liquidate assets or incur debt
in order to pay the management fee.
Example
of Calculation of Management Fee
Based on consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006
set forth in this prospectus, the management fee for the quarter
ended December 31, 2006 that was paid under the management
services agreement was calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Total management fee:
|
|
|
|
|
1. Total assets
|
|
$
|
525,597
|
|
2. Accumulated
amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
7,032
|
|
3. Adjusted total
liabilities
|
|
|
132,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Adjusted net assets
(1 + 2 −3)
|
|
|
400,156
|
|
5. Quarterly management
fee (0.5% * 4)
|
|
|
2,001
|
|
Offsetting management
fees:
|
|
|
|
|
6. CBS Personnel
|
|
|
278
|
|
7. Crosman
|
|
|
145
|
|
8. Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
125
|
|
9. Silvue
|
|
|
88
|
|
10. Anodyne
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. Total offsetting management
fees (6 + 7 + 8 + 9 +10)
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. Quarterly management fee paid
by the company (5 −11)
|
|
$
|
1,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For purposes of this provision:
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted net assets equals, with
respect to the company as of any calculation date, the sum
of (i) consolidated total assets (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) of the company as of such calculation
date, plus (ii) the absolute amount of consolidated
accumulated amortization of intangibles (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) for the company as of such calculation
date, minus (iii) the absolute amount of adjusted
total liabilities of the company as of such calculation date,
plus (iv) to the extent included in adjusted total
liabilities of the company as of such calculation date, the
absolute amount of the companys liabilities (as determined
in accordance with GAAP) in respect of its obligations under the
supplemental put agreement.
|
|
|
|
Adjusted total liabilities equals,
with respect to the company as of any calculation date, the
companys consolidated total liabilities (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) as of such calculation date after
excluding the effect of any outstanding third party indebtedness
of the company.
|
|
|
|
Management fee equals, as of any
calculation date, the product of (i) 0.5%,
multiplied by (ii) the companys adjusted net
assets as of such calculation date; provided, however,
that, with respect to any fiscal quarter in which the
management services agreement is terminated, the company will
pay our manager a management fee with respect to such fiscal
quarter equal to the product of (i)(x) 0.5%,
multiplied by (y) the companys adjusted net
assets as of such calculation date, multiplied by
(ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number
of days from and including the first day of such fiscal quarter
to but excluding the date upon which the management services
agreement is terminated and the denominator of which is the
number of days in such fiscal quarter.
|
|
|
|
Third party indebtedness means any
indebtedness of the company owed to third party lenders that are
not affiliated with the company.
|
118
Reimbursement
of Expenses
The company will be responsible for paying costs and expenses
relating to its business and operations. The company will agree
to reimburse our manager during the term of the management
services agreement for:
|
|
|
|
|
all costs and expenses of the company that are incurred by our
manager or its affiliates on behalf of the company, including
any
out-of-pocket
costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance
of services under the management services agreement, and all
costs and expenses the reimbursement of which are specifically
approved by the companys board of directors; and
|
|
|
|
the compensation and other costs and expenses of the chief
financial officer and his staff as approved by the
companys compensation committee.
|
The company will not be obligated or responsible for reimbursing
or otherwise paying for any costs or expenses relating to our
managers overhead or any other costs and expenses relating
to our managers conduct of its business and operations.
Also, the company will not be obligated or responsible for
reimbursing our manager for costs and expenses incurred by our
manager in the identification, evaluation, management,
performance of due diligence on, negotiation and oversight of
potential acquisitions of new businesses for which the company
(or our manager on behalf of the company) fails to submit an
indication of interest or letter of intent to pursue such
acquisition, including costs and expenses relating to travel,
marketing and attendance of industry events and retention of
outside service providers relating thereto. In addition, the
company will not be obligated or responsible for reimbursing our
manager for costs and expenses incurred by our manager in
connection with the identification, evaluation, management,
performance of due diligence on, negotiating and oversight of an
acquisition by the company if such acquisition is actually
consummated and the business so acquired entered into a
transaction services agreement with our manager providing for
the reimbursement of such costs and expenses by such business.
In this respect, the costs and expenses associated with the
pursuit of add-on acquisitions for the company may be reimbursed
by any business so acquired pursuant to a transaction services
agreement. Further, the company will not reimburse our manager
for the compensation of our chief executive officer and any
other personnel providing services pursuant to the management
services agreement, including personnel seconded to the company.
All reimbursements will be reviewed and, in certain
circumstances, approved by the compensation committee of the
companys board of directors on an annual basis in
connection with the preparation of year end financial statements.
Termination
Fee
We will pay our manager a termination fee upon termination of
the management services agreement if such termination is based
solely on a vote of the companys board of directors and
our shareholders; no other termination fee will be payable to
our manager in connection with the termination of the management
services agreement for any other reason. The termination fee
that is payable to our manager will be equal to the product
of (i) two (2) multiplied by (ii) the
sum of the amount of the four management fees calculated
with respect to the four fiscal quarters immediately preceding
the termination date of the management services agreement. The
termination fee will be payable in eight equal quarterly
installments, with the first such installment being paid on or
within five business days of the last day of the fiscal quarter
in which the management services agreement was terminated and
each subsequent installment being paid on or within five
business days of the last day of each subsequent fiscal quarter,
until such time as the termination fee is paid in full to our
manager.
Offsetting
Management Services Agreements
Pursuant to the management services agreement, we have agreed
that our manager may, at any time, enter into offsetting
management services agreements with our businesses pursuant to
which our manager may perform services that may or may not be
similar to management services. Any fees to be paid by one of
our businesses pursuant to such agreements are referred to as
offsetting management fees and will offset, on a
dollar-for-dollar
basis, the management fee otherwise due and payable by the
company under the
119
management services agreement with respect to a fiscal quarter.
The management services agreement provides that the aggregate
amount of offsetting management fees to be paid to our manager
with respect to any fiscal quarter shall not exceed the greater
of (i) 9.9% of our gross income for federal tax purposes,
and (ii) the management fee to be paid to our manager with
respect to such fiscal quarter. See the section entitled
Management Fee for more information
about the treatment of offsetting management fees.
Transaction
Services Agreements
Pursuant to the management services agreement, we have agreed
that our manager may, at any time, enter into transaction
services agreements with any of our businesses relating to the
performance by our manager of certain transaction-related
services in connection with the acquisitions of target
businesses by the company or its businesses or dispositions of
the companys or its subsidiaries property or assets.
Our manager will contract for the performance of transaction
services on market terms and conditions. Any fees received by
our manager pursuant to such a transaction services agreement
will be in addition to the management fee payable by the company
pursuant to the management services agreement and will not
offset the payment of such management fee. A transaction
services agreement with any of our businesses may provide for
the reimbursement of costs and expenses incurred by our manager
in connection with the acquisition of such businesses. Entry
into a transaction services agreement will be subject to the
authorization and approval of the companys nominating and
corporate governance committee. Since the IPO either we or one
of our subsidiaries have entered into transaction services
agreements with Anodyne, Aeroglide and Halo providing for the
payment of $1.5 million in the aggregate to our manager.
Our
Manager as an Equity Holder
Our manager owns 100% of the allocation interests of the
company, which generally entitles our manager to receive a 20%
profit allocation as a form of preferred distribution, subject
to the companys profit with respect to a business
exceeding on an annualized hurdle rate of 7%, which hurdle is
tied to such business growth relative to our consolidated
net equity. The calculation of the profit allocation and the
rights of our manager, as the holder of the allocation
interests, are governed by the LLC agreement. See the section
entitled Description of Shares for more information
about the LLC agreement.
Managers
Profit Allocation
The profit allocation to be paid to our manager is intended to
reflect our ability to generate ongoing cash flows and capital
gains in excess of a hurdle rate. In general, such profit
allocation is designed to pay our manager 20% of the
companys profits upon clearance of the 7% annualized
hurdle rate. The companys audit committee, which is
comprised solely of independent directors, reviews and approves
the calculation of managers profit allocation when it
becomes due and payable. Our manager does not receive a profit
allocation on an annual basis. Instead, our manager is paid a
profit allocation only upon the occurrence of one of the
following events, which we refer to collectively as the trigger
events:
|
|
|
|
|
the sale of a material amount, as determined by our manager and
reasonably consented to by a majority of the companys
board of directors, of the capital stock or assets of one of our
businesses or a subsidiary of one of our businesses, which event
we refer to as a sale event; or
|
|
|
|
at the option of our manager, during the
30-day
period following the fifth anniversary of the date upon which we
acquired a controlling interest in a business, which event we
refer to as a holding event. If our manager elects to forego
declaring a holding event with respect to such business during
such period, then our manager may only declare a holding event
with respect to such business during the 30day period
following each anniversary of such fifth anniversary date with
respect to such business. Once declared, our manager may only
declare another holding event with respect to a business
following the fifth anniversary of the calculation date with
respect to a previously declared holding event.
|
120
We believe this allocation timing, rather than a method that
provides for annual allocations, more accurately reflects the
long-term performance of each of our businesses and is
consistent with our intent to hold, manage and grow our
businesses over the long term. We refer generally to the
obligation to make this payment to our manager as the
profit allocation and, specifically, to the amount
of any particular profit allocation as the managers
profit allocation. Definitions used in, and an example of
the calculation of profit allocation, are set forth in more
detail below.
The amount of our managers profit allocation is based on
the extent to which the total profit allocation amount with
respect to any business, as of the last day of any fiscal
quarter in which a trigger event occurs, which date we refer to
as the calculation date, exceeds the relevant hurdle amounts
with respect to such business, as of such calculation date. The
managers profit allocation is calculated by an
administrator, which will be our manager so long as the
management services agreement is in effect, and such calculation
will be subject to a review and approval process by the
companys audit committee. For this purpose, total
profit allocation amount is equal to, with respect to any
business as of any calculation date, the sum of:
|
|
|
|
|
the contribution-based profit of such business as of such
calculation date, which is calculated upon the occurrence of any
trigger event with respect to such business; plus
|
|
|
|
the cumulative gains and losses of the company as of such
calculation date, which is only calculated upon the occurrence
of a sale event with respect to such business. We generally
expect this component to be the most significant component in
calculating total profit allocation amount.
|
Specifically, managers profit allocation is calculated and
paid as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
managers profit allocation is not paid with respect
to a trigger event relating to any business if the total profit
allocation amount, as of any calculation date, with respect to
such business does not exceed such business
level 1 hurdle amount (7% annualized), as of such
calculation date; and
|
|
|
|
managers profit allocation is paid with respect to
a trigger event relating to any business if the total profit
allocation amount, as of any calculation date, with respect to
such business exceeds such business level 1
hurdle amount (7% annualized), as of such calculation date.
Managers profit allocation to be paid with respect to such
calculation date is equal to the sum of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% of such business total profit allocation amount, as
of such calculation date, with respect to that portion of the
total profit allocation amount that exceeds such business
level 1 hurdle amount (7% annualized) but is less than or
equal to such business level 2 hurdle amount (8.75%
annualized), in each case, as of such calculation date. We refer
to this portion of the total profit allocation amount as the
catch-up.
The
catch-up
is intended to provide our manager with an overall profit
allocation of 20% once the level 1 hurdle amount has been
surpassed; plus
|
|
|
|
20% of the total profit allocation amount, as of such
calculation date, that exceeds such business level 2
hurdle amount (8.75% annualized) as of such calculation date;
minus
|
|
|
|
the high water mark allocation, if any, as of such calculation
date. The effect of deducting the high water mark allocation is
to take into account allocations our manager has already
received in respect of past gains and losses.
|
The administrator calculates our managers profit
allocation on or promptly following the relevant calculation
date, subject to a
true-up
calculation upon availability of audited or unaudited
consolidated financial statements, as the case may be, of the
company to the extent not available on such calculation date.
Any adjustment necessitated by the
true-up
calculation will be made in connection with the next calculation
of our managers profit allocation. Because of the length
of time that may pass between trigger events, there may be a
significant delay in the companys ability to realize the
benefit, if any, of a
true-up of
our managers profit allocation.
Once calculated, the administrator submits the calculation of
our managers profit allocation, as adjusted pursuant to
any true-up,
to the companys audit committee, which is comprised solely
of independent directors, for its review and approval. The audit
committee has ten business days to review and
121
approve the calculation, which approval shall be automatic
absent disapproval by the audit committee. Managers profit
allocation is paid ten business days after such approval.
If the audit committee disapproves of the administrators
calculation of our managers profit allocation, the
calculation and payment of our managers profit allocation
is subject to a dispute resolution process, which may result in
our managers profit allocation being determined, at the
companys cost and expense, by two independent accounting
firms. Any determination by such independent accounting firms
will be conclusive and binding on the company and our manager.
We will also pay a tax distribution to our manager if our
manager is allocated taxable income by the company but does not
realize distributions from the company at least equal to the
taxes payable by our manager resulting from allocations of
taxable income. Any such tax distributions will be paid in a
similar manner as profit allocations are paid.
For any fiscal quarter in which a trigger event occurs with
respect to more than one business, the calculation of our
managers profit allocation, including the components
thereof, will be made with respect to each business in the order
in which controlling interests in such businesses were acquired
or obtained by the company and the resulting amounts shall be
aggregated to determine the total amount of managers
profit allocation. If controlling interests in two or more
businesses were acquired at the same time and such businesses
give rise to a calculation of managers profit allocation
during the same fiscal quarter, then our managers profit
allocation will be further calculated separately for each such
business in the order in which such businesses were sold.
As obligations of the company, profit allocations and tax
distributions will be paid prior to the payment of distributions
to our shareholders. If we do not have sufficient liquid assets
to pay the profit allocations or tax distributions when due, we
may be required to liquidate assets or incur debt in order to
pay such profit allocation. Our manager will have the right to
elect to defer the payment of our managers profit
allocation due on any payment date. Once deferred, our manager
may demand payment thereof upon 20 business days prior written
notice.
Termination of the management services agreement, by any means,
will not affect our managers rights with respect to the
allocation interests that it owns, including its right to
receive profit allocations.
Example
of Calculation of Managers Profit Allocation
Our manager will receive a profit allocation at the end of the
fiscal quarter in which a trigger event occurs, as follows (all
dollar amounts are in millions):
Assumptions
Year
1:
Acquisition of Company A (Company A)
Acquisition of Company B (Company B)
Year
3
Acquisition of Company C (Company C)
Year
4
Company A (or assets thereof) sold for $20 capital gain over
book value of assets at time of sale, which is a qualifying
trigger event
Company As average allocated share of our consolidated net
equity over its ownership is $40
Company As holding period in quarters is 12
Company As contribution-based profit since acquisition is
$8.5
122
Year
6:
Company Bs contribution-based profit since acquisition is
$4.5
Company Bs average allocated share of our consolidated net
equity over its ownership is $30
Company Bs holding period in quarters is 20
Manager elects to have holding period measured for purposes of
profit allocation for Company B
Year
7:
Company B (or assets thereof) is sold for $5 capital loss under
book value of assets at time of sale
Company Bs average allocated share of our consolidated net
equity over its ownership is $30
Company Bs holding period in quarters is 24
Company Bs contribution-based profit since acquisition is
$8.5
Company C (or assets thereof) is sold for $12 capital gain over
book value of assets at time of sale
Company Cs average allocated share of our consolidated net
equity over its ownership is $35
Company Cs holding period in quarters is 16
Company Cs contribution-based profit since acquisition is
$8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year 6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B, Due
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year 4
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
Year 7
|
|
|
Year 7
|
|
|
|
A, Due
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
B, Due
|
|
|
C, Due
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
to
|
|
With Respect to Relevant Business
|
|
Sale
|
|
|
Hold
|
|
|
Sale
|
|
|
Sale
|
|
|
Contribution-based profit since
acquisition for respective subsidiary
|
|
$
|
8.5
|
|
|
$
|
4.5
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
Gain/Loss on sale of company
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
12
|
|
Cumulative gains and losses
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
High water mark prior to
transaction
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Total Profit Allocation Amount (1
+ 3)
|
|
|
28.5
|
|
|
|
24.5
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Business holding period in
quarters since ownership or last measurement due to holding event
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Business average allocated
share of consolidated net equity
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Business level 1 hurdle
amount (1.75% * 6 * 7)
|
|
|
8.4
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
Business excess over
level 1 hurdle amount (5 −8)
|
|
|
20.1
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
13.9
|
|
|
|
25.2
|
|
Business level 2 hurdle
amount (125% * 8)
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
13.125
|
|
|
|
2.625
|
|
|
|
12.25
|
|
Allocated to manager as
catch-up
(10 −8)
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
2.625
|
|
|
|
0.525
|
|
|
|
2.45
|
|
Excess over level 2 hurdle
amount (9 −11)
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
11.375
|
|
|
|
13.375
|
|
|
|
22.75
|
|
Allocated to manager from excess
over level 2 hurdle amount (20% * 12)
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
2.275
|
|
|
|
2.675
|
|
|
|
4.55
|
|
Cumulative allocation to manager
(11 +13)
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
High water mark allocation (20% *
4)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
managers Profit Allocation
for Current Period (14 −15, >0)
|
|
$
|
5.7
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123
Calculation
of Managers Profit Allocation in Connection with Sale of
Crosman
The following summarizes how our managers profit
allocation was determined in connection with the sale of Crosman
on January 5, 2007 :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
Contribution-based profit since
acquisition (see below)
|
|
$
|
3,474
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
Gain on sale of company
|
|
|
35,925
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
Cumulative gains and losses
|
|
|
35,925
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
High water mark prior to
transaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
Total Profit Allocation Amount (1
+ 3)
|
|
|
39,399
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
Business holding period in
quarters
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
Business average allocated
share of consolidated net equity
|
|
|
62,520
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
Business level 1 hurdle
amount (1.75% * 6 * 7)
|
|
|
2,735
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
Business excess over
level 1 hurdle amount (5 −8)
|
|
|
36,664
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
Business level 2 hurdle
amount (125% * 8)
|
|
|
3,419
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
Allocated to manager as
catch-up
(10 −8)
|
|
|
684
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
Excess over level 2 hurdle
amount (9 −11)
|
|
|
35,980
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
Allocated to manager from excess
over level 2 hurdle amount (20% * 12)
|
|
|
7,196
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
Cumulative allocation to manager
(11 + 13)
|
|
|
7,880
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
High water mark allocation (20% *
4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
Managers Profit Allocation
(14 −15, >0)
|
|
$
|
7,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Calculation of Contribution-Based
Profits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
6,924
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus interest expense
|
|
|
3,168
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minus minority interest
|
|
|
(1,705
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Minus allocated company overhead
|
|
|
(4,913
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contribution-based
profit
|
|
$
|
3,474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Definitions
For purposes of calculating profit allocation:
|
|
|
|
|
An entitys adjusted net assets is equal
to, as of any date, the sum of (i) such
entitys consolidated total assets (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) as of such date, plus (ii) the
absolute amount of such entitys consolidated accumulated
amortization of intangibles (as determined in accordance with
GAAP) as of such date, minus (iii) the absolute
amount of such entitys adjusted total liabilities as of
such date.
|
|
|
|
An entitys adjusted total liabilities
is equal to, as of any date, such entitys consolidated
total liabilities (as determined in accordance with GAAP) as of
such date after excluding the effect of any outstanding
indebtedness of such entity.
|
|
|
|
A business allocated share of the companys
overhead is equal to, with respect to any measurement
period as of any calculation date, the aggregate amount of such
business quarterly share of the companys overhead
for each fiscal quarter ending during such measurement period.
|
|
|
|
A business average allocated share of our
consolidated equity is equal to, with respect to any
measurement period as of any calculation date, the average
(i.e., arithmetic mean) of a business quarterly
allocated share of our consolidated equity for each fiscal
quarter ending during such measurement period.
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
Capital gains (i) means, with respect to
any entity, capital gains (as determined in accordance with
GAAP) that are calculated with respect to the sale of capital
stock or assets of such entity and which sale gave rise to a
sale event and the calculation of profit allocation and
(ii) is equal to the amount, adjusted for minority
interests, by which (x) the net sales price of such capital
stock or assets, as the case may be, exceeded
(y) the net book value (as determined in accordance
with GAAP) of such capital stock or assets, as the case may be,
at the time of such sale, as reflected on the companys
consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP;
provided, that such amount shall not be less than zero.
|
|
|
|
Capital losses (i) means, with respect
to any entity, capital losses (as determined in accordance with
GAAP) that are calculated with respect to the sale of capital
stock or assets of such entity and which sale gave rise to a
sale event and the calculation of profit allocation and
(ii) is equal to the amount, adjusted for minority
interests, by which (x) the net book value (as determined
in accordance with GAAP) of such capital stock or assets, as the
case may be, at the time of such sale, as reflected on the
companys consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance
with GAAP, exceeded (y) the net sales price of such
capital stock or assets, as the case may be; provided,
that such absolute amount thereof shall not be less than zero.
|
|
|
|
The companys consolidated net equity is
equal to, as of any date, the sum of (i) the
companys consolidated total assets (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) as of such date, plus (ii) the
aggregate amount of asset impairments (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) that were taken relating to any businesses
owned by the company as of such date, plus (iii) the
companys consolidated accumulated amortization of
intangibles (as determined in accordance with GAAP), as of such
date minus (iv) the companys consolidated
total liabilities (as determined in accordance with GAAP) as of
such date plus (v) to the extent included in the
companys consolidated total liabilities (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) as of such date, the absolute amount of
the companys liabilities (as determined in accordance with
GAAP) in respect of its obligations under the supplemental put
agreement.
|
|
|
|
A business contribution-based profits
is equal to, for any measurement period as of any
calculation date, the sum of (i) the aggregate
amount of such business net income (loss) (as determined
in accordance with GAAP and as adjusted for minority interests)
with respect to such measurement period (without giving effect
to (x) any capital gains or capital losses realized by such
business that arise with respect to the sale of capital stock or
assets held by such business and which sale gave rise to a sale
event and the calculation of profit allocation or (y) any
expense attributable to the accrual or payment of any amount of
profit allocation or any amount arising under the supplemental
put agreement, in each case, to the extent included in the
calculation of such business net income (loss)), plus
(ii) the absolute aggregate amount of such
business loan expense with respect to such measurement
period, minus (iii) the absolute aggregate amount of
such business allocated share of the companys
overhead with respect to such measurement period.
|
|
|
|
The companys cumulative capital gains
is equal to, as of any calculation date, the aggregate
amount of capital gains realized by the company as of such
calculation date, after giving effect to any capital gains
realized by the company on such calculation date, since its
inception.
|
|
|
|
The companys cumulative capital losses
is equal to, as of any calculation date, the aggregate
amount of capital losses realized by the company as of such
calculation date, after giving effect to any capital losses
realized by the company on such calculation date, since its
inception.
|
|
|
|
The companys cumulative gains and losses
is equal to, as of any calculation date, the sum of
(i) the amount of cumulative capital gains as of such
calculation date, minus (ii) the absolute amount of
cumulative capital losses as of such calculation date.
|
|
|
|
The high water mark is equal to, as of any
calculation date, the highest positive amount of the
companys cumulative capital gains and losses as of such
calculation date that were calculated in connection with a
qualifying trigger event that occurred prior to such calculation
date.
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
The high water mark allocation is equal to,
as of any calculation date, the product of (i) the
amount of the high water mark as of such calculation date,
multiplied by (ii) 20%.
|
|
|
|
A business level 1 hurdle amount
is equal to, as of any calculation date, the product
of (i) (x) the quarterly hurdle rate of 1.75% (7%
annualized), multiplied by (y) the number of fiscal
quarters ending during such business measurement period as
of such calculation date, multiplied by (ii) a
business average allocated share of our consolidated
equity for each fiscal quarter ending during such measurement
period.
|
|
|
|
A business level 2 hurdle amount
is equal to, as of any calculation date, the product
of (i) (x) the quarterly hurdle rate of 2.1875% (8.75%
annualized, which is 125% of the 7% annualized hurdle rate),
multiplied by (y) the number of fiscal quarters
ending during such business measurement period as of such
calculation date, multiplied by (ii) a
business average allocated share of our consolidated
equity for each fiscal quarter ending during such measurement
period.
|
|
|
|
A business loan expense is equal to,
with respect to any measurement period as of any calculation
date, the aggregate amount of all interest or other expenses
paid by such business with respect to indebtedness of such
business to either the company or other company businesses with
respect to such measurement period.
|
|
|
|
The measurement period means, with respect to
any business as of any calculation date, the period from and
including the later of (i) the date upon which the company
acquired a controlling interest in such business and
(ii) the immediately preceding calculation date as of which
contribution-based profits were calculated with respect to such
business and with respect to which profit allocation were paid
(or, at the election of the allocation member, deferred) by the
company up to and including such calculation date.
|
|
|
|
The companys overhead is equal to, with
respect to any fiscal quarter, the sum of (i) that
portion of the companys operating expenses (as determined
in accordance with GAAP) (without giving effect to any expense
attributable to the accrual or payment of any amount of profit
allocation or any amount arising under the supplemental put
agreement to the extent included in the calculation of the
companys operating expenses), including any management
fees actually paid by the company to our manager, with respect
to such fiscal quarter that are not attributable to any of the
businesses owned by the company (i.e., operating expenses that
do not correspond to operating expenses of such businesses with
respect to such fiscal quarter), plus (ii) the
companys accrued interest expense (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) on any outstanding third party
indebtedness of the company with respect to such fiscal quarter,
minus (iii) revenue, interest income and other
income reflected in the companys unconsolidated financial
statements as prepared in accordance with GAAP.
|
|
|
|
A qualifying trigger event means, with
respect to any business, a trigger event that gave rise to a
calculation of total profit allocation with respect to such
business as of any calculation date and (ii) where the
amount of total profit allocation so calculated as of such
calculation date exceeded such business level 2
hurdle amount as of such calculation date.
|
|
|
|
A business quarterly allocated share of our
consolidated equity is equal to, with respect to any
fiscal quarter, the product of (i) the
companys consolidated net equity as of the last day of
such fiscal quarter, multiplied by (ii) a fraction,
the numerator of which is such business adjusted net
assets as of the last day of such fiscal quarter and the
denominator of which is the sum of the adjusted net
assets of all of the subsidiaries owned by us as of the last day
of such fiscal quarter.
|
|
|
|
A business quarterly share of the companys
overhead is equal to, with respect to any fiscal
quarter, the product of (i) the absolute amount of
the companys overhead with respect to such fiscal quarter,
multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of
which is such business adjusted net assets as of the last
day of such fiscal quarter and the denominator of which is the
sum of the adjusted net assets of all of the subsidiaries owned
by us as of the last day of such fiscal quarter.
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
An entitys third party indebtedness
means any indebtedness of such entity owed to any third
party lenders that are not affiliated with such entity.
|
Supplemental
Put Agreement
In addition to the provisions discussed above, in consideration
of our managers acquisition of the allocation interests,
we have entered into a supplemental put agreement with our
manager pursuant to which our manager has the right to cause the
company to purchase the allocation interests then owned by our
manager upon termination of the management services agreement.
Termination of the management services agreement, by any means,
will not affect our managers rights with respect to the
allocation interests that it owns. In this regard, our manager
will retain its put right and its allocation interests after
ceasing to serve as our manager.
If (i) the management services agreement is terminated at
any time other than as a result of our managers
resignation or (ii) our manager resigns on any date that is
at least three years after the closing of this offering, then
our manager will have the right, but not the obligation, for one
year from the date of such termination or resignation, as the
case may be, to elect to cause the company to purchase all of
allocation interests then owned by our manager for the put price
as of the put exercise date.
For purposes of this provision, the put price shall
be equal to, as of any exercise date, (i) if we terminate
the management services agreement, the sum of two
separate, independently made calculations of the aggregate
amount of managers profit allocation as of such exercise
date or (ii) if our manager resigns, the average of
two separate, independently made calculations of the aggregate
amount of managers profit allocation as of such exercise
date, in each case, calculated assuming that (x) all of the
businesses are sold in an orderly fashion for fair market value
as of such exercise date in the order in which the controlling
interest in each business was acquired or otherwise obtained by
the company, and (y) the last day of the fiscal quarter
ending immediately prior to such exercise date is the relevant
calculation date for purposes of calculating managers
profit allocation as of such exercise date. Each of the two
separate, independently made calculations of our managers
profit allocation for purposes of calculating the put price
shall be performed by a different investment bank that is
engaged by the company at its cost and expense. The put price
will be adjusted to account for a final
true-up
of our managers profit allocation.
Our manager and the company can mutually agree to permit the
company to issue a note in lieu of payment of the put price when
due. If our manager resigns and terminates the management
services agreement, then the company will have the right, in its
sole discretion, to issue a note in lieu of payment of the put
price when due. In either case the note would have an aggregate
principal amount equal to the put price, would bear interest at
a rate of 8% per annum, would mature on the first anniversary of
the date upon which the put price was initially due and would be
secured by a lien on our equity interests in each of our
businesses.
The companys obligations under the supplemental put
agreement are absolute and unconditional. In addition, the
company will be subject to certain obligations and restrictions
upon exercise of our managers put right until such time as
the companys obligations under the supplemental put
agreement, including any related note, have been satisfied in
full, including:
|
|
|
|
|
subject to the companys right to issue a note in the
circumstances described above, the company must use commercially
reasonable efforts to raise sufficient debt or equity financing
to permit the company to pay the put price or note when due and
obtain approvals, waivers and consents or otherwise remove any
restrictions imposed under contractual obligations or applicable
law or regulations that have the effect of limiting or
prohibiting the company from satisfying its obligations under
the supplemental put agreement or note;
|
|
|
|
our manager will have the right to have a representative observe
meetings of the companys board of directors and have the
right to receive copies of all documents and other information
furnished to the board of directors;
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
the company and its businesses will be restricted in their
ability to sell or otherwise dispose of their property or assets
or any businesses they own and in their ability to incur
indebtedness (other than in the ordinary course of business)
without granting a lien on the proceeds therefrom to our
manager, which lien will secure the companys obligations
under the supplemental put agreement or note;
|
|
|
|
the company will be restricted in its ability to (i) engage
in certain mergers or consolidations, (ii) sell, transfer
or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of its
business, property or assets or all or a substantial portion of
the stock or beneficial ownership of its businesses or a portion
thereof, (iii) liquidate,
wind-up or
dissolve, (iv) acquire or purchase the property, assets,
stock or beneficial ownership or another person, or
(v) declare and pay distributions.
|
The company also has agreed to indemnify our manager for any
losses or liabilities it incurs or suffers in connection with,
arising out of or relating to its exercise of its put right or
any enforcement of terms and conditions of the supplemental put
agreement.
As an obligation of the company, the put price will be paid
prior to the payment of distributions to our shareholders. If we
do not have sufficient liquid assets to pay the put price when
due, we may be required to liquidate assets or incur debt in
order to pay the put price.
128
MANAGEMENT
Board of
Directors and Executive Officers
The LLC agreement provides that the companys board of
directors must consist at all times of between five and 13
directors, at least a majority of which must be independent
directors, and permits the board of directors to decrease or
increase the size of the board of directors. Further, the board
of directors is divided into three classes serving staggered
three-year terms. The terms of office of Classes I, II and
III expire at different times in annual succession, with one
class being elected at each years annual meeting of
shareholders. Messrs. Edwards and Lazarus are members of
Class I and will serve until the 2007 annual meeting,
Messrs. Bottiglieri and Waitman are members of
Class II and will serve until the 2008 annual meeting and
Messrs. Day and Ewing are members of Class III and
will serve until the 2009 annual meeting. Messrs. Edwards,
Ewing, Lazarus and Waitman are the companys independent
directors.
Pursuant to the LLC agreement, as holder of the allocation
interests, our manager has the right to appoint one director to
the companys board of directors, subject to adjustment.
Any appointed director will not be required to stand for
election by the shareholders. Mr. Massoud currently serves
as our managers appointed director.
The directors and officers of the company, and their ages and
positions as of February 28, 2007, are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Serving as Officer
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Age
|
|
or Director Since
|
|
Position
|
|
C. Sean Day
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Chairman/Director
|
Harold S. Edwards
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Director
|
D. Eugene Ewing
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Director
|
Mark H. Lazarus
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Director
|
Ted Waitman
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Director
|
I. Joseph Massoud
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Director, Chief Executive Officer
|
James J. Bottiglieri
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Director, Chief Financial Officer
|
The following biographies describe the business experience of
the companys current directors and executive officers:
Harold S. Edwards has served as a director of the
company since April 2006. Mr. Edwards has been the
president and chief executive officer of Limoneira Company, an
agricultural, real estate and community development company,
since November 2004. Previously, Mr. Edwards was the
president of Puritan Medical Products, a division of Airgas Inc.
Prior to that, Mr. Edwards also worked with Fisher
Scientific International, Inc., Cargill, Inc. and Agribrands
International (Purina). Mr. Edwards is a graduate of
American Graduate School of International Management and Lewis
and Clark College.
Mark H. Lazarus has served as a director of the
company since April 2006. Mr. Lazarus has been the
president of Turner Entertainment Group since 2003. Previously,
Mr. Lazarus served in a variety of other roles for Turner
Broadcasting and also worked for Backer, Spielvogel, Bates,
Inc., and NBC Cable. Mr. Lazarus is a graduate of
Vanderbilt University.
C. Sean Day has served as our chairman since
April 2006. Mr. Day is the president of Seagin
International and was the chairman of our managers
predecessor from 1999 to 2006. Previously, Mr. Day was with
Navios Corporation and Citicorp Venture Capital. Mr. Day is
currently the chairman of the boards of directors of Teekay
Shipping Corporation; Teekay Offshore GP LLC, the general
partner of Teekay Offshore Partners LP; Teekay GP LLC, the
general partner of Teekay LNG Partners LP; and a member of the
board of directors of Kirby Corporation, all NYSE listed
companies; and serves as a director for certain of our
subsidiary companies. Mr. Day is a graduate of the
University of Capetown and Oxford University.
129
I. Joseph Massoud has served as a director of
the company since December 2005, as well its chief executive
officer since its inception on November 18, 2005.
Mr. Massoud has also been the president of our manager and
its predecessor since 1998. Previously, Mr. Massoud was
with Petroleum Heat and Power, Inc., Colony Capital, Inc. and
McKinsey & Co. Mr. Massoud currently serves as a
director for all of our subsidiary companies, as well as for
Teekay GP LLC, the general partner of Teekay LNG Partners LP, a
NYSE company. Mr. Massoud is a graduate of Claremont
McKenna College and the Harvard Business School.
James J. Bottiglieri has served as a director of
the company since December 2005, as well its chief financial
officer since its inception on November 18, 2005.
Mr. Bottiglieri has also been an executive vice president
of our manager since 2005. Previously, Mr. Bottiglieri was
the senior vice president/controller of WebMD Corporation. Prior
to that, Mr. Bottiglieri was with Star Gas Corporation and
a precdecessor firm to KPMG LLP. Mr. Bottiglieri is a
graduate of Pace University. Mr. Bottiglieri serves as a
director for all of our subsidiary companies.
D. Eugene Ewing has served as a director
since April 2006. Mr. Ewing is the managing member
of Deeper Water Consulting, LLC. Previously, Mr. Ewing was
with Arthur Andersen LLP and the Fifth Third Bank.
Mr. Ewing is on the advisory boards for the business
schools at Northern Kentucky University and the University of
Kentucky. Mr. Ewing is a graduate of the University of
Kentucky. Mr. Ewing is also a member of the board of
directors of CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc.
Ted Waitman has served as a director of the
company since April 2006. Mr. Waitman is presently the
chief executive officer of CPM-Roskamp Champion, or CPM.
Previously, Mr. Waitman has served in a variety of roles
with CPM. Mr. Waitman is currently the president of the
Process Equipment Manufacturers Association. Mr. Waitman is
a graduate of the University of Evansville.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the companys executive officers or members of the
companys board of directors has served as a member of a
compensation committee (or if no committee performs that
function, the board of directors) of any other entity that has
an executive officer serving as a member of the companys
board of directors or compensation committee.
Other
Matters
In addition to his role as chief executive officer of CPM,
Mr. Waitman is the acting general manager of a subsidiary
of CPM that is a direct competitor of Aeroglide, which we
acquired on February 28, 2007. As such, Mr. Waitman
recused himself from all deliberations and approval of the
Aeroglide acquisition. Moreover, we and Mr. Waitman intend
to take steps going forward to address potential conflicts
arising from Mr. Waitmans service on our board and
Mr. Waitmans position with the subsidiary of CPM that
competes with Aeroglide.
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
Overview
of our Executive Compensation
The company was formed on November 18, 2005 and completed
the IPO on May 16, 2006. It had no prior operating history.
The current executive officers, Messrs. Massoud and
Bottiglieri, are employed by Compass Group Management LLC, our
manager, and are seconded to the company, which means that they
have been assigned by our manager to work for the company during
the term of the management services agreement. The company does
not have any other executive officers. Our manager determines
and pays the compensation of these officers, subject to the
reimbursement described below.
130
We do not pay any compensation to our executive officers
seconded to us by our manager. Our manager is responsible for
the payment of compensation to the executive officers seconded
to us. We do not reimburse our manager for the compensation paid
to our chief executive officer, I. Joseph Massoud. We do,
however, pay our manager a quarterly management fee and our
manager uses the proceeds from the management fee, in part, to
pay compensation to Mr. Massoud. Pursuant to the management
services agreement with our manager, we reimburse our manager
for the compensation paid to our chief financial officer,
Mr. James J. Bottiglieri. Such reimbursement is approved by
the companys compensation committee. Mr. Bottiglieri
is paid pursuant to an employment agreement as described below.
Our manager owns 100% of the allocation interests of the
company, which generally entitles our manager to receive a 20%
profit allocation as a form of equity incentive, subject to the
companys profits with respect to a business exceeding an
annualized hurdle rate of 7%, which hurdle is tied to such
business growth relative to our consolidated net equity.
No amounts were paid under these allocation interests during
fiscal year 2006. A profit allocation of approximately
$7.9 million will be paid to our manager as a result of the
sale of Crosman during the first quarter of fiscal 2007.
The discussion that follows relates to the compensation policies
and philosophy for Mr. Bottiglieri only, as the
compensation of Mr. Massoud is not reimbursed by the
company.
Elements
of Our Executive Compensation and How Each Relates to Our
Overall Compensation Objectives
Annual compensation for Mr. Bottiglieri is paid pursuant to
an employment agreement. Mr. Bottiglieris employment
agreement provides that his annual compensation is to be paid
through a combination of a base salary and an annual cash bonus.
Both elements are designed to be competitive with comparable
employers in our industry and intended to provide incentives and
reward Mr. Bottiglieri for his contributions to the company.
Objectives
of Our Executive Compensation and What it is Designed to
Reward
The primary objective of the base salary and annual cash bonus
elements of our executive compensation is to attract and retain
a qualified and talented individual as chief financial officer.
Through payment of a competitive base salary, we recognize
particularly the experience, skills, knowledge and
responsibilities required of the chief financial officer
position. An annual cash bonus is designed to reward our chief
financial officers individual performance during the year
and can therefore be variable from year to year.
How We
Determine the Amount of Each Element
To determine the amount of our chief financial officers
base salary and annual cash bonus, we informally consider
competitive market practices, by speaking with reputable
recruitment agencies and reviewing compensation of similarly
situated executive officers of publicly traded companies that we
believe are in our peer group. We do not use compensation
consultants at this time.
When establishing Mr. Bottiglieris 2006 base salary,
the compensation committee and management considered a number of
factors including Mr. Bottiglieris seniority, the
functional role of his position, the level of his
responsibility, the ability to replace Mr. Bottiglieri and
the base salary of Mr. Bottiglieri at his prior employment.
Mr. Bottiglieris salary is reviewed on an annual
basis, as well as at the time of promotion or other changes in
responsibilities. The leading factor in determining increases in
salary level is the employment market in Connecticut for other
senior financial executives. We expect the salary of our chief
financial officer to stay relatively constant with adjustments
largely reflecting additional responsibilities assumed or to
compensate for cost of living increases.
The annual cash bonus element of our executive compensation
policy is determined on a discretionary basis and is largely
based upon the job performance of Mr. Bottiglieri in
completing his responsibilities. It is not based upon the
performance of the company and is unrelated to the amount of
Mr. Bottiglieris base salary. The employment
agreement for Mr. Bottiglieri defines the minimum amount of
annual cash bonus
131
to be paid for any fiscal year to be $100,000, but does not
limit the amount of his annual bonus. The amount of
Mr. Bottiglieris annual cash bonus for 2006 was
established by our chief executive officer and approved by our
compensation committee. Mr. Bottiglieris annual cash
bonus is accrued quarterly in the companys consolidated
financial statements and is updated based on the amount of the
annual cash bonus approved by the compensation committee.
Summary
Compensation Table
The following Summary Compensation Table summarizes the total
compensation accrued for our chief financial officer in 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Non-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Qualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
Bonus
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Name
|
|
Year
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
James J. Bottiglieri
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
chief financial officer(1)(2)
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
218,750
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,004(3
|
)
|
|
|
334,754
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Bottiglieri began employment with our manager on
May 16, 2006. Mr. Bottiglieris annual rate of
salary for 2006 was $350,000. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Bottiglieri did not participate in any stock award,
stock option, non equity incentive or non qualified deferred
stock compensation plans. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes the following payments we paid on behalf of the
executive: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
401-K
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
Contributions
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Name
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
James J. Bottiglieri
|
|
$
|
9,711
|
|
|
$
|
68
|
|
|
$
|
30,625
|
|
|
$
|
41,004
|
|
Grants of
Plan Based Awards
None of our named executives participate in or have account
balances in any plan based award programs.
Employment
Agreements
Employment Agreement with James J.
Bottiglieri. In September 2005, The Compass
Group entered into an employment agreement with
Mr. Bottiglieri, our chief financial officer that provided
for a two-year term. This agreement was assigned to our current
manager as part of the IPO. A summary of the terms of
Mr. Bottiglieris current employment agreement is set
forth below.
Pursuant to the employment agreement,
Mr. Bottiglieris current base salary is $350,000. The
manager has the right to increase, but not decrease, the base
salary during the term of the employment agreement. The
employment agreement provides that Mr. Bottiglieri is
entitled to receive an annual bonus, which bonus must not be
less than $100,000, as determined in the sole judgment of our
board of directors. Pursuant to the employment agreement, if
Mr. Bottiglieris employment is terminated by him
without good reason (as defined in the employment agreement)
before the completion of two years of employment or terminated
by our manager for cause (as defined in the employment
agreement), he will be entitled to receive his accrued but
unpaid base salary. In addition, if his employment is terminated
due to a disability, he will be entitled to receive an amount
equal to six months of his base salary and one-half times his
average bonus for any fiscal year during his employment. If
Mr. Bottiglieri terminates his employment for good reason
or without good reason after the completion of two years of
employment but prior to the completion of four years of
employment or if our manager terminates his employment other
than for cause, he will be entitled to receive his accrued but
unpaid base salary plus $300,000. The employment agreement
prohibits Mr. Bottiglieri from soliciting any of our
managers or companys employees for a period of two
132
years after the termination of his employment. The employment
agreement also requires that he protect the companys
confidential information.
Outstanding
Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End; Option Exercises and Stock
Vested
None of our named executives have ever held options to purchase
interests in us or other awards with values based on the value
of our interests.
Pension
Benefits
None of our named executives participate in or have account
balances in qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans
sponsored by us.
Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation
None of our named executives participate in or have account
balances in non-qualified defined contribution plans or other
deferred compensation plans maintained by us.
Potential
Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
The following summarizes potential payments payable to our
executive officers upon termination of employment or a change in
control of us under their current employment agreements:
Employment Agreement with James J.
Bottiglieri. Pursuant to his employment
agreement, if Mr. Bottiglieris employment is
terminated by him without good reason (as defined in the
employment agreement) before the completion of two years of
employment or terminated by our manager for cause (as defined in
the employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive his
accrued but unpaid base salary. In addition, if his employment
is terminated due to a disability, he will be entitled to
receive an amount equal to six months of his base salary and
one-half times his average bonus for any fiscal year during his
employment. If Mr. Bottiglieri terminates his employment
for good reason or without good reason after the completion of
two years of employment but prior to the completion of four
years of employment or if our manager terminates his employment
other than for cause, he will be entitled to receive his accrued
but unpaid base salary plus $300,000. The company is accruing
this obligation to Mr. Bottiglieri over a three year period
and accrued $67,000 for this obligation during fiscal 2006.
Supplemental Put Agreement. As distinct
from its role as our manager, our manager is also the owner of
100% of the allocation interests in the company. Our manager is
owned and controlled by its sole and managing member, our chief
executive officer, Mr. Massoud. Concurrent with the IPO, we
entered into a supplemental put agreement with our manager
pursuant to which our manager shall have the right to cause the
company to purchase the allocation interests then owned by our
manager upon either (i) the termination of the management
services agreement (other than as a result of our managers
resignation), or (ii) our manager resigns on any date that
is at least three years after the closing of the IPO.
Essentially, the put rights granted to our manager require us to
acquire our managers allocation interests in the company
at a price based on a percentage of the increase in fair value
in the companys businesses over its basis in those
businesses. At any point in time, the supplemental put liability
recorded on the companys balance sheet is our estimate of
what the allocation interests are worth based upon a percentage
of the increase in fair value of our businesses over our basis
in those businesses. Because the supplemental put price would be
calculated based upon an assumed profit allocation for the sale
of all of our businesses, the growth of the supplemental put
liability over time is indicative of our estimate of the
companys unrealized gains on its interests in our
businesses. A decline in the supplemental put liability is
indicative either of the realization of gains associated with
the sale a business and the corresponding payment of a profit
allocation to our manager (as with Crosman), or a decline in our
estimate of the companys unrealized gains on its interests
in our businesses. We account for the change in the estimated
value of the supplemental put liability on a quarterly basis in
our income statement. The expected value of the supplemental put
liability effects our results of operation but it does not
affect our cash flows or our cash flow available for
distribution. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the
company accrued approximately $22.5 million for the
potential liability
133
associated with the supplemental put agreement. See the section
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
for additional information related to the supplemental put
agreement.
Compensation
of Directors
Our non-management directors receive annual cash retainers of
$40,000, or $60,000 if serving as the companys chairman,
payable in equal quarterly installments, as well as cash
compensation for attendance at committee meetings and an annual
retainer for service as committee chairman, both as described
below. For fiscal year 2006, the annual retainers began to
accrue to the directors as of April 25, 2006. Directors
(including the chairman) are reimbursed for reasonable out-of
-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the board of
directors or committees and for any expenses reasonably incurred
in their capacity as directors. The company also reimburses
directors for all reasonable and authorized business expenses
related to service to the company by the directors in accordance
with the policies of the company as in effect from time to time.
Messrs. Edwards, Ewing, Lazarus and Waitman have been
independent directors since the closing of the IPO in May 2006.
Each member of the companys various standing committees
also receives the following compensation related to service to
these committees:
|
|
|
|
|
for attending a committee meeting in person (if any): $2,000 for
each meeting of the audit committee; $2,000 for each meeting of
the nominating and corporate governance committee; and $2,000
for each meeting of the compensation committee; and
|
|
|
|
for attending a telephonic committee meeting (if any): $1,000
for each meeting of the audit committee; $1,000 for each meeting
of the nominating and corporate governance committee; and $1,000
for each meeting of the compensation committee.
|
The chairperson of the audit committee, nominating and corporate
governance committee and compensation committee also receive an
annual cash retainer of $10,000, $5,000 and $5,000,
respectively, payable in equal quarterly installments.
Non-management directors also receive on or around
January 1st
of each year that number of our shares that can be purchased
with $20,000, or $30,000 if serving as chairman, at the market
price on the date of issue.
Mr. Day is an equity owner in an entity that is entitled to
receive a percentage of any profit allocation paid by the
company to our manager, as more particularly described herein
under the section entitled Certain Relationships and
Related Party Transactions.
134
The following table provides compensation paid or accrued by us
to our directors in 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Non-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Qualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or Paid in
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
All other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. Sean Day
|
|
$
|
41,045
|
|
|
$
|
30,000
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
71,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harold S. Edwards
|
|
|
42,783
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,783
|
|
|
|
|
|
D. Eugene Ewing
|
|
|
45,204
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark H. Lazarus
|
|
|
31,363
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,363
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ted Waitman
|
|
|
40,783
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,783
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
$
|
201,178
|
|
|
$
|
110,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
311,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents 1,683 fully vested shares for C. Sean Day and 1,122
fully vested shares for each other director issued pursuant to
the annual award described above. These shares were received by
the directors on January 3, 2007. |
|
(2) |
|
The company does not have any stock option, non-equity incentive
or deferred compensation arrangements for any of its directors. |
135
PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS/SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our shares by each person who is known
to us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of
our outstanding shares, each of our directors and executive
officers and our directors and executive officers as a group as
of February 28, 2007, based on 20,450,000 shares
issued and outstanding.
All holders of our shares of trust stock are entitled to one
vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of share
holders. The voting rights attached to shares held by our
directors, executive officers or major shareholders do not
differ from those that attach to shares held by any other holder.
Under
Rule 13d-3
of the Exchange Act, beneficial ownership includes
shares for which the individual, directly or indirectly, has
voting power, meaning the power to control voting decisions, or
investment power, meaning the power to cause the sale of the
shares, whether or not the shares are held for the
individuals benefit. The address for each Director,
Executive Officer, Compass Group International and Pharos is 61
Wilton Road, Westport, Connecticut 06880.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of Trust Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Representing Sole
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
Voting and/or
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Investment Power
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
5% Beneficial Owners
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CGI(1)
|
|
|
7,350,000
|
|
|
|
35.9
|
%
|
Prides Capital Partners, L.L.C.(2)
|
|
|
1,308,653
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
%
|
Chilton Investment Company,
L.L.C.(3)
|
|
|
1,105,045
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
Directors and Executive
Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. Sean Day(5)
|
|
|
323,350
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
I. Joseph Massoud(4)(5)
|
|
|
266,667
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
James J. Bottiglieri(5)
|
|
|
6,667
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Harold S. Edwards(5)
|
|
|
3,830
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
D. Eugene Ewing
|
|
|
9,455
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Mark H. Lazarus
|
|
|
1,122
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Ted Waitman
|
|
|
14,455
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
All Directors and Executive
Officers as a Group
|
|
|
625,546
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
These shares are owned by CGI Diversified Holdings LP, a wholly
owned subsidiary of CGI. Upon completion of this offering and
the separate private placement transaction, CGI will own
approximately 9,114,706 shares representing 30.2% of our
shares. See the section entitled Certain Relationships and
Related Party Transactions for more information about the
relationship of CGI and its affiliates. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Number of shares presented is based solely on the information
provided in a filing by such person with the SEC on
Schedule 13D. The address for Prides Capital Partners,
L.L.C. is 200 High Street, Suite 700, Boston, Massachusetts
02110 |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Number of shares presented is based solely on the information
provided in a filing by such person with the SEC on
Schedule 13D. The address for Chilton Investment Company,
L.L.C. is 300 Park Avenue,
19th
floor, New York, N.Y. 10022. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Our chief executive officer, Mr. Massoud, as managing
member of Pharos, exercises sole voting and investment power
with respect to the shares owned by Pharos. Amounts with respect
to Mr. Massoud reflect his beneficial ownership of shares
through his interest in and control of Pharos. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
The underwriters have allocated a total of 150,000 shares being
offered hereby to directors, employees of our manager and others
at the public offering price. Of the shares being allocated to
these persons, |
136
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Day intends to purchase 60,000 shares,
Mr. Massoud intends to purchase 25,000 shares,
Mr. Bottiglieri intends to purchase 6,000 shares, and
Mr. Edwards intends to purchase 1,500 shares. |
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
beneficial ownership of the Companys two classes of equity
interests.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
Interests(1)
|
|
|
Class
|
|
|
Compass Group Management LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allocation interests
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Trust interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Diversified Trust(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allocation interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trust interests
|
|
|
20,450,000
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC has two classes of
interests: allocation interests and trust interests. |
|
(2) |
|
Each beneficial interest in the trust corresponds to one
underlying trust interest of the company. Unless the trust is
dissolved, it must remain the sole holder of 100% of the trust
interests and at all times the company will have outstanding the
identical number of trust interests as the number of outstanding
shares of the trust. As a result of corresponding interest
between shares and trust interests, each holder of shares
identified in the table above relating to the trust must be
deemed to beneficially own a correspondingly proportionate
interest in the company. |
The following table sets forth certain information as of
February 28, 2007, regarding the beneficial ownership by
certain executive officers and directors of the company of
equity interests in certain of our businesses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Class
|
|
C. Sean Day
Advanced Circuits, Series B Common Stock(1)
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
0.8%
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Day is the direct owner of 6,480 shares of
Series B Common Stock and Mr. Days children are
the owners in the aggregate of 3,520 shares of
Series B Common Stock. |
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Relationships
with Related Parties
CGI
Compass Group Investments, Inc., which we refer to as CGI,
through its wholly owned subsidiaries, was the sole limited
partner in each of the entities from which the company acquired
a controlling interest in our initial businesses and Anodyne, as
well as the sole limited partner in CGI Diversified Holdings,
LP. CGI is also an affiliate of Navco Management, Inc., the
general partner of CGI Diversified Holdings, LP and the entities
from which the company acquired controlling interests in our
initial businesses and Anodyne.
We used a portion of the net proceeds from the IPO, the separate
private placement transactions that are described below and our
initial borrowing from our prior credit agreement to acquire
controlling interests in our businesses from CGI and its
subsidiaries. Such controlling interests were acquired or
otherwise obtained by CGI and its subsidiaries pursuant to
equity investments totaling approximately $71.9 million,
which controlling interests we acquired from CGI and its
subsidiaries for approximately $147.7 million in cash.
137
CGI was the sole owner of The Compass Group, the former manager
of these businesses. The members of our management team, while
working for The Compass Group, advised CGI on the acquisition
and management of these businesses.
CGI Diversified Holdings, LP currently owns an aggregate of
7,350,000, or 35.9% of our shares. CGI Diversified Holdings, LP
purchased, in conjunction with the IPO in a separate private
placement transaction, 5,733,333 shares at the IPO price
per share, having an aggregate purchase price of approximately
$86 million. In addition, CGI Diversified Holdings, LP
purchased 666,666 shares having an aggregate purchase price
of $10 million through the IPO. As indicated above, the
proceeds of these sales were used in part to pay the purchase
price to CGI Diversified Holdings, LP and its subsidiaries for
the acquisition of our businesses. CGI Diversified Holdings, LP
also became a non-managing member of our manager following the
IPO. In addition, in connection with the acquisition of Anodyne
on August 1, 2006, we issued 950,000 of our newly issued
shares to CGI Diversified Holdings, LP valued at
$13.1 million, or $13.77 per share. In November of 2006,
CGI Diversified Holdings, LP contributed its membership interest
in our manager to a newly formed entity: CGI Seagin Holdings,
LLC, which we refer to as CGI Seagin, in exchange for a managing
membership interest in CGI Seagin. As a result, CGI Seagin is
entitled to receive 10% of any profit allocation paid by the
company to our manager and CGI Diversified Holdings, LP, is
indirectly entitled to receive half of any such profit
allocation paid CGI Seagin. Mr. Day, our chairman, also
holds a 50% non-managing membership interest in CGI Seagin,
which entitles him, indirectly, to receive half of any profit
allocation paid by the company to CGI Seagin.
CGI has agreed to purchase, in conjunction with the closing of
this offering in a separate private placement transaction, that
number of shares, at a per share price equal to the public
offering price, having an aggregate purchase price of
approximately $30 million or approximately
1,764,706 shares. CGI will have certain registration rights
in connection with the shares it acquires in the separate
private placement transaction. See the section entitled
Shares Eligible for Future Sale Registration
Rights for more information about these registration
rights. CGI is a 50% managing member in CGI Seagin, a
non-managing member of our manager. CGI Seagin is entitled to
receive 10% of any profit allocation paid by the company to our
manager.
Our
Manager
Our relationship with our manager is governed principally by the
following three agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
the management services agreement relating to the management
services our manager performs for us and the businesses we own
and the management and transaction fees to be paid to our
manager in respect thereof;
|
|
|
|
the companys LLC agreement setting forth our
managers rights with respect to the allocation interests
our manager owns, including the right to receive profit
allocations from the company; and
|
|
|
|
the supplemental put agreement relating to our managers
right to cause the company to purchase the allocation interests
owned by our manager.
|
Concurrent with the IPO, all the employees of The Compass Group
became employees of our manager. While our manager will provide
management services to the company, our manager is also
permitted to provide services, including services similar to the
management services provided to us, to other entities. In this
respect, the management services agreement and the obligation to
provide management services will not create a mutually exclusive
relationship between our manager and the company or our
businesses. As such, our manager, and our management team, will
be permitted to engage in other business endeavors, which may be
related to or affiliated with CGI. Mr. James Bottiglieri,
our chief financial officer, will devote 100% of his time to our
affairs.
The company reimbursed our manager and its affiliates after the
closing of the IPO, for certain costs and expenses incurred
prior to and in connection with the closing of the IPO in the
amount of approximately $6 million. The company paid our
manager approximately $300,000 in transaction services
138
fees and expense payments in respect of our managers
services as an advisor to us in connection with the acquisition
of Anodyne from CGI.
Mr. Massoud, as managing member of our manager, will
beneficially receive the management fees, offsetting management
fees, fees under any transaction services agreements and expense
reimbursements related to the foregoing, and he will use such
proceeds to pay the compensation, overhead,
out-of-pocket
and other expenses of our manager, satisfy its contractual
obligations and otherwise distribute such proceeds to the
members of our manager in accordance with our managers
organizational documents.
Mr. C.
Sean Day
Mr. Day, the chairman of the companys board of
directors, was the chairman of The Compass Group, a wholly owned
subsidiary of CGI. Mr. Day is not an employee, director or
officer of our manager. Mr. Day owns a 50% non-managing
membership interest in CGI Seagin, a non-managing member of our
manager. CGI Seagin is entitled to receive 10% of any profit
allocation paid by the company to our manager.
Pharos
I LLC
Pharos purchased, in conjunction with the closing of the IPO in
a separate private placement transaction, 266,667 shares at
the IPO price per share having an aggregate purchase price of
$4 million. As indicated above, this amount was used in
part to pay the purchase price to CGI and its subsidiaries for
the acquisition of our businesses by the company. Pharos is
owned by certain employees of our manager, including
Mr. Massoud, our chief executive officer. Mr. Massoud,
as managing member, controls Pharos.
Contractual
Arrangements with Related Parties
The following discussion sets forth the agreements that we
entered into with related parties in connection with the IPO.
Stock
Purchase Agreement with Sellers, including CGI and its
Subsidiaries
CGI and its subsidiaries, together with the other sellers,
entered into stock purchase agreements with the company pursuant
to which the company acquired controlling interests in our
initial businesses and Anodyne. Upon consummation of the
transactions contemplated by the stock purchase agreements, the
company succeeded to the rights and interests of the applicable
selling CGI subsidiaries under certain shareholders
agreements and registration rights agreements then in place at
our initial businesses and Anodyne.
Loan
Agreements with each of our Subsidiaries
The company is a party to a loan agreement with each of our
businesses pursuant to which the company will make loans and
financing commitments to each of our businesses.
Management
Services Agreement
The company entered into a management services agreement
pursuant to which we will pay our manager, for services
performed by our manager, a quarterly management fee equal to
0.5% (2.0% annualized) of the companys adjusted net assets
as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. The management
services agreement was amended on November 8, 2006, to
clarify that adjusted net assets are not reduced by non-cash
charges associated with the supplemental put agreement. Such
amendment was unanimously approved by the companys board
of directors and the compensation committee of the board of
directors. The management fee paid to our manager is required to
be paid prior to the payment of any distributions to
shareholders. The management fee will be offset by fees paid to
our manager by our businesses under management services
agreements that our manager entered into with, or be assigned
with respect to, our businesses, which we refer to as offsetting
management services agreements. We accrued and paid
approximately $3.0 million of management fees under this
agreement during fiscal 2006.
139
Offsetting
Management Services Agreements
Our manager has entered into and may, at any time in the future,
enter into offsetting management services agreements directly
with the businesses that we own relating to the performance by
our manager of offsetting management services for such
businesses. All fees, if any, paid by the businesses that we own
to our manager pursuant to an offsetting management services
during any fiscal quarter will offset, on a
dollar-for-dollar
basis, the management fee otherwise due and payable by the
company to our manager under the management services agreement
for such fiscal quarter. The manager has entered into offsetting
management services agreements with all of its subsidiaries.
Offsetting management fees were approximately $1.4 million
during fiscal 2006.
LLC
Agreement
The trust and our manager are each equity holders of the
companys limited liability company interests and parties
to the LLC agreement relating to their respective interests in
the company. The LLC agreement sets forth our managers
rights with respect to their profit allocation interest among
other things. The LLC agreement was amended on January 9,
2007, to address a drafting error related to the methodology
used to calculate our managers profit allocation. The
impact of the amendment to the LLC agreement is positive for
shareholders as it ensures that 100% of the companys
overhead and equity are allocated among our businesses for
purposes of the hurdle calculation prior to payment of profit
allocation to our manager. The amendment to the LLC agreement
was unanimously approved by our board of directors on
January 4, 2007. A copy of the LLC agreement, as amended,
is an exhibit to the registration of which this prospectus is a
part.
The company will pay a profit allocation with respect to its
businesses to our manager, as holder of 100% of the allocation
interests, upon the occurrence of certain events if the
companys profits with respect to a business exceeding an
annualized hurdle rate of 7%, which hurdle is tied to such
business adjusted net assets (as defined in the LLC
agreement) relative to the sum of all of our subsidiaries
adjusted net assets. The calculation of profit allocation with
respect to a particular business will be based on:
|
|
|
|
|
such business contribution-based profit, which generally
will be equal to such business aggregate contribution to
the companys profit during the period such business is
owned by the company; and
|
|
|
|
the companys cumulative gains and losses to date.
|
Generally, a profit allocation will be paid in the event that
the amount of profit allocation exceeds the annualized hurdle
rate of 7% in the following manner: (i) 100% of the amount
of profit allocation in excess of the hurdle rate of 7% but that
is less than the hurdle rate of 8.75%, which amount is intended
to provide our manager with an overall profit allocation of 20%
once the hurdle rate of 7% has been surpassed; and (ii) 20%
of the amount of profit allocation in excess of the hurdle rate
of 8.75%. Our manager has the right to cause the company to
purchase the allocation interests it owns, as described below
under Supplemental Put Agreement.
Mr. Day owns a 50% non-managing membership interest in CGI
Seagin, a non-managing member of our manager. CGI Seagin is
entitled to receive 10% of any profit allocation paid by the
company to our manager.
Supplemental
Put Agreement
As distinct from its role as our manager, our manager is also
the owner of 100% of the allocation interests in the company.
Concurrent with the IPO, we entered into a supplemental put
agreement with our manager pursuant to which our manager shall
have the right to cause the company to purchase the allocation
interests then owned by our manager upon termination of the
management services agreement. Essentially, the put rights
granted to our manager require us to acquire our managers
allocation interests in the company at a price based on a
percentage of the increase in fair value in the companys
businesses over its basis in those businesses. At any point in
time, the supplemental put liability recorded on the
companys balance sheet is our managers estimate of
what its allocation interests are worth based upon a percentage
of the increase in fair value of our businesses over our basis
in those businesses. Because the supplemental put price would be
calculated based upon an assumed profit allocation for the sale
of all of our businesses, the growth of the supplemental put
liability over time is indicative of our managers estimate
of the
140
companys unrealized gains on its interests in our
businesses. A decline in the supplemental put liability is
indicative either of the realization of gains associated with
the sale a business and the corresponding payment of a profit
allocation to our manager (as with Crosman), or a decline in our
managers estimate of the companys unrealized gains
on its interests in our businesses. We account for the change in
the estimated value of the supplemental put liability on a
quarterly basis in our income statement. The expected value of
the supplemental put liability effects our results of operation
but it does not affect our cash flows or our cash flow available
for distribution.
Private
Placement Agreement
CGI has agreed to purchase, in conjunction with the closing of
this offering in a separate private placement transaction, that
number of shares, at a per share price equal to the public
offering price, having an aggregate purchase price of
$30 million, or approximately 1,764,706 shares.
Registration
Rights Agreements
In connection with CGIs and Pharos purchase of
5,733,333 and 266,667 shares, respectively, pursuant to the
separate private placement transactions in connection with the
IPO and described above, we entered into registration rights
agreements with CGI Diversified Holdings, LP and Pharos for the
registration of such shares under the Securities Act, which we
refer to as the IPO registration rights agreements. Likewise, in
connection with the grant of 950,000 restricted shares to CGI in
connection with the companys purchase of Anodyne from
CGIs subsidiary Compass Medical Mattress Partners L.P., we
entered into a registration rights agreement with CGI
Diversified Holdings, LP for the registration of such shares
under the Securities Act.
The IPO registration rights agreements require us to file a
shelf registration statement under the Securities Act relating
to the resale of all the shares acquired by Pharos and CGI in
the private placement transactions in connection with the IPO as
soon as reasonably possible following the first anniversary of
the closing of the IPO, or earlier if so requested by the
holders of registration rights, to permit the public resale of
(i) 30% of CGIs and Pharos shares, as the case
may be, after November 16, 2006, (ii) an additional
35% of CGIs and Pharos shares, as the case may be,
after November 16, 2007, and (iii) all of CGIs
and Pharos shares, as the case may be, after May 15,
2009. The registration rights agreement we entered into with CGI
with respect to the 950,000 shares issued to CGI in
connection with our acquisition of Anodyne requires us to file a
shelf registration statement under the Securities Act relating
to the resale of all the shares issued to CGI in connection with
our acquisition of Anodyne as soon as reasonably possible
following the first anniversary of the closing of the
acquisition, or earlier if so requested by the holders of
registration rights, to permit the public resale of (i) 30%
of CGIs shares until January 31, 2007, (ii) an
additional 35% of CGIs shares after January 31, 2007
until July 31, 2009, and (iii) all of CGIs
shares after July 31, 2009. In addition, we will enter
into a registration rights agreement with CGI in connection with
the separate private placement transaction described in this
prospectus. This registration rights agreement will require us
to file a shelf registration statement under the Securities Act
relating to the resale of all shares issued to CGI in connection
with such separate private placement transaction as soon as
reasonably possible following May 16, 2007. In each case,
we have agreed, or will agree, to use our best efforts to have
the registration statement declared effective as soon as
possible thereafter and to maintain effectiveness of the
registration statement (subject to limited exceptions). We are
obligated to take certain actions as are required to permit
resales of the registrable shares. In addition, the holders of
registration rights may require us to include their shares in
future registration statements that we file, subject to cutback
at the option of the underwriters of any such offering. Each
registration statement will provide that we will bear the
expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any
registration statements pursuant to the exercise of registration
rights. We do not expect any holders of registration rights to
include their shares in this offering.
Policy
for Approval of Related Person Transactions
Our independent directors, through the various committees of our
board of directors, are responsible for reviewing and approving,
prior to our entry into any such transaction, all transactions
in which we are a
141
participant and in which any of the following related parties
have or will have a direct or indirect material interest:
|
|
|
|
|
our chief executive officer and chief financial officer;
|
|
|
|
our directors; and
|
|
|
|
other members of the management team involved in the oversight
of the
day-to-day
operations of the company and its subsidiaries.
|
Any transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to
Item 404 of
Regulation S-K
(related party transactions) must be reviewed and
approved for potential conflict of interest by our independent
directors, through the various committees of our board of
directors. The company may not enter into or engage in any
related party transaction with a related party without such
approval. All related party transactions involving an
acquisition from or sale to an affiliate of our manager,
including any entity managed by an affiliate of our manager,
must be submitted to the nominating and corporate governance
committee for pre-approval. Details of related party
transactions will be publicly disclosed as required by
applicable law.
Director
Independence
Our board of directors has reviewed the materiality of any
relationship that each of our directors has with the trust or
the company, either directly or indirectly. Based on this
review, the board has determined that the following directors
are independent directors as defined by The NASDAQ
Global Select Market: Messrs. Edwards, Ewing, Lazarus and
Waitman.
DESCRIPTION
OF SHARES
General
The following descriptions of the trust agreement and the LLC
agreement are subject to the provisions of the Delaware
Statutory Trust Act and the Delaware Limited Liability
Company Act. Certain provisions of the trust agreement and the
LLC agreement are intended to be consistent with the DGCL, and
the powers of the company, the governance processes and the
rights of the trust as the holder of the trust interests and the
shareholders of the trust are generally intended to be similar
in many respects to those of a typical Delaware corporation
under the DGCL, with certain exceptions.
The statements that follow are subject to and are qualified in
their entirety by reference to all of the provisions of each of
the trust agreement and the LLC agreement, which will govern
your rights as a holder of the shares and the trusts
rights as a holder of trust interests, forms of each of which
have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration
statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Shares in
the Trust
Each share of the trust represents one undivided beneficial
interest in the trust property and each share of the trust
corresponds to one underlying trust interest held by the trust.
Unless the trust is dissolved, it must remain the holder of 100%
of the trust interests and at all times the company will have
outstanding the identical number of trust interests as the
number of outstanding shares of the trust. Pursuant to the trust
agreement, the trust is authorized to issue
500,000,000 shares and the company is authorized to issue a
corresponding number of trust interests. As of December 31,
2006, the trust had 20,450,000 shares outstanding and the
company had an equal number of corresponding trust interests
outstanding. All shares and trust interests will be fully paid
and nonassessable upon payment thereof.
Equity
Interests in the Company
The company is authorized, pursuant to action by the
companys board of directors, to issue up to 500,000,000
trust interests in one or more series. In addition to the trust
interests, the company is authorized, pursuant to action by the
companys board of directors, to issue up to 1,000
allocation interests. In connection with the formation of the
company, our manager acquired 100% of the allocation interests
so authorized and issued. All allocation interests are fully
paid and nonassessable. Other than the allocation interests held
by our manager, the company is not authorized to issue any other
allocation interests.
142
Distributions
General
The company, acting through its board of directors, may declare
and pay quarterly distributions on the interests of the company.
Any distributions so declared will be paid on the interests in
proportion to the number of interests held by such holder of
interests. Our manager currently has a nominal equity interest
in the company, which is subject to dilution if additional
shares, including the shares offered hereby, are offered in the
future. The companys board of directors may, in its sole
discretion and at any time, declare and pay distributions from
the cash flow available for distributions to the holders of its
interests.
Upon receipt of any distributions declared and paid by the
company, the trust will, pursuant to the terms of the trust
agreement, distribute within five business days the whole amount
of such distributions in cash to its shareholders, in proportion
to their percentage ownership of the trust on the related record
date. The record date for distributions by the company will be
the same as the record date for corresponding distributions by
the trust.
In addition, under the terms of the LLC agreement, the company
will pay a profit allocation to our manager, as holder of the
allocation interests. See the section entitled Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions
Relationships with Related Parties Managers
Profit Allocation for more information about the profit
allocation to our manager.
Voting
and Consent Rights
General
Each outstanding share is entitled to one vote per share on any
matter with respect to which the trust is entitled to vote, as
provided in the LLC agreement and as detailed below. Pursuant to
the terms of the LLC agreement and the trust agreement, the
company will act at the direction of the trust only with respect
to those matters subject to vote by the holders of trust
interests of the company. The company, as sponsor of the trust,
will provide to the trust, for transmittal to shareholders of
the trust, the appropriate form of proxy to enable shareholders
of the trust to direct, in proportion to their percentage
ownership of the shares, the trusts vote with respect to
the trust interests. The trust will vote its trust interests of
the company in the same proportion as the vote of holders of the
shares. For the purposes of this summary, the voting rights of
holders of the trust interests of the company that effectively
will be exercised by the shareholders of the trust by proxy will
be referred to as the voting rights of the holders of the shares.
The LLC agreement provides that the holders of trust interests
are entitled, at the annual meeting of members of the company,
to vote for the election of all of the directors other than any
director appointed by our manager. Because neither the trust
agreement nor the LLC agreement provides for cumulative voting
rights, the holders of a plurality of the voting power of the
then outstanding shares represented at a shareholders meeting
will effectively be able to elect all the directors of the
company standing for election.
The LLC agreement further provides that holders of allocation
interests will not be entitled to any voting rights, except that
holders of allocation interests will have, in accordance with
the terms of the LLC agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
voting or consent rights in connection with certain
anti-takeover provisions, as discussed below;
|
|
|
|
a consent right with respect to the amendment or modification of
the provisions providing for distributions to the holders of
allocation interests;
|
|
|
|
a consent right to any amendment to the provision entitling the
holders of allocation interests to appoint directors who will
serve on the board of directors of the company;
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
a consent right with respect to any amendment of the provision
of the LLC agreement governing amendments thereof; and
|
|
|
|
a consent right with respect to any amendment that would
adversely affect the holder of allocation interests.
|
Board
of Directors Appointee
As holder of the allocation interests, our manager has the right
to appoint one director (or two directors if the board size is
increased to nine or more directors) to the companys board
of directors. Any appointed director on the companys board
of directors will not be required to stand for election by the
shareholders. Any appointed director who is also a member of the
companys management will not receive any compensation
(other than reimbursements that are permitted for directors) and
will not have any special voting rights.
Right to
Bring a Derivative Action and Enforcement of the Provisions of
the LLC Agreement by Holders of the Shares and Our
Manager
The trust agreement and the LLC agreement both provide that
holders of shares representing at least ten percent of the
outstanding shares shall have the right to directly institute a
legal proceeding against the company to enforce the provisions
of the LLC agreement. In addition, the trust agreement and the
LLC agreement provide that holders of shares representing at
least ten percent of the outstanding shares have the right to
cause the trust to institute any legal proceeding for any remedy
available to the trust, including the bringing of a derivative
action in the place of the company under
Section 18-1001
of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act relating to the
right to bring derivative actions. Holders of shares will have
the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting
such legal proceedings brought by the trust. Our manager, as
holder of the allocation interests, has the right to directly
institute proceedings against the company to enforce the
provisions of the LLC agreement.
Acquisition
Exchange and Optional Purchase
The trust agreement and the LLC agreement provide that, if at
any time more than 90% of the then outstanding shares are
beneficially owned by one person, who we refer to as the
acquirer and which time we refer to as the control date, such
acquirer has the right to cause the trust, acting at the
direction of the companys board of directors, to
mandatorily exchange all shares then outstanding for an equal
number of trust interests, which we refer to as an acquisition
exchange, and dissolve the trust. The company, as sponsor of the
trust, will cause the transfer agent of the shares to mail a
copy of notice of such exchange to the shareholders of the trust
at least 30 days prior to the exchange of shares for trust
interests. Upon the completion of such acquisition exchange,
each holder of shares immediately prior to the completion of the
acquisition exchange will be admitted to the company as a member
in respect of an equal number of trust interests and the trust
will cease to be a member of the company.
Following the exchange, the LLC agreement provides that the
acquirer has the right to purchase from the other holders of
trust interests for cash all, but not less than all, of the
outstanding trust interests that the acquirer does not own at
the offer price, as defined in the LLC agreement, as of the
control date. While this provision of the LLC agreement provides
for a fair price requirement, the LLC agreement does not provide
members with appraisal rights to which shareholders of a
Delaware corporation would be entitled under Section 262 of
the DGCL. The acquirer can exercise its right to effect such
purchase by delivering notice to the company and the transfer
agent of its election to make the purchase not less than
60 days prior to the date which it selects for the
purchase. The company will cause the transfer agent to mail the
notice of the purchase to the record holders of the trust
interests at least 30 days prior to purchase. We refer to
the date of purchase as the purchase date.
144
Voluntary
Exchange
The trust agreement and the LLC agreement provide that in the
event the companys board of directors determines that
either:
|
|
|
|
|
the trust or the company, or both, is, or is reasonably likely
to be, treated as a corporation for United States federal
income tax purposes;
|
|
|
|
the trust is, or is reasonably likely to be, required to issue
Schedules K-1 to holders of shares; or
|
|
|
|
the existence of the trust otherwise results, or is reasonably
likely to result, in a material tax detriment to the trust, the
holders of shares, the company or any of the members; and
|
|
|
|
the companys board of directors obtains an opinion of
counsel to such effect, the company, as sponsor of the trust,
may cause the trust to exchange all shares then outstanding for
an equal number of trust interests and dissolve the trust. We
refer to such an exchange as a voluntary exchange. The company,
as sponsor of the trust, will cause the transfer agent for the
shares to mail a copy of notice of such exchange to the
shareholders of the trust at least 30 days prior to the
exchange of shares for trust interests. Upon the completion of a
voluntary exchange, each holder of shares immediately prior to
the completion of the voluntary exchange will be admitted to the
company as a member in respect of an equal number of trust
interests and the trust will cease to be a member of the company.
|
The company has submitted to its shareholders for approval an
amendment to the trust agreement that would permit our board to
amend the trust agreement to provide that the trust be treated
as a tax partnership effective January 1, 2007. See
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.
Election
by the Company
In circumstances where the trust has been dissolved, the LLC
agreement provides that the companys board of directors
may, without the consent of vote of holders of trust interests,
cause the company to elect to be treated as a corporation for
United States federal income tax purposes only if the board
receives an opinion from a nationally recognized financial
adviser to the effect that the market valuation of the company
is expected to be significantly lower as a result of the company
continuing to be treated as a partnership for United States
federal income tax purposes than if the company instead elected
to be treated as a corporation for United States federal income
tax purposes.
Dissolution
of the Trust and the Company
The LLC agreement provides for the dissolution and winding up of
the company upon the occurrence of:
|
|
|
|
|
the adoption of a resolution by a majority vote of the
companys board of directors approving the dissolution,
winding up and liquidation of the company and such action has
been approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
outstanding trust interests entitled to vote thereon;
|
|
|
|
the unanimous vote of the outstanding trust interests to
dissolve, wind up and liquidate the company;
|
|
|
|
a judicial determination that an event has occurred that makes
it unlawful, impossible or impractical to carry on the business
of the company as then currently operated as determined in
accordance with
Section 18-802
of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act; or
|
|
|
|
the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining
member or the occurrence of any other event that terminates the
continued membership of the last remaining member, unless the
company is continued without dissolution in a manner provided
under the LLC agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability
Company Act.
|
The trust agreement provides for the dissolution and winding up
of the trust upon the occurrence of:
|
|
|
|
|
an acquisition exchange or a voluntary exchange;
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
the filing of a certificate of cancellation of the company or
its failure to revive its charter within 10 days following
revocation of the companys charter;
|
|
|
|
the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution by a court of
competent jurisdiction over the company or the trust; or
|
|
|
|
the written election of the company.
|
We refer to these events as dissolution events. Following the
occurrence of a dissolution event with respect to the trust,
each share will be mandatorily exchanged for a trust interest of
the company. Upon dissolution of the company in accordance with
the terms of the LLC agreement, the then holders of interests
will be entitled to share in the assets of the company legally
available for distribution following payment to creditors in
accordance with the positive balance in such holders
tax-based capital accounts required by the LLC agreement, after
giving effect to all contributions, distributions and
allocations for all periods.
Anti-Takeover
Provisions
Certain provisions of the management services agreement, the
trust agreement and the LLC agreement may make it more difficult
for third parties to acquire control of the trust and the
company by various means. These provisions could deprive the
shareholders of the trust of opportunities to realize a premium
on the shares owned by them. In addition, these provisions may
adversely affect the prevailing market price of the shares.
These provisions are intended to:
|
|
|
|
|
protect our manager and its economic interests in the company;
|
|
|
|
protect the position of our manager and its rights to manage the
business and affairs of the company under the management
services agreement;
|
|
|
|
enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the
composition of the companys board of directors and in the
policies formulated by the board of directors;
|
|
|
|
discourage certain types of transactions which may involve an
actual or threatened change in control of the trust and the
company;
|
|
|
|
discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights;
|
|
|
|
encourage persons seeking to acquire control of the trust and
the company to consult first with the companys board of
directors to negotiate the terms of any proposed business
combination or offer; and
|
|
|
|
reduce the vulnerability of the trust and the company to an
unsolicited proposal for a takeover that does not contemplate
the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares or that is
otherwise unfair to shareholders of the trust.
|
Anti-Takeover
Effects of the Management Services Agreement
The limited circumstances in which our manager may be terminated
means that it will be very difficult for a potential acquirer of
the company to take over the management and operation of our
business. Under the terms of the management services agreement,
our manager may only be terminated by the company in certain
limited circumstances.
Furthermore, our manager has the right to resign and terminate
the management services agreement upon 90 days notice. Upon
the termination of the management service agreement, seconded
officers, employees, representatives and delegates of our
manager and its affiliates who are performing the services that
are the subject of the management services agreement, will
resign their respective position with the company and cease to
work at the date of our managers termination or at any
other time as determined by our manager. Any appointed director
may continue serving on the companys board of directors
subject to our managers continued ownership of the
allocation interests.
146
If we terminate the management services agreement, the company
and the trust will agree, and the company will agree to cause
its businesses, to cease using the term Compass,
including any trademarks based on the name of the company and
trust owned by our manager, entirely in their businesses and
operations within 180 days of such termination. This
agreement would require the trust, the company and its
businesses to change their names to remove any reference to the
term Compass or any trademarks owned by our manager.
Anti-Takeover
Provisions in the Trust Agreement and the LLC
Agreement
A number of provisions of the trust agreement and the LLC
agreement also could have the effect of making it more difficult
for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party
from acquiring, control of the trust and the company. The trust
agreement and the LLC agreement prohibit the merger or
consolidation of the trust and the company with or into any
limited liability company, corporation, statutory trust,
business trust or association, real estate investment trust,
common-law trust or any other unincorporated business, including
a partnership, or the sale, lease or exchange of all or
substantially all of the trusts or the companys
property or assets unless, in each case, the companys
board of directors adopts a resolution by a majority vote
approving such action and unless (i) in the case of the
company, such action is approved by the affirmative vote of the
holders of a majority of each of the outstanding trust interests
and allocation interests entitled to vote thereon or
(ii) in the case of the trust, such action is approved by
the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.
In addition, the trust agreement and the LLC agreement each
contain provisions based on Section 203 of the DGCL which
prohibit the company and the trust from engaging in a business
combination with an interested shareholder unless (i) in
the case of the company, such business combination is approved
by the affirmative vote of the holders of
662/3%
of each of the outstanding trust interests and allocation
interests or (ii) in the case of the trust, such business
combination is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders
of
662/3%
of the outstanding shares, in each case, excluding shares or
interests, as the case may be, held by the interested
stockholder or any affiliate or associate of the interested
stockholder.
Subject to the right of our manager to appoint directors and any
successor in the event of a vacancy, the LLC agreement
authorizes only the chairman of the companys board of
directors to fill vacancies until the second annual meeting of
members (and thereafter allowing the companys board of
directors to fill such vacancies) following the closing of the
IPO. This provision could prevent a shareholder of the trust
from effectively obtaining an indirect majority representation
on the companys board of directors by permitting the
existing board of directors to increase the number of directors
and to fill the vacancies with its own nominees. The LLC
agreement also provides that directors may be removed, with or
without cause, only by the affirmative vote of holders of 85% of
the outstanding shares. An appointed director may only be
removed by our manager, as holder of the allocation interests.
The trust agreement and the LLC agreement do not permit holders
of the shares to act by written consent. Instead, shareholders
may only take action via proxy, which, when the action relates
to the trusts exercise of its rights as a member of the
company, may be presented at a duly called annual or special
meeting of members of the company and will constitute the vote
of the trust. For so long as the trust remains a member of the
company, the trust will act by written consent, including to
vote its trust interests in a manner that reflects the vote by
proxy of the holders of the shares. Furthermore, the trust
agreement and the LLC agreement provide that special meetings
may only be called by the chairman of the companys board
of directors or by resolution adopted by the companys
board of directors.
The trust agreement and the LLC agreement also provide that
members, or holders of shares, seeking to bring business before
an annual meeting of members or to nominate candidates for
election as directors at an annual meeting of members of the
company, must provide notice thereof in writing to the company
not less than 120 days and not more than 150 days
prior to the anniversary date of the preceding years
annual meeting of members or as otherwise required by
requirements of the Exchange Act. In addition, the member or
holder of shares furnishing such notice must be a member or
shareholder, as the case may be, of record on both (i) the
date of delivering such notice and (ii) the record date for
the determination of
147
members or shareholders, as the case may be, entitled to vote at
such meeting. The trust agreement and the LLC agreement specify
certain requirements as to the form and content of a
members or shareholders notice, as the case may be.
These provisions may preclude members or holders of shares from
bringing matters before holders of shares at an annual meeting
or from making nominations for directors at an annual or special
meeting.
The companys board of directors is divided into three
classes serving staggered three-year terms, which effectively
requires at least two election cycles for a majority of the
companys board of directors to be replaced. See the
section entitled Management for more information
about the companys staggered board. In addition, our
manager will have certain rights with respect to appointing one
or more directors, as discussed above.
Authorized but unissued shares are available for future
issuance, without approval of the shareholders of the trust.
These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of
purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional
capital or to fund acquisitions, as well as option plans for
employees of the company or its businesses. The existence of
authorized but unissued shares could render more difficult or
discourage an attempt to obtain control of the trust by means of
a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
In addition, the companys board of directors has broad
authority to amend the trust agreement and the LLC agreement, as
discussed below. The companys board of directors could, in
the future, choose to amend the trust agreement or the LLC
agreement to include other provisions which have the intention
or effect of discouraging takeover attempts.
Amendment
of the LLC Agreement
The LLC agreement (including the distribution provisions
thereof) may be amended only by a majority vote of the board of
directors of the company, except that amending the following
provisions requires an affirmative vote of at least a majority
of the outstanding shares:
|
|
|
|
|
the purpose or powers of the company;
|
|
|
|
the authorization of an increase in trust interests;
|
|
|
|
the distribution rights of the trust interests;
|
|
|
|
the voting rights of the trust interests;
|
|
|
|
the provisions regarding the right to acquire trust interests
after an acquisition exchange described above;
|
|
|
|
the right of holders of shares to enforce the LLC agreement or
to institute any legal proceeding for any remedy available to
the trust;
|
|
|
|
the hiring of a replacement manager following the termination of
the management services agreement;
|
|
|
|
the merger or consolidation of the company, the sale, lease or
exchange of all or substantially all of the companys
assets and certain other business combinations or transactions;
|
|
|
|
the right of holders to vote on the dissolution, winding up and
liquidation of the company; and
|
|
|
|
the provision of the LLC agreement governing amendments thereof.
|
In addition, our manager, as holder of the allocation interests,
will have the rights specified above under
Voting and Consent Rights.
148
Amendment
of the Trust Agreement
The trust agreement may be amended by the company, as sponsor of
the trust, and the regular trustees acting at the companys
direction. However, the company may not, without the affirmative
vote of a majority of the outstanding shares, enter into or
consent to any amendment of the trust agreement that would:
|
|
|
|
|
cause the trust to fail or cease to qualify for the exemption
from the status of an investment company under the
Investment Company Act or be classified as anything other than a
grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes;
|
|
|
|
cause the trust to fail to qualify as a grantor trust for U.S.
federal income tax purposes;
|
|
|
|
cause the trust to issue a class of equity securities other than
the shares (as described above under Shares in
the Trust), or issue any debt securities or any derivative
securities or amend the provision of the trust agreement
prohibiting any such issuances;
|
|
|
|
affect the exclusive and absolute right of our shareholders to
direct the voting of the trust, as a member of the company, with
respect to all matters reserved for the vote of members of the
company pursuant to the LLC agreement;
|
|
|
|
effect the merger or consolidation of the trust, effect the
sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
trusts property or assets and certain other business
combinations or transactions;
|
|
|
|
amend the distribution rights of the shares;
|
|
|
|
increase the number of authorized shares; or
|
|
|
|
amend the provision of the trust agreement governing the
amendment thereof.
|
Trustees
Messrs. Alan B. Offenberg and Bottiglieri currently serve
as the regular trustees of the trust, and The Bank of New York
(Delaware) currently serves as the Delaware trustee of the trust.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for the shares and the trust
interests is The Bank of New York.
Listing
Our shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under
the symbol CODI.
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income
tax considerations associated with the purchase, ownership and
disposition of shares by U.S. holders (as defined below) and
non-U.S.
holders (as defined below). The following summary is based upon
current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code), currently applicable United
States Treasury Regulations (Regulations) and
judicial and administrative rulings as of the date hereof. This
summary is not binding upon the Internal Revenue Service
(IRS), and no rulings have been or will be sought
from the IRS regarding any matters discussed in this summary. In
that regard, there can be no assurance that positions taken with
respect to, for example, the status of the trust or the company
as a publicly traded partnership exempt from taxation as a
corporation will not be challenged by the IRS. In addition,
legislative, judicial or administrative changes may be
forthcoming that could alter or modify the tax consequences,
possibly on a retroactive basis.
The IRS has recently issued a pronouncement stating its
position that a grantor trust owning interests in a limited
liability company, on facts very similar to our current
structure, would be treated as a
149
partnership for federal income tax purposes, and not as a
grantor trust. The rationale for this position is that the
overall arrangement permits a variance in the investment of the
holders, even though the trustees of the trust do not have that
power directly.
In light of this development, the company has submitted to
its shareholders for approval an amendment to the trust
agreement that would permit our board to amend the trust
agreement to provide that the trust be treated as a tax
partnership effective January 1, 2007, and has also
initiated discussions with the IRS with respect to a closing
agreement that would permit the trust to be treated as a grantor
trust with respect to the 2006 taxable year, and possibly a
portion of the 2007 taxable year if shareholder approval is not
obtained. If the company is not able to satisfactorily conclude
a closing agreement, the IRS may challenge the tax status of the
trust for 2006 and the portion of 2007 that it is in existence
and if successful the trust may lose an opportunity to
effectively make an election under Code Section 754,
although the company intends to take actions to minimize this
risk.
This summary deals only with shares of the trust that are held
as capital assets by holders who acquire the shares upon
original issuance and does not address (except to the limited
extent described below) special situations, such as those of:
|
|
|
|
|
brokers and dealers in securities or currencies;
|
|
|
|
financial institutions;
|
|
|
|
regulated investment companies;
|
|
|
|
real estate investment trusts;
|
|
|
|
tax-exempt organizations;
|
|
|
|
insurance companies;
|
|
|
|
persons holding shares as a part of a hedging, integrated or
conversion transaction or a straddle, or as part of any other
risk reduction transaction;
|
|
|
|
traders in securities that elect to use a
mark-to-market
method of accounting for their securities holdings; or
|
|
|
|
persons liable for alternative minimum tax.
|
A U.S. holder of shares means a beneficial owner of
shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
|
|
|
|
a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) created
or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any
state thereof or the District of Columbia;
|
|
|
|
a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for tax
purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia,
the interests in which are owned only by U.S. persons;
|
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income
taxation regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
|
a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of
a federal, state or local court within the United States and one
or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all
substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid
election in effect under applicable Regulations to be treated as
a U.S. person.
|
A
non-U.S.
holder of shares means a beneficial owner of shares that
is not a U.S. holder.
If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares
of the trust, the tax treatment of any
non-U.S.
partner in such partnership (or other entity) will generally
depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the
partnership. If you are
150
a non-U.S.
partner of a partnership (or similarly treated entity) that
acquires and holds shares of the trust, we urge you to consult
your own tax adviser.
No statutory, administrative or judicial authority directly
addresses many of the U.S. federal income tax issues pertaining
to the treatment of shares or instruments similar to the shares.
As a result, we cannot assure you that the IRS or the courts
will agree with the positions described in this summary. A
different treatment of the shares, the trust or the company from
that described below could adversely affect the amount, timing,
character, and manner for reporting of income, gain or loss in
respect of an investment in the shares. If you are
considering the purchase of shares, we urge you to consult your
own tax adviser concerning the particular U.S. federal income
tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of shares, as well as any consequences to you
arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.
Status of
the Trust
The trust was intended to be treated as a grantor trust for tax
purposes and has provided tax information to its shareholders
with respect to the 2006 taxable year consistently therewith. In
light of the recent IRS pronouncement described above, the
company expects to submit to its shareholders of record as of
April 10, for approval an amendment to the trust agreement
that would permit it to be treated as a tax partnership
effective January 1, 2007. If such approval is obtained, it
is likely that the trust will remain in existence and be treated
as a tax partnership beginning January 1, 2007, although no
final decision has been made in that regard. If shareholder
approval is not obtained, and possibly even if approval is
obtained, the trustees will elect to dissolve the trust pursuant
to current provisions in the trust agreement, in which case the
shareholders would receive direct interests in the company in
exchange for their shares in the trust.
The company has also initiated discussions with the IRS with
respect to a closing agreement that would permit the trust to be
treated as a grantor trust with respect to the 2006 taxable
year, and possibly a portion of the 2007 taxable year if
shareholder approval is not obtained. If the company is not able
to satisfactorily conclude a closing agreement, the IRS may
challenge the tax status of the trust for 2006 and the portion
of 2007 that it is in existence and if successful the trust may
lose an opportunity to effectively make an election under Code
Section 754.
If the trust is treated as a tax partnership, on the effective
date of such change (which is likely to be January 1,
2007), the shareholders will be deemed to contribute their
interests in the company to a new tax partnership in exchange
for interests in that new partnership. The contribution would
generally be tax-free to both shareholders and the trust
pursuant to Code Section 721. The contribution may cause
the company to technically terminate for tax purposes pursuant
to Code Section 708(b)(1)(B), but this should not have any
material adverse consequences to the shareholders, although a
shareholder that has a taxable year other than the calendar year
may have additional consequences and should consult with their
own tax advisor.
For any period in which the trust is treated as a tax
partnership, it would be intended to qualify as a publicly
traded partnership exempt from taxation as a corporation. See
the discussion under Status of the Company
below. For purposes of applying the qualifying
income tests, the trusts share of the companys
income will be treated as received directly by the trust and
will retain the same character as it had in the hands of the
company. References to the company in this
discussion of Material U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations shall be deemed to include the trust for
periods when the trust is treated as a tax partnership.
Status of
the Company
Unless and until the trust is treated as a tax partnership, the
company intends to be treated as a publicly traded partnership
exempt from taxation as a corporation for U.S. federal income
tax purposes, and, accordingly, no federal income tax will be
payable by it as an entity. Instead, each holder of shares in
the trust who, in turn, will be treated as a beneficial owner of
trust interests in the company, will be required to take into
account its distributive share of the items of income, gain,
loss, deduction and credit of the company.
151
If the company were not treated as a publicly traded partnership
exempt from taxation as a corporation and, instead, were to be
classified as an association taxable as a corporation, the
company would be subject to federal income tax on any taxable
income at regular corporate tax rates, thereby reducing the
amount of cash available for distribution to the shareholders.
In that event, the holders of shares would not be entitled to
take into account their distributive shares of the
companys deductions in computing their taxable income, nor
would they be subject to tax on their respective shares of the
companys income. Distributions to a holder would be
treated as (i) dividends to the extent of the
companys current or accumulated earnings and profits,
(ii) a return of basis to the extent of each holders
basis in its shares, and (iii) gain from the sale or
exchange of property to the extent that any remaining
distribution exceeds the holders basis in its shares.
Overall, treatment of the company as an association taxable as a
corporation may substantially reduce the anticipated benefits of
an investment in the company.
A publicly traded partnership (as defined in
Section 7704 of the Code) is any partnership the interests
in which are traded on an established securities market or which
are readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial
equivalent thereof). A publicly traded partnership is treated as
a corporation unless 90% or more of its gross income each year
is qualifying income (generally, passive-type
income) and the partnership is not required to register as an
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Qualifying income includes dividends, interest and capital gains
from the sale or other disposition of stocks and bonds held as
capital assets. We intend to restrict the sources of our income
so that more than 90% of our gross income for each taxable year
will constitute qualifying income within the meaning of
Section 7704(d) of the Code.
Until the trust is treated as a tax partnership, and under
current law and assuming full compliance with the terms of the
LLC agreement (and other relevant documents) and based upon
factual representations made by us and assuming that we
satisfied the qualifying income tests for earlier years (in
light of the risks discussed in the third following paragraph),
in the opinion of Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P., the
company will be classified as a publicly traded partnership
exempt from taxation as a corporation for U.S. federal income
tax purposes. The factual representations made by us upon which
Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P. has relied include:
(a) the company has not elected and will not elect to be
treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
(b) the company is not required to register as an
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and
(c) for each taxable year, more than 90% of the gross
income of the trust or the company, as the case may be, will
consist of dividends, interest (other than interest derived in
the conduct of a financial or insurance business or interest the
determination of which depends in whole or in part on the income
or profits of any person) and gains from the sale of stock or
debt instruments which are held as capital assets.
From the effective date of the treatment of the trust as a tax
partnership, and under current law and assuming full compliance
with the terms of the trust agreement (and other relevant
documents) and based upon factual representations made by us, in
the opinion of Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P., the
trust will be classified as a publicly traded partnership exempt
from taxation as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. The factual representations made by us upon which
Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P. has relied include:
(a) neither the trust nor the company has elected and will
not elect to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income
tax purposes; (b) neither the trust nor the company is
required to register as an investment company under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, and (c) for each taxable
year, more than 90% of the gross income of the trust or the
company, as the case may be, will consist of dividends, interest
(other than interest derived in the conduct of a financial or
insurance business or interest the determination of which
depends in whole or in part on the income or profits of any
person) and gains from the sale of stock or debt instruments
which are held as capital assets.
Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P. will have no
obligation to advise us of any subsequent change in the matters
stated, represented or assumed, or of any subsequent change in,
or differing IRS interpretation of, the applicable law. Our
taxation as a publicly traded partnership exempt from taxation
as a corporation will depend on our ability to meet, on a
continuing basis, through actual operating results, the
qualifying
152
income exception (as described above), the compliance with
which will not be reviewed by Squire, Sanders & Dempsey
L.L.P. on an ongoing basis. Accordingly, no assurance can be
given that the actual results of our operations for any taxable
year will satisfy the qualifying income exception. You should be
aware that opinions of counsel are not binding on the IRS, and
no assurance can be given that the IRS will not challenge the
conclusions set forth in such opinions.
There can be no assurance that the IRS will not successfully
assert that the trust or the company should be treated as a
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. No ruling
has been or will be sought from the IRS, and the IRS has made no
determination, as to the status of the trust or the company for
U.S. federal income tax purposes or whether the company will
have sufficient qualifying income under Section 7704(d) of
the Code. Whether the company or the trust will continue to meet
the qualifying income exception is dependent on the
companys continuing activities and the nature of the
income generated by those activities. In this regard, while the
company does not anticipate realizing any management fee income,
the treatment of income earned by our manager from offsetting
management services agreements between our manager and the
operating businesses is uncertain. For future periods, the
amount of such offsetting management fees will be limited to
9.99% of the companys gross income. In any event, the
companys board of directors will use its best efforts to
cause the company to conduct its activities in such a manner
that the company continues to meet the qualifying income
exception.
If the company fails to satisfy the qualifying income exception
described above (other than a failure which is determined by the
IRS to be inadvertent and which is cured within a reasonable
period of time after the discovery of such failure and with
respect to which certain adjustments are made), the company will
be treated as if it had (i) transferred all of its assets,
subject to its liabilities, to a newly-formed corporation on the
first day of the year in which it fails to satisfy the
exception, in return for stock in that corporation, and
(ii) then distributed that stock to the trust and, in turn,
to the holders of shares in liquidation of their beneficial
interests in the company. This contribution and liquidation
should be tax-free to holders and the company so long as the
company, at that time, does not have liabilities in excess of
its tax basis in its assets. Thereafter, the company would be
treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
The discussion below is based on the opinion of Squire,
Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P. that the company will be
classified as a publicly traded partnership exempt from taxation
as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. From the
effective date on which the trust is treated as a tax
partnership (if any), the following discussion will apply to the
trust in addition to or in lieu of the company.
Tax
Considerations for U.S. Holders
Tax
Treatment of the Company
As a publicly traded partnership exempt from taxation as a
corporation, the company itself will not be subject to U.S.
federal income tax, although it will file an annual partnership
information return with the IRS, which information return will
report the results of its activities. That information return
also will contain schedules reflecting allocations of profits or
losses (and items thereof) to members of the company, that is,
to our manager and to the trust, or to the shareholders if the
trust is dissolved.
Tax
Treatment of Company Income to Holders
Each partner of a partnership is required to take into account
its share of items of income, gain, loss, deduction and other
items of the partnership. Each holder of shares will directly or
indirectly own a pro rata share of trust interests in the
company, and thus will be required to include on its tax return
its allocable share of company income, gain, loss, deduction and
other items without regard to whether the holder receives
corresponding cash distributions. Thus, holders of shares may be
required to report taxable income without a corresponding
current receipt of cash if the company were to recognize taxable
income and not make cash distributions.
153
The companys taxable income is expected to consist mostly
of interest income, capital gains and dividends. Interest income
will be earned upon the funds loaned by the company to the
operating subsidiaries and from temporary investments of the
company, and will be taxable to the holders at ordinary income
rates. Capital gains will be reported upon the sale of stock or
assets by the company, and will be taxed to the holders at the
appropriate capital gains rates. Any dividends received by the
company from its domestic corporate holdings generally will
constitute qualified dividend income, which will, under current
law (which, without additional Congressional action, will expire
with respect to dividends received after December 31,
2010), qualify for a reduced rate of tax. Any dividends received
by the company that do not constitute qualified dividend income
will be taxed to holders at the tax rates generally applicable
to ordinary income. Dividend income of the company from its
domestic operating subsidiaries that is allocated to corporate
holders of shares will qualify for the dividends received
deduction.
Allocation
of Company Profits and Losses
Under Section 704 of the Code, the determination of a
partners distributive share of any item of income, gain,
loss, deduction, or credit of a partnership shall be governed by
the partnership agreement unless the allocation so provided
lacks substantial economic effect and is not
otherwise in accordance with the partners interests in the
partnership. Accordingly, a holders share of the
companys items of income, gain, loss, deduction, and
credit will be determined by the LLC agreement, unless the
allocations under the LLC agreement are determined not to have
substantial economic effect and is not otherwise in
accordance with the partners interests in the partnership.
Subject to the discussion below in this section and under
Tax Considerations for U.S.
Holders Allocations Among Holders and
Section 754 Election, we believe that the
allocations under the LLC agreement should be considered to have
substantial economic effect. If the allocations were found to
lack substantial economic effect, the allocations nonetheless
should be deemed to be made in accordance with the
partners interests in the partnership, a facts
and circumstances analysis of the underlying economic
arrangement of the companys members.
In general, under the LLC agreement, items of ordinary income
and loss will be allocated ratably between the trust and our
manager based upon their relative right to receive distributions
from the company; and further, items allocated to the trust
would be allocable ratably among the holders based on the number
of trust interests held. Allocations of capital gains realized
by the company will be made first to the manager to the extent
of any profit allocation to our manager. Thereafter gains and
losses from capital transactions will be allocated among the
holders, based on the number of trust interests beneficially
held. If the allocations provided by the LLC agreement were
successfully challenged by the IRS, the amount of income or loss
allocated to holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes could
be increased or reduced or the character of the income or loss
could be modified.
The U.S. federal income tax rules that apply to partnership
allocations are complex, and their application, particularly to
exchange-traded partnerships, is not always clear. We will apply
certain conventions and assumptions intended to achieve general
compliance with the intent of these rules, and to report items
of income and loss in a manner that generally reflects a
holders economic gains and losses; however, these
conventions and assumptions may not be considered to comply with
all aspects of the Regulations. It is, therefore, possible the
IRS will successfully assert that certain of the conventions or
assumptions are not acceptable, and may require items of company
income, gain, loss or deduction to be reallocated in a manner
that could be adverse to a holder of shares.
As required by the rules and regulations under
Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code (as appropriate),
specified items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be
allocated to account for the difference between the tax basis
and fair market value of property contributed to us and our
property that has been revalued and reflected in the
partners capital accounts upon the issuance of shares in
connection with this offering. An allocation of our items of
income, gain, loss and deduction, other than an allocation
required by the Code to eliminate the difference between a
shareholders book capital account, credited
with the fair market value of contributed or adjusted property,
and tax capital account, credited with the tax basis
of contributed or adjusted property, referred to in this
discussion as the book-tax disparity, will generally
be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a
shareholders distributive share of
154
an item of income, gain, loss or deduction only if the
allocation has substantial economic effect under the
Treasury Regulations. In any other case, a shareholders
distributive share of an item will be determined on the basis of
the shareholders interest in us, which will be determined
by taking into account all the facts and circumstances,
including the shareholders relative contributions to us,
the interests of all the shareholders in profits and losses, the
interest of all the shareholders in cash flow and other
nonliquidating distributions and rights of all the shareholders
to distributions of capital upon liquidation. Under the Code,
partners in a partnership cannot be allocated more tax
depreciation, gain or loss than the total amount of any such
item recognized by that partnership in a particular taxable
period (the ceiling limitation). This ceiling
limitation is not expected to have significant application
to allocations with respect to contributed or adjusted property.
However, to the extent the ceiling limitation is or becomes
applicable, our partnership agreement requires that certain
items of income and deduction be allocated in a way designed to
effectively cure this problem and eliminate the
impact of the ceiling limitation. Such allocations will not have
substantial economic effect because they will not be reflected
in the capital accounts of our shareholders. The legislative
history of Section 704(c) of the Code states that Congress
anticipated that Treasury Regulations would permit partners to
agree to a more rapid elimination of book-tax disparities than
required provided there is no tax avoidance potential. Further,
under Treasury Regulations under Section 704(c) of the
Code, allocations similar to our curative allocations would be
allowed.
Treatment
of Distributions
Distributions of cash by a partnership generally are not taxable
to the distributee-partner to the extent the amount of cash
distributed does not exceed the distributees tax basis in
its partnership interest. Cash distributions made by the company
to the trust, which cash distributions the trustee in turn will
distribute to the holders of shares, would create taxable gain
to a holder only to the extent the distribution were to exceed
the holders tax basis in the trust interests (see the
section entitled Tax Basis in
Trust Interests). Any cash distribution in excess of
a holders tax basis generally will be considered to be
gain from the sale or exchange of the shares (see the section
entitled Disposition of Shares below).
Cash distributions to the holders of shares generally will be
funded by gain realized by the company and payments to the
company from the operating subsidiaries, which payments will
consist of interest and principal payments on indebtedness owed
to the company, and, subject to availability and board of
directors discretion, dividends. After payment of
expenses, the company, again subject to the board of
directors discretion, intends to distribute the net cash
to the trust, which in turn will distribute the net cash to the
holders of shares. Distributions that are attributable to
payments in amortization of loans made by the company may exceed
the companys taxable income, thus, resulting in
distributions to the holders of shares that should constitute a
return of their investment. As indicated, if cash distributions
to a holder exceed the holders adjusted tax basis in the
trust interests such holder is treated as beneficially owning, a
taxable gain would result.
Disposition
of Shares
If a U.S. holder transfers shares, it will be treated for U.S.
federal income tax purposes as having transferred its share of
the trust interests held by the trust. If such transfer is a
sale or other taxable disposition, the holder will generally be
required to recognize gain or loss measured by the difference
between the amount realized on the sale and the holders
adjusted tax basis in the trust interests deemed sold. The
amount realized will include the holders share of the
companys liabilities, as well as any proceeds from the
sale. The gain or loss recognized will generally be taxable as
capital gain or loss, except that the gain or loss will be
ordinary (and not capital gain or loss) to the extent
attributable to the holders allocable share of unrealized
gain or loss in assets of the company described in
Section 751 of the Code (including certain unrealized
receivables and inventory). Capital gain of non-corporate U.S.
holders is eligible to be taxed at reduced rates where the trust
interests deemed sold are considered held for more than one
year. Capital gain of corporate U.S. holders is taxed at the
same rate as ordinary income. Any capital loss recognized by a
U.S. holder on a sale of shares will generally be deductible
only against capital gains, except that a non-corporate U.S.
holder may also offset up to $3,000 per year of ordinary income.
155
Pursuant to certain IRS rulings, a partner is treated as having
a single, unified basis in all partnership interests
that it owns. As a result, if a holder acquires shares at
different prices and sells less than all of its shares, such
holder will not be entitled to specify particular shares as
having been sold (as it could do if the company were a
corporation). Rather, the holder should determine its gain or
loss on the sale by using an equitable apportionment
method to allocate a portion of its unified basis to its shares
sold. For example, if a holder purchased 200 shares for $10
per share and 200 shares for $20 per share (and assuming no
other adjustments to basis), the holder would have
unified basis of $6,000 in its 400 shares. If
the holder sold 100 of its shares, the adjusted basis in the
shares sold would be $1,500.
Gain or loss recognized by a holder on the sale or exchange of
shares held for more than one year will generally be taxable as
long-term capital gain or loss; otherwise, such gain or loss
will generally be taxable as short-term capital gain or loss. A
special election is available under the Regulations that will
allow a holder to identify and use the actual holding periods
for the shares sold for purposes of determining long-term
capital gain or loss. If a holder fails to make the election or
is not able to identify the holding periods for shares sold, the
holder likely will have a fragmented holding period in the
shares sold.
A holder that sells some or all of its shares is urged to
consult its tax advisor to determine the proper application of
these rules in light of the holders particular
circumstances.
Tax
Basis in Trust Interests
A U.S. holders initial tax basis in its shares, and, in
turn, in its share of trust interests, will equal the sum of
(a) the amount of cash paid by such holder for its shares
and (b) such holders share of the companys
liabilities. A U.S. holders tax basis in the trust
interests will be increased by (a) the holders share
of the companys taxable income, including capital gain,
(b) the holders share of the companys income,
if any, that is exempt from tax and (c) any increase in the
holders share of the companys liabilities. A U.S.
holders tax basis in the trust interests will be decreased
(but not below zero) by (a) the amount of any cash
distributed (or deemed distributed) to the holder, (b) the
holders share of the companys losses and deductions,
(c) the holders share of the companys
expenditures that are neither deductible nor properly chargeable
to a capital account and (d) any decrease in the
holders share of the companys liabilities.
Treatment
of Securities Loans
A U.S. holder whose shares are loaned to a short
seller to cover a short sale of shares may be considered
to have disposed of those shares. If so, such holder would no
longer be regarded as a beneficial owner of a portion of the
trust interests with respect to those shares during the period
of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition.
As a result, during the period of the loan (i) company
income, gain, loss, deduction or other items with respect to
those shares would not be includible or reportable by the
holder, and (ii) cash distributions received by the holder
with respect to those shares could be fully taxable, likely as
ordinary income. A holder who participates in any such
transaction is urged to consult with its tax adviser.
Limitations
on Interest Deductions
The deductibility of a non-corporate U.S. holders
investment interest expense is generally limited to
the amount of such holders net investment
income. Investment interest expense would generally
include interest expense incurred by the company, if any, and
interest expense incurred by the U.S. holder on any margin
account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry
shares of the trust. Net investment income includes gross income
from property held for investment and amounts treated as
portfolio income, such as dividends and interest, under the
passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than
interest, directly connected with the production of investment
income. For this purpose, any long-term capital gain or
qualifying dividend income that is taxable at long-term capital
gains rates is excluded from net investment income unless the
holder elects to pay tax on such gain or dividend income at
ordinary income rates.
156
Management
Fees and Other Expenses
The company will pay an annual management fee to our manager.
The company will also pay certain costs and expenses incurred in
connection with activities of our manager. The company intends
to deduct such fees and expenses to the extent that they are
reasonable in amount and are not capital in nature or otherwise
nondeductible. The management fees and other expenses should
generally constitute miscellaneous itemized deductions for
individual U.S. holders of shares. Accordingly, as described
immediately below, certain limitations on deductibility of such
fees and expenses by the shareholder could reduce or eliminate
any associated tax benefits. Corporate U.S. holders of shares
generally will not be subject to these limitations.
In general, a U.S. holders share of the expenses incurred
by the company that are considered miscellaneous itemized
deductions may be deducted by a U.S. holder that is an
individual, estate or trust only to the extent that the
holders share of the expenses exceeds 2% of the adjusted
gross income of such holder. The Code imposes additional
limitations (which are scheduled to be phased out between 2006
and 2010) on the amount of certain itemized deductions
allowable to individuals, by reducing the otherwise allowable
portion of such deductions by an amount equal to the lesser of:
|
|
|
|
|
3% of the individuals adjusted gross income in excess of
certain threshold amounts; or
|
|
|
|
80% of the amount of certain itemized deductions otherwise
allowable for the taxable year.
|
Organizational and syndication expenses, in general, may not be
deducted currently by either the company or any U.S. holder of
shares. An election may be made by the company to amortize
organizational expenses over a
180-month
period. Syndication expenses cannot be amortized or deducted.
The company will report such expenses on a pro rata basis, and
each U.S. holder will be required to determine separately to
what extent these items are deductible on such holders tax
return. A U.S. holders inability to deduct all or a
portion of such expenses could result in such holders
reporting as its share of company taxable income an amount that
exceeds any cash actually distributed to such U.S. holder for
the year.
Section 754
Election
The company will make the election permitted by Section 754
of the Code. Such an election, once made, is irrevocable without
the consent of the IRS. The election will generally require, in
connection with a purchase of shares in the open market, that
the company adjust its proportionate share of the tax basis in
the companys assets, or the inside basis,
pursuant to Section 743(b) of the Code to fair market value
(as reflected in the purchase price for the purchasers
shares), as if the purchaser of shares had acquired a direct
interest in the companys assets. The Section 743(b)
basis adjustment is attributed solely to a purchaser of shares
and does not affect the tax basis of the companys assets
associated with other holders. The Section 754 election,
however, could result in adjustments to the common
basis of the companys assets, under
Section 734, in connection with certain distributions.
Generally, the Section 754 election is intended to
eliminate the disparity between a purchasers
outside tax basis in its shares and its share of
inside tax basis of the companys assets such
that the amount of gain or loss allocable to the purchaser on
the disposition by the company of its assets will correspond to
the purchasers share in the appreciation or depreciation
in the value of such assets since the purchaser acquired its
shares. The consequences of this basis adjustment may be
favorable or unfavorable as to the purchaser-holder.
The calculations under Section 754 of the Code are complex,
and there is little legal authority concerning the mechanics of
the calculations, particularly in the context of publicly traded
partnerships. To help reduce the complexity of those
calculations and the resulting administrative costs to the
company, the company will apply certain simplifying conventions
in determining and allocating these inside basis adjustments. It
is possible that the IRS will successfully assert that the
conventions utilized by the company do not satisfy the technical
requirements of the Code or the Regulations and, thus, will
require different
157
basis adjustments to be made. If different adjustments were to
be required by the IRS, some holders could be adversely affected.
Limitations
on Deductibility of Losses
The deduction by a U.S. holder of its share of the
companys losses, if any, will be limited to the lesser of
(i) the tax basis in such holders shares or
(ii) in the case of a holder that is an individual or a
closely-held corporation (a corporation where more than fifty
percent (50%) of the value of its stock is owned directly or
indirectly by five or fewer individuals or certain tax-exempt
organizations), the amount which the holder is considered to be
at risk with respect to certain activities of the
company. In general, the amount at risk includes the
holders actual amount paid for the shares and any share of
company debt that constitutes qualified nonrecourse
financing. The amount at risk excludes any
amount the holder borrows to acquire or hold its shares if the
lender of such borrowed funds owns shares or can look only to
shares for repayment. Losses in excess of the amount at risk
must be deferred until years in which the company generates
taxable income against which to offset such carryover losses.
Passive
Activity Income and Loss
The passive activity loss limitations generally
provide that individuals, estates, trusts and certain
closely-held corporations and personal service corporations can
deduct losses from passive activities (generally, activities in
which the taxpayer does not materially participate) only to the
extent of the taxpayers income from passive activities. It
is expected that holders will not recognize any passive activity
income or passive activity loss as a result of an investment in
shares.
Allocations
Among Holders
In general, the companys profits and losses (other than
capital gains and losses) will be determined on an annual basis
and will be prorated on a monthly basis, to be apportioned among
the holders in proportion to the number of shares of the trust
owned by each holder as of the close of the last trading day of
the preceding month. As a result, a seller of shares prior to
the close of the last trading day of a month may be allocated
income or deductions realized by the company following the date
of sale. Furthermore, all dividends and distributions by the
company will be made to the transferor of shares if the record
date is on or before the date of transfer; similarly, if the
record date is after the date of transfer, dividends and
distributions shall be made to the transferee. Thus, a holder
who owns shares as of the last trading day of any month and who
disposes of the shares prior to the record date set for a cash
distribution for that month, would be allocated items of income
or loss attributable to the next succeeding month but would not
be entitled to receive the cash distribution.
The company will allocate capital gains and losses to the
holders of shares on the actual date on which such gains or
losses are realized.
The Code generally requires that items of partnership income,
gain, loss and deduction be allocated between transferors and
transferees of partnership interests on a daily basis to take
into account changes in the
make-up of
the partnership. It is possible that a transfer of shares could
be considered to occur for U.S. federal income tax purposes on
the day when the transfer is completed without regard to the
companys monthly convention for allocating profit and
loss. In that event, the companys allocation method might
be considered a method that does not comply with the tax laws.
If the IRS were to treat the transfer of shares as occurring
throughout each month, and the use of a monthly convention were
not allowed, or if the IRS otherwise does not accept the
companys allocation conventions, the IRS may contend that
taxable income or losses of the company must be reallocated
among the holders. If such a contention by the IRS were
sustained, the holders respective tax liabilities would be
adjusted to the possible detriment of certain holders. The
companys board of directors is authorized to revise the
companys allocation methods in order to comply with the
applicable tax laws or to allocate items of company income,
gain, loss or deduction in a manner that may more accurately
reflect the holders respective beneficial interests in the
company as may be necessary.
158
Constructive
Termination
The company will be considered to have terminated for tax
purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50 percent or
more of the total shares within a
12-month
period. A constructive termination results in the closing of the
companys taxable year for all holders. In the case of a
holder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year
ending December 31, the closing of the companys
taxable year may result in more than 12 months of its
taxable income or loss being includable in such holders
taxable income for the year of termination. The company would be
required to make new tax elections after a termination,
including a new election under Section 754. A termination
could also result in penalties if the company were unable to
determine that the termination has occurred.
Tax
Reporting by the Trust and the Company
Information returns will be filed by the trust and the company
with the IRS, as required, with respect to income, gain, loss,
deduction and other items derived from the companys
activities. The company will file a partnership return with the
IRS and intends to issue a
Schedule K-1
to the trustee. The trustee intends to provide information to
each holder of shares using a monthly convention as the
calculation period. The trustee has provided information to the
shareholders on a schedule to Form 1041 for 2006, and will
not amend that reporting if a satisfactory closing agreement
with the IRS, as discussed above, is obtained. For 2007 and
future years, the trust will file a Form 1065 and issue
Schedules K-1 to shareholders for the period beginning with its
treatment as a tax partnership. The information provided on the
schedule to Form 1041 and on
Schedule K-1
is substantially the same. Moreover, we expect to deliver the
Schedule K-1
to shareholders within the same time frame as we delivered the
schedule to Form 1041 to shareholders for the 2006 taxable
year. We further expect that the relevant and necessary
information for tax purposes also will be readily available
electronically through our website. Each holder will be deemed
to have consented to provide relevant information, and if the
shares are held through a broker or other nominee, to allow such
broker or other nominee to provide such information as is
reasonably requested by us for purposes of complying with our
tax reporting obligations.
Audits
and Adjustments to Tax Liability
A challenge by the IRS, such as in a tax audit, to the tax
treatment by a partnership of any item generally must be
conducted at the partnership, rather than at the partner, level.
A partnership ordinarily designates a tax matters
partner (as defined under Section 6231 of the Code)
as the person to receive notices and to act on behalf of the
partnership and the partners in the conduct of such a challenge
or audit by the IRS. The company, as a limited liability
company, has designated our manager as the tax matters
member, who shall serve as the tax matters partner.
Our tax matters member, which is required by the LLC agreement
to notify all holders of any U.S. federal income tax audit of
the company, will have the authority under the LLC agreement to
conduct, respond to, and if appropriate, contest (including by
pursuing litigation) any IRS audit of the companys tax
returns or other tax-related administrative or judicial
proceedings and, if considered appropriate, to settle such
proceedings. A final determination of U.S. tax matters in any
proceeding initiated or contested by the tax matters partner
will be binding on all holders of shares who held their shares
during the period for which the audit adjustment is made. As the
tax matters member, our manager will have the right on behalf of
all holders to extend the statute of limitations relating to the
holders U.S. federal income tax liabilities with respect
to company items. If shareholder approval is obtained and the
trust becomes a partnership, the Trustees intend to designate
James J. Bottiglieri or an affiliate as the tax
matters member with the same duties and obligations as
discussed above.
A U.S. federal income tax audit of the companys
information return may result in an audit of the tax return of a
holder of shares, which, in turn, could result in adjustments to
a holders items of income and loss that are unrelated to
the company as well as to company-related items. There can be no
assurance that the IRS, upon an audit of an information return
of the company or of an income tax return of a U.S. holder,
might not take a position that differs from the treatment
thereof by the company or by such holder, possibly resulting in
a tax deficiency. A holder would also be liable for interest on
any tax deficiency that
159
resulted from any such adjustments. Potential U.S. holders
should also recognize that they might be forced to incur legal
and accounting costs in resisting any challenge by the IRS to
items in their individual returns, even if the challenge by the
IRS should prove unsuccessful.
Foreign
Tax Credits
Subject to generally applicable limitations, a U.S. holder of
shares will be able to claim foreign tax credits with respect to
certain foreign income taxes (if any) paid or incurred by the
company, withheld on payments made to the company or paid by the
company on behalf of holders. If a holder elects to claim a
foreign tax credit, it must include in its gross income, for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, both its share of the
companys items of income and gain and also its share of
the amount which is deemed to be the holders portion of
foreign income taxes paid with respect to, or withheld from,
dividends, interest or other income derived by the company.
Subject to certain limitations, the U.S. holder may claim as a
credit against its U.S. federal income tax the amount of such
taxes incurred or withheld. Alternatively, a U.S. holder may
elect to treat such foreign taxes as deductions from gross
income. Even if the holder is unable to claim a credit or a
deduction, he or she must include all amounts described above in
income. We urge U.S. holders to consult their tax advisers
regarding this election and its consequences to them.
Taxation
of Certain Foreign Earnings
Under Subpart F of the Code, certain undistributed earnings and
certain passive income of a foreign company constituting a
controlled foreign corporation, or CFC, as defined in the Code,
are taxed to certain U.S. shareholders prior to being
distributed. None of the businesses in which the company
currently intends to invest are CFCs; however, no assurances can
be given that other businesses in which the company may invest
in the future will not be CFCs. While distributions made by a
foreign company could generally constitute qualified
dividend income; the Subpart F provisions of the Code may
operate to prevent distributions (or deemed distributions) of
such earnings from being so regarded. Additionally, if the
company were to invest in a passive foreign investment company,
or PFIC, a U.S. holder of shares may be subject to certain
adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, including a
deferred interest charge upon the distribution of previously
accumulated earnings with respect to that investment.
Reportable
Transaction Disclosure Rules
There are circumstances under which certain transactions must be
disclosed to the IRS in a disclosure statement attached to a
taxpayers U.S. federal income tax return (a copy of such
statement must also be sent to the IRS Office of Tax Shelter
Analysis). In addition, the Code imposes a requirement on
certain material advisers to maintain a list of
persons participating in such transactions, which list must be
furnished to the IRS upon written request. These provisions can
apply to transactions not conventionally considered to involve
abusive tax planning. Consequently, it is possible that such
disclosure could be required by the company or the holders of
shares if, for example, a holder incurs a loss (in excess of a
threshold computed without regard to offsetting gains or other
income or limitations) from the disposition of shares. While the
tax shelter disclosure rules generally do not apply to a loss
recognized on the disposition of an asset in which the taxpayer
has a qualifying basis (generally a basis equal to the amount of
cash paid by the taxpayer for such asset), such rules will apply
to a taxpayer recognizing a loss with respect to interests (such
as the shares) in a pass-through entity even if its basis in
such interests is equal to the amount of cash it paid. We urge
U.S. holders to consult their tax advisers regarding the tax
shelter disclosure rules and the possible application of these
rules to them.
Non-U.S.
Holders
A non-U.S.
holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such
holders distributive share of the companys income,
provided that such income is not considered to be effectively
connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the
United States. However, in the case of an individual
non-U.S.
holder, such holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax
on gains on the sale of shares in the company
160
or such holders distributive share of company gains if
such holder is present in the United States for 183 days or
more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met.
The company should not be treated as engaged in a trade or
business within the United States and therefore should not
realize income that would be treated as effectively connected
with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. If the income from
the company is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
business (and, if certain income tax treaties apply, is
attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment), then a
non-U.S.
holders share of any company income and of any gain
realized upon the sale or exchange of shares will be subject to
U.S. federal income tax at the graduated rates applicable to
U.S. citizens and residents and domestic corporations, and such
non-U.S.
holder will be subject to tax return filing requirements in the
U.S.
Non-U.S.
holders that are corporations may also be subject to a 30%
branch profits tax (or lower treaty rate, if applicable) on
their effectively connected earnings and profits that are not
timely reinvested in a U.S. trade or business.
In addition, gains, if any, allocable to a
non-U.S.
holder and attributable to a sale by the company of a U.S.
real property interest, or USRPI (other than such gains
subject to tax under the rules discussed above), are generally
subject to U.S. federal income tax as if such gains were
effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or
business. Moreover, a withholding tax is imposed with respect to
such gain as a means of collecting such tax. For this purpose, a
USRPI includes an interest (other than solely as a creditor) in
a U.S. real property holding corporation (in
general, a U.S. corporation, at least 50% of whose real estate
and trade or business assets, measured by fair market value,
consists of USRPIs), as well as an interest in a partnership
that holds USRPIs. This withholding tax would be creditable
against a
non-U.S.
holders actual U.S. federal income tax liability and any
excess withholding tax may generally be eligible for refund.
Although a
non-U.S.
holder who is a partner in a partnership that owns USRPIs is
generally subject to tax on its sale or other disposition of its
partnership interest to the extent attributable to such USRPIs,
no withholding tax is generally imposed on the transfer of
publicly traded partnership interests, and gain will not be
taxable under the USRPI provisions where the
non-U.S.
holder owns no more than 5% of a publicly traded entity such as
the company. A
non-U.S.
holder that owns more than 5% of the company is urged to consult
its tax adviser about the potential application of the USRPI
provisions. We have made no determination as to whether any of
the companys investments will constitute a USRPI.
While generally not subject to U.S. federal income tax as
discussed above, a
non-U.S.
holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax
at the rate of 30% (or, under certain circumstances, at a
reduced rate provided by an income tax treaty, if applicable) in
respect of such holders distributive share of dividends
from U.S. corporations and certain other types of
U.S.-source
income realized by the company. To the extent any interest
income allocated to a
non-U.S.
holder that otherwise would be subject to U.S. withholding tax
is considered portfolio interest, neither the
allocation of such interest income to the
non-U.S.
holder nor a subsequent distribution of such interest income to
the non-U.S.
holder will be subject to withholding, provided (among other
things) that the
non-U.S.
holder is not otherwise engaged in a trade or business in the
U.S. and provides us with a timely and properly completed and
executed
form W-8BEN
or other applicable form and said holder does not directly or
indirectly own 10 percent or more of the shares or capital
of the interest payor. The withholding tax as described herein
will apply upon the earlier of the distribution of income to a
non-U.S.
holder or, if not previously distributed to a
non-U.S.
holder, at the time such income is allocated to a
non-U.S.
holder. Amounts withheld on behalf of a
non-U.S.
holder will be treated as being distributed to such
non-U.S.
holder; however, to the extent we are unable to associate
amounts withheld with particular trust interests, the economic
burden of any withholding tax paid by us to the appropriate tax
authorities will be borne by all holders, including U.S. holders.
A non-U.S.
holder will be subject to U.S. federal estate tax on the value
of
U.S.-situs
property owned at the time of his or her death. It is unclear
whether partnership interests will be considered
U.S.-situs
property. Accordingly, a
non-U.S.
holder is urged to consult its tax advisors to determine whether
such holders estate would be subject to U.S. federal
estate tax on all or part of the value of the trust interests
beneficially owned at the time of his or her death.
161
Non-U.S.
holders will be required to timely and accurately complete a
form W-8BEN
(or other applicable form) and provide such form to us, for
withholding tax purposes.
Non-U.S.
holders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with
respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an
investment in the company.
Regulated
Investment Companies
Under recently enacted legislation, interests in and income from
qualified publicly traded partnerships satisfying
certain gross income tests are treated as qualifying assets and
income, respectively, for purposes of determining eligibility
for regulated investment company, or RIC, status. A RIC may
invest up to 25% of its assets in interests of a qualified
publicly traded partnership. The determination of whether a
publicly traded partnership such as the company is a qualified
publicly traded partnership is made on an annual basis. The
company likely will not qualify to be treated as a qualified
publicly traded partnership. However, because the company
expects to satisfy the gross income requirements of
Section 7704(c)(2) (determined as provided in
Section 851(h)), the company anticipates the flow-thru of
at least 90% of its gross income to constitute qualifying income
for regulated investment company testing purposes.
Tax-Exempt
Organizations
With respect to any holder that is an organization that is
otherwise exempt from U.S. federal income tax, such holder
nonetheless may be subject to taxation with respect to its
unrelated business taxable income, or UBTI, to the
extent that its UBTI from all sources exceeds $1,000 in any
taxable year. Except as noted below with respect to certain
categories of exempt income, UBTI generally includes income or
gain derived (either directly or through a partnership) from a
trade or business, the conduct of which is substantially
unrelated to the exercise or performance of the
organizations exempt purpose or function.
UBTI generally does not include passive investment income, such
as dividends, interest and capital gains, whether realized by
the organization directly or indirectly through a partnership
(such as the company) in which it is a partner. This type of
income is exempt, subject to the discussion of unrelated
debt-financed income below, even if it is realized from
securities trading activity that constitutes a trade or business.
UBTI includes not only trade or business income or gain as
described above, but also unrelated debt-financed
income. This latter type of income generally consists of
(1) income derived by an exempt organization (directly or
through a partnership) from income-producing property with
respect to which there is acquisition indebtedness
at any time during the taxable year and (2) gains derived
by an exempt organization (directly or through a partnership)
from the disposition of property with respect to which there is
acquisition indebtedness at any time during the twelve-month
period ending with the date of the disposition.
The company expects to incur debt that would be treated as
acquisition indebtedness with respect to certain of
its investments. To the extent the company recognizes income in
the form of dividends or interest from any investment with
respect to which there is acquisition indebtedness
during a taxable year, the percentage of the income that will be
treated as UBTI generally will be equal to the amount of the
income from such investment times a fraction, the numerator of
which is the average acquisition indebtedness
incurred with respect to the investment, and the denominator of
which is the average amount of the adjusted basis of
the companys investment during the period such investment
is held by the company during the taxable year.
To the extent the company recognizes gain from the disposition
of any company investment with respect to which there is
acquisition indebtedness, the portion of the gain
that will be treated as UBTI will be equal to the amount of the
gain times a fraction, the numerator of which is the highest
amount of the acquisition indebtedness with respect
to the investment during the twelve-month period ending with the
date of disposition, and the denominator of which is the
average amount of the adjusted basis of the
investment during the period such investment is held by the
company during the taxable year.
Certain
State and Local Taxation Matters
State and local tax laws often differ from U.S. federal income
tax laws with respect to the treatment of specific items of
income, gain, loss, deduction and credit. A holders
distributive share of the taxable income
162
or loss of the company generally will be required to be included
in determining its reportable income for state and local tax
purposes in the jurisdiction in which the holder is a resident.
The company believes that it is likely that the nature of its
activities in Connecticut will require non-residents of
Connecticut to pay income taxes to Connecticut, subject to
certain limitations. Non-residents of Connecticut should check
with their own tax advisors concerning their obligations to file
tax returns and pay tax in Connecticut. Also, the company may
conduct business in other jurisdictions that will subject a
holder to income tax in that jurisdiction (and require a holder
to file an income tax return with that jurisdiction in respect
of the holders share of the income derived from that
business). A prospective holder should consult its tax advisor
with respect to the availability of a credit for such tax in the
jurisdiction in which the holder is resident. Moreover,
prospective holders should consider, in addition to the U.S.
federal income tax consequences described above, potential state
and local tax considerations in investing in the shares.
Backup
Withholding
The trust is required in certain circumstances to withhold tax
(called backup withholding) on certain payments paid
to noncorporate holders of shares who do not furnish their
correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of
individuals, their social security number) and certain
certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup
withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any
amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or
credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any,
provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
Each holder of shares should be aware that certain aspects of
the U.S. federal, state and local income tax treatment regarding
the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares are not clear
under existing law. Thus, we urge each holder to consult its own
tax advisers to determine the tax consequences of ownership of
the shares in such holders particular circumstances.
163
UNDERWRITING
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is acting as sole bookrunning
manager of this offering and representative of the underwriters
named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the
underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each
underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and we have
agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of shares set
forth opposite the underwriters name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Offered
|
|
Underwriter
|
|
Shares
|
|
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
A.G. Edwards & Sons,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
BB&T Capital Markets, a
division of Scott & Stringfellow, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Morgan Keegan & Company,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Sanders Morris Harris Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the
underwriters to purchase the shares included in this offering
are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other
conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the
shares (other than those covered by the overallotment option
described below) if they purchase any of the shares.
Overallotment
Option
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for
30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to
1,200,000 additional shares at the public offering price, less
the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise the
option solely for the purpose of covering overallotments, if
any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option
is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of
additional shares approximately proportionate to that
underwriters initial purchase commitment.
Commissions
and Expenses
The shares are quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under
the symbol CODI. The underwriters propose to offer
some of the shares directly to the public at the public offering
price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of
the shares to dealers at the public offering price less a
concession not to exceed $ per
share. The underwriters may allow, and dealers may reallow, a
concession not to exceed $ per
share on sales to other dealers. If all of the shares are not
sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may
change the public offering price and the other selling terms.
The following table shows the underwriting discounts and
commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection
with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no
exercise and full exercise of the underwriters option to
purchase additional shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discount and
commissions payable by us
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds before public offering
costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this
offering will be approximately
$
million.
Directed
Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale to our
directors, employees of our manager and others, at the public
offering price, up to 150,000 shares or approximately 1.9%
of the shares being offered
164
by this prospectus. The sales will be made by Citigroup Global
Markets Inc. or Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated through a
directed share program. Of the total shares allocated to these
persons, Mr. Day intends to purchase 60,000 shares,
Mr. Massoud intends to purchase 25,000 shares,
Mr. Bottiglieri intends to purchase 6,000 shares and
Mr. Edwards intends to purchase 1,500 shares. Other
employees of our manager or others have also indicated that they
intend to purchase a portion of the reserved shares, and any
purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares
available to the general public through this offering. If all of
these reserved shares are not purchased, the underwriters will
offer the remainder to the general public on the same terms as
the other shares offered by this prospectus.
Lock-Up
Agreements
We, our officers and directors, CGI, Pharos and the employees of
our manager have agreed that, for a period of 90 days from
the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the
prior written consent of Citigroup, dispose of or hedge any of
the shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable
for the shares owned by each of them. Citigroup in its sole
discretion may release any of the securities subject to these
lock-up
agreements at any time without notice.
Indemnity
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and persons who
control the underwriters against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to
payments that the underwriters may be required to make because
of any of those liabilities.
Stabilization
In connection with this offering, Citigroup on behalf of the
underwriters may purchase and sell shares in the open market.
These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering
transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve
syndicate sales of shares in excess of the number of shares to
be purchased by the underwriters in this offering, which creates
a syndicate short position. Covered short sales are
sales of shares made in an amount up to the number of shares
represented by the underwriters over-allotment option. In
determining the source of shares to close out the covered
syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among
other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the
open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase
shares through the over-allotment option. Transactions to close
out the covered syndicate short involve either purchases of the
shares in the open market after the distribution has been
completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. The
underwriters may also make naked short sales of
shares in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters
must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of
in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be
created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be
downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market
after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase
in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for
or purchases of shares in the open market while this offering is
in progress.
The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids
permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a
syndicate member when Citigroup repurchases shares originally
sold by that syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short
positions or make stabilizing purchases.
Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or
retarding a decline in the market price of the shares. They may
also cause the price of the shares to be higher than the price
that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of
these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these
transactions on the NASDAQ Global Select Market or in the
over-the-counter
market, or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these
transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
Passive
Market Making
In connection with this offering, some of the underwriters (and
selling group members) may engage in passive market making
transactions in the shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market,
prior to the pricing and completion of the offering. Passive
market making consists of displaying bids on the NASDAQ Global
Select Market no higher than the bid prices of independent
market makers and making purchases at
165
prices no higher than those independent bids and effected in
response to order flow. Net purchases by a passive market maker
on each day are limited to a specified percentage of the passive
market makers average daily trading volume in the shares
during a specified period and must be discontinued when that
limit is reached. Passive market making may cause the price of
the shares to be higher than the price that otherwise would
exist in the open market in the absence of those transactions.
If the underwriters commence passive market making transactions,
they may discontinue them at any time.
European
Economic Area
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area
that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant
member state), with effect from and including the date on which
the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member
state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of the shares
described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in
that relevant member state prior to the publication of a
prospectus in relation to the shares that has been approved by
the competent authority in that relevant member state or, where
appropriate, approved in another relevant member state and
notified to the competent authority in that relevant member
state, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except
that, with effect from and including the relevant implementation
date, an offer of securities may be offered to the public in
that relevant member state at any time:
|
|
|
|
|
to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate
in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or
|
|
|
|
to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year;
(2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and
(3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000,
as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts or
|
|
|
|
in any other circumstances that do not require the publication
of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus
Directive.
|
Each purchaser of the shares described in this prospectus
located within a relevant member state will be deemed to have
represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a
qualified investor within the meaning of
Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.
For purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to
the public in any relevant member state means the
communication in any form and by any means of sufficient
information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be
offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or
subscribe the securities, as the expression may be varied in
that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus
Directive in that member state, and the expression
Prospectus Directive means Directive
2003/71/EC
and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant
member state.
The seller of the shares has not authorized and do not authorize
the making of any offer of the shares through any financial
intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the
underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares as
contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of
the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make
any further offer of the shares on behalf of the seller or the
underwriter.
United
Kingdom
This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only
directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified
investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the
Prospectus Directive (Qualified Investors) that are
also (i) investment professionals falling within
Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order) or
(ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it
may lawfully be communicated, falling within
Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons
together being referred to as relevant persons).
This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not
be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or
disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United
Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant
person should not act or rely on this document or any of its
contents.
166
France
Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating
to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to
the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés
Financiers or by the competent authority of another member state
of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité
des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or
sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to
the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other
offering material relating to the shares has been or will be
|
|
|
|
|
released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued
or distributed to the public in France or
|
|
|
|
used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of
the shares to the public in France.
|
Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only
|
|
|
|
|
to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés)
and/or to a
restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint
dinvestisseurs), in each case investing for their own
account, all as defined in, and in accordance with,
Article L.411-2,
D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the
French Code monétaire et financier or
|
|
|
|
to investment services providers authorized to engage in
portfolio management on behalf of third parties or
|
|
|
|
in a transaction that, in accordance with article
L.411-2-II-1º-or-2º-or 3º of the French Code
monétaire et financier and
article 211-2
of the General Regulations (Règlement
Général) of the Autorité des Marchés
Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public
à lépargne).
|
The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in
compliance with
Articles L.411-1,
L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French
Code monétaire et financier.
No Public
Offering Outside the United States
No action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction (except
in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the
shares of the trust or the possession, circulation or
distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating
to us or the shares of the trust in any jurisdiction where
action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the shares of
the trust may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly,
and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or
advertisements in connection with the shares of the trust may be
distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction
except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations
of any such country or jurisdiction.
Purchasers of the shares offered by this prospectus may be
required to pay stamp taxes and other charges in accordance with
the laws and practices of the country of purchase in addition to
the offering price on the cover page of this prospectus.
Our
Relationship with the Underwriters
The offered shares are being offered by the underwriters,
subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by
them, subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel
for the underwriters and other conditions. The underwriters
reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify this offer and
to reject orders in whole or in part.
Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated has performed, is performing
and expects to continue to perform financial advisory and
investment banking services for us in the ordinary course of its
respective business, and may have received, and may continue to
receive, compensation for those services and reimbursement for
their expenses in relation to the performance of those services.
Electronic
Availability of Prospectus
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
website maintained by one or more of the underwriters. The
representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to
underwriters for sale to
167
their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will
allocate shares to underwriters that may make Internet
distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In
addition, shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities
dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.
LEGAL
MATTERS
The validity of the securities offered in this prospectus is
being passed upon for us by Richards, Layton & Finger,
P.A., Wilmington, Delaware; Squire, Sanders & Dempsey
L.L.P., Cincinnati, Ohio will pass upon certain other matters,
including with respect to federal income tax matters addressed
herein. Attorneys at Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P.
beneficially own an aggregate of approximately
44,500 shares of the trust. Certain legal matters will be
passed upon on behalf of the underwriters by Alston &
Bird LLP, Washington, D.C.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Compass Diversified
Trust at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and for the period
from November 18, 2005 (inception) to December 31,
2006 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement
have been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered
public accountants, as set forth in their reports thereon
appearing elsewhere herein and are included herein in reliance
upon such reports given the authority of such firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
The consolidated financial statements of Aeroglide Corporation
and Subsidiary at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and for each
of the three years in the period ending December 31, 2006,
appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have
been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered
public accountants, as set forth in their reports thereon
appearing elsewhere herein and are included herein in reliance
upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts
in accounting and auditing.
The consolidated financial statements of Halo Branded Solutions,
Inc. and Subsidiary at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and for
each of the three years in the period ending December 31,
2006, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement
have been audited by Clifton Gunderson LLP, independent
registered public accountants, as set forth in their reports
thereon appearing elsewhere herein and are included herein in
reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements
and other information with the Securities and Exchange
Commission or SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. You may read and copy this information at the following
location of the SEC:
Public Reference Room
100 F Street, NE
Washington, D.C. 20549
You may obtain information on the operation of the Public
Reference Room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The SEC also maintains an Internet web site that contains
reports, proxy and information statements and other information
about issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address
of that site is www.sec.gov.
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1,
which includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the
Securities Act with respect to this offering of our securities.
Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration
statement, contains all material information included in the
registration statement, parts of the registration statement have
been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC.
We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for
further information about us, our securities and this offering.
168
INDEX TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Number(s)
|
|
Compass Diversified
Trust
|
Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
Consolidated Statements of
Operations for the Period November 18 2005 (date of
inception) through December 31, 2005 and for the Year Ended
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
Condensed Consolidated Statement
of Stockholders Equity for the Year Ended
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
Condensed Consolidated Statement
of Cash Flows for the Period November 18, 2005 (date of
inception) through December 31, 2005 and for the Year Ended
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide Corporation and
Subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
Report of Independent Certified
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
F-30
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005
|
|
|
F-31
|
|
Consolidated Statements of
Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended
December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004
|
|
|
F-32
|
|
Consolidated Statements of
Shareholders Equity for the Years Ended December 31,
2006, 2005, and 2004
|
|
|
F-33
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
F-34
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements
|
|
|
F-35
|
|
|
Halo Branded Solutions, Inc.
and Subsidiary
|
Independent Auditors Report
|
|
|
F-44
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005
|
|
|
F-45
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income
for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
F-46
|
|
Consolidated Statement of
Stockholders Equity for the Years Ended December 31,
2006, 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
F-47
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
F-48
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements
|
|
|
F-49
|
|
F-1
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and
Shareholders of Compass Diversified Trust
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
Compass Diversified Trust (a Delaware corporation) as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated
statement of operations, stockholders equity, and cash
flows for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the
period from inception (November 18, 2005) to
December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Compass Diversified Trust as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the consolidated results of
its operations and its cash flows for the year ended
December 31, 2006 and for the period from inception
(November 18, 2005) to December 31, 2005 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.
Our audit was conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on
the basic financial statements taken as a whole. The
Schedule II is presented for purposes of additional
analysis and is not a required part of the basic financial
statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing
procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial
statements and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material
respects in relation to the basic financial statements taken as
a whole.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
New York, New York
March 9, 2007
F-2
Compass
Diversified Trust
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
7,006
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
Accounts receivable, less
allowances of $3,327 at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
74,899
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
4,756
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
7,059
|
|
|
|
3,308
|
|
Current assets of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
46,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
140,356
|
|
|
|
3,408
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
10,858
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
159,151
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
128,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred debt issuance costs, less
accumulated amortization of $114 at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
5,190
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-current assets
|
|
|
15,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
65,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
525,597
|
|
|
$
|
3,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIT)
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
14,314
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
38,586
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Due to related party
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
3,308
|
|
Revolving credit facility
|
|
|
87,604
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of supplemental
put obligation
|
|
|
7,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
14,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
162,872
|
|
|
|
3,309
|
|
Supplemental put obligation
|
|
|
14,576
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
41,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
17,336
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current liabilities of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
6,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
242,755
|
|
|
|
3,309
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
27,131
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Stockholders equity
(deficit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trust shares, no par value,
500,000 authorized; 20,450 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
274,961
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated earnings (deficit)
|
|
|
(19,250
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
(deficit)
|
|
|
255,711
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
$
|
525,597
|
|
|
$
|
3,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
Compass
Diversified Trust
Consolidated
Statements of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
410,873
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
311,641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
99,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staffing expense
|
|
|
34,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
36,732
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Supplemental put expense
|
|
|
22,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees to Manager
|
|
|
4,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
1,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
6,774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(7,257
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
807
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(6,130
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(779
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on debt extinguishment
|
|
|
(8,275
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
before income taxes and minority interests
|
|
|
(21,093
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
5,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
1,245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing
operations
|
|
|
(27,636
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Income from discontinued
operations, net of income tax
|
|
|
8,387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(19,249
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and fully diluted net loss
per share from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(2.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Basic and fully diluted income per
share from discontinued operations
|
|
|
0.66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and fully diluted net loss
per share
|
|
$
|
(1.52
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares
of Trust stock outstanding basic and fully diluted
|
|
|
12,686
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash dividends paid per share
|
|
$
|
0.3952
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
Compass
Diversified Trust
Condensed
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
Issuance of Trust shares, net of
offering costs
|
|
|
19,500
|
|
|
|
269,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
269,816
|
|
Issuance of Trust
shares Anodyne acquisition
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
|
13,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,100
|
|
Dividends paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,955
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,955
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,249
|
)
|
|
|
(19,249
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
20,450
|
|
|
$
|
274,961
|
|
|
$
|
(19,250
|
)
|
|
$
|
255,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
Compass
Diversified Trust
Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(19,249
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss
to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation of property and
equipment
|
|
|
2,494
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
7,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental put expense
|
|
|
22,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on debt extinguishment
|
|
|
8,275
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
2,950
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan forgiveness accrual
|
|
|
2,760
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
(2,281
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
In-process research and
development expense
|
|
|
1,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities, net of acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in accounts receivable
|
|
|
(7,867
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in inventories
|
|
|
(6,314
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in prepaid expenses and
other current assets
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in accounts payable and
accrued expenses
|
|
|
8,555
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Decrease in due to related party
|
|
|
(1,308
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in other liabilities
|
|
|
2,251
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(553
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
|
20,563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of businesses, net of
cash acquired
|
|
|
(356,464
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(5,822
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
|
(362,286
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from the issuance of debt
|
|
|
85,004
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from the issuance of
Trust shares, net
|
|
|
284,969
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(11,560
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions paid
|
|
|
(7,955
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing
activities
|
|
|
351,073
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash
equivalents
|
|
|
9,350
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Foreign currency adjustment
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents beginning of period
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents end of period
|
|
$
|
9,710
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash reflected in discontinued
operations at December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
2,704
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-6
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006
Note A
Organization and Business Operations
Compass Diversified Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the
Trust), was incorporated in Delaware on
November 18, 2005. Compass Group Diversified Holdings, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability Company (the Company),
was also formed on November 18, 2005. Compass Group
Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability Company
(CGM or the Manager), was the sole owner
of 100% of the Interests of the Company (as defined in the
Companys operating agreement, dated as of
November 18, 2005, which were subsequently reclassified as
the Allocation Interests pursuant to the
Companys amended and restated operating agreement, dated
as of April 25, 2006 (as amended and restated, the
LLC Agreement) (see Note O Related
Parties).
The Trust and the Company were formed to acquire and manage a
group of small and middle-market businesses headquartered in the
United States. In accordance with the amended and restated trust
agreement, dated as of April 25, 2006 (the
Trust Agreement), the Trust is sole owner of
100% of the Trust Interests (as defined in the LLC Agreement) of
the Company and, pursuant to the LLC Agreement, the Company has,
outstanding, the identical number of Trust Interests as the
number of outstanding shares of the Trust. Compass Group
Diversified Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
is the operating entity with a board of directors and other
corporate governance responsibilities, similar to that of a
Delaware corporation.
On May 16, 2006, the Company completed its initial public
offering of 13,500,000 shares of the Trust at an offering
price of $15.00 per share (the IPO). Total net
proceeds from the IPO, after deducting the underwriters
discounts, commissions and financial advisory fee, were
approximately $188.3 million. On May 16, 2006, the
Company also completed the private placement of
5,733,333 shares to Compass Group Investments, Inc
(CGI) for approximately $86.0 million and
completed the private placement of 266,667 shares to Pharos
I LLC, an entity controlled by Mr. Massoud, the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company, and owned by our management
team, for approximately $4.0 million. CGI also purchased
666,667 shares for $10.0 million through the IPO.
On May 16, 2006, the Company entered into a Financing
Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2006 (the Prior
Financing Agreement), which was a $225.0 million
secured credit facility with Ableco Finance LLC, as collateral
and administrative agent. Specifically, the Financing Agreement
provided for a $60.0 million revolving line of credit
commitment, a $50.0 million term loan and a
$115.0 million delayed draw term loan commitment. This
agreement was terminated on November 21, 2006 and replaced
with a new $250.0 million Revolving Credit Facility
(Revolving Credit Facility) with an optional
$50.0 million increase from a group of lenders
(Lenders) led by Madison Capital, LLC
(Madison).
The Company used the net proceeds of the IPO, the separate
private placements that closed in conjunction with the IPO, and
initial borrowings under the Companys Financing Agreement
to make loans to and acquire controlling interests in each of
the following businesses (the businesses), which
controlling interests were acquired from certain subsidiaries of
CGI and from certain minority owners of each business. The
Company paid an aggregate of approximately $139.3 million
for the purchase of controlling interests in our initial
businesses (see Note C), which include:
|
|
|
|
|
a controlling interest in CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc (CBS
Personnel) was purchased for approximately
$54.6 million, representing at the time of purchase
approximately 97.6% of the outstanding stock of CBS Personnel on
a primary basis and approximately 94.4% on a fully diluted
basis, after giving effect to the exercise of vested and in the
money options and vested non-contingent warrants;
|
F-7
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
a controlling interest in Crosman Acquisition Corporation
(Crosman) was purchased for approximately
$26.1 million representing approximately 75.4% of the
outstanding stock of Crosman on a primary basis and 73.8% on a
fully diluted basis (See Note O Subsequent
Events);
|
|
|
|
a controlling interest in Compass AC Holdings,
Inc.(Advanced Circuits or ACI) was purchased for
approximately $35.4 million, representing approximately
70.2% of the outstanding stock of Advanced Circuits on a primary
and fully diluted basis; and
|
|
|
|
a controlling interest in Silvue Technologies Group, Inc.
(Silvue)was purchased for approximately
$23.2 million, representing approximately 73.0% of the
outstanding stock of Silvue on a primary and fully diluted basis.
|
On July 31, 2006, the Company entered into a Stock and
Note Purchase Agreement with CGI and Compass Medical
Mattresses Partners, LP (the Seller), a wholly-
owned, indirect subsidiary of CGI, to purchase approximately
47.3% of the outstanding capital stock, on a fully-diluted
basis, of Anodyne Medical Device, Inc. (Anodyne),
which represents approximately 69.8% of the voting power of all
Anodyne stock. Pursuant to the same agreement, the Company also
acquired from the Seller all of the outstanding debt under
Anodynes credit facility (the Original Loans).
On the same date, the Company entered into a Note Purchase
and Sale Agreement with CGI and the Seller for the purchase from
the Seller of a secured promissory note (the Promissory
Note) issued by a borrower controlled by Anodynes
chief executive officer, (see Note O Related
Party Transactions).
The purchase price aggregated approximately $31.1 million
for the Anodyne stock, the Original Loans and the Promissory
Note, which purchase price was paid by the Company in the form
of $17.3 million in cash and 950,000 shares of newly
issued shares in the Trust. The shares were valued at
$13.1 million or $13.77 per share, the average closing
price of the shares on the NASDAQ Global Market for the ten
trading days ending on July 27, 2006. Transaction expenses
were approximately $0.7 million. The cash consideration was
funded through available cash and a drawing on our Prior
Financing Agreement of approximately $18.0 million.
Concurrent with the closing of the acquisition of Anodyne, the
Company amended Anodynes credit facility and made
available to Anodyne a $5.0 million secured revolving loan
commitment and secured term loans in the amount of
$8.75 million. The loans to Anodyne are secured by security
interests in all of the assets of Anodyne and the pledge of the
equity interests in Anodynes subsidiaries.
Discontinued
Operations
In October 2006, the Board of Directors approved the divestiture
of our recreational products company, Crosman. We subsequently
signed an Asset Purchase Agreement providing for the sale of
Crosman for approximately $143.0 million. The purchase
price is subject to adjustment based on a determination of
adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement) and
working capital at closing. The sale closed in January 2007. See
Note P, Subsequent Events.
Note B
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis
of Presentation
The results of operations for the year ended December 31,
2006 represents the results of operations of the initial
businesses from May 16, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and
the results of operations of Anodyne from August 1, 2006 to
December 31, 2006, and therefore are not indicative of the
results to be expected for the full year.
F-8
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Principles
of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Trust and the Company, as well as the businesses acquired as
of May 16, 2006, and Anodyne as of August 1, 2006, all
of which are controlled by the Company. All material
inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation. The operations of the initial businesses are
included in the Companys consolidated results from
May 16, 2006, and Anodyne from August 1, 2006, the
dates of acquisition. On January 5, 2007, the Company sold
its interest in Crosman. In accordance with
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment
or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, Crosman is reflected
as discontinued operations in the Companys results of
operations and statements of financial position.
The acquisition of businesses that the Company owns or controls
more than a 50% share of the voting interest are accounted for
under the purchase method of accounting. The amount assigned to
the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed is
based on the estimated fair values as of the date of
acquisition, with the remainder, if any, is recorded as goodwill.
Use of
estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles generally requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.
Revenue
recognition
In accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin 104,
Revenue Recognition, the Company recognizes revenues when
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has
occurred or services have been rendered, the sellers price to
the buyer is fixed and determinable, and collection is
reasonably assured. Shipping and handling costs are charged to
operations when incurred and are classified as a component of
cost of sales.
CBS
Personnel
Revenue from temporary staffing services is recognized at the
time services are provided by the Company employees and is
reported based on gross billings to customers. Revenue from
employee leasing services is recorded at the time services are
provided and is reported on a net basis (gross billings to
clients less worksite employee salaries and payroll-related
taxes). Revenue is recognized for permanent placement services
at the employee start date. Permanent placement services are
fully guaranteed to the satisfaction of the customer for a
specified period.
Advanced
Circuits
Revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to the customer,
net of sales returns and allowances. Appropriate reserves are
established for anticipated returns and allowances based on past
experience. Revenue is typically recorded at F.O.B. shipping
point but for sales of certain custom products, revenue is
recognized upon completion and customer acceptance.
Silvue
Revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to the customer,
net of sales returns and allowances. Appropriate reserves are
established for anticipated returns and allowances based on past
experience.
F-9
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
For certain UK customers, revenue is recognized after receipt by
the customer as the terms are F.O.B. destination.
Anodyne
Revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to the customer,
net of sales returns and allowances. Appropriate reserves are
established for anticipated returns and allowances based on past
experience. Revenue is typically recorded at F.O.B. shipping.
Cash
and cash equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less to be cash
equivalents.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
The Company uses estimates to determine the amount of the
allowance for doubtful accounts in order to reduce accounts
receivable to their net realizable value. The Company estimates
the amount of the required allowance by reviewing the status of
past-due receivables and analyzing historical bad debt trends.
Accounts receivable balances are not collateralized.
Inventories
Inventories consist of manufactured goods and purchased goods
acquired for resale. Manufactured inventory costs include raw
materials, direct and indirect labor and factory overhead.
Inventories are stated at lower of cost or market and are
determined using the
first-in,
first-out method.
Property,
plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment, is recorded at cost. The cost of
major additions or betterments is capitalized, while maintenance
and repairs that do not improve or extend the useful lives of
the related assets are expensed as incurred.
Depreciation is provided principally on the straight-line method
over estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are
amortized over the life of the lease or the life of the
improvement, whichever is shorter.
The useful lives are as follows:
|
|
|
Machinery and Equipment
|
|
3 to 5 years
|
Office Furniture and Equipment
|
|
3 to 7 years
|
Buildings and Building Improvements
|
|
2 to 15 years
|
Vehicles
|
|
2 to 3 years
|
Leasehold Improvements
|
|
Shorter of useful life or lease
term
|
Property, plant and equipment and other long-lived assets are
evaluated for impairment when events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be
recoverable. Upon the occurrence of a triggering event, the
asset is reviewed to assess whether the estimated undiscounted
cash flows expected from the use of the asset plus residual
value from the ultimate disposal exceeds the carrying value of
the asset. If the carrying value exceeds the estimated
recoverable amounts, the asset is written down to the estimated
discounted present value of the expected future cash flows from
using the asset.
F-10
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Goodwill
and intangible assets
Goodwill represents the difference between purchase cost and the
fair value of net assets acquired in business acquisitions.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually and
impairments, if any, are charged directly to earnings.
Assumptions used in the testing include, but are not limited to
the use of an appropriate discount rate and estimated future
cash flows. In estimating cash flows current market information
as well as historical factors are considered. Intangible assets,
which include customer relations, trade names, technology and
licensing agreements that are subject to amortization are
evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may
not be fully recoverable.
Deferred
charges
Deferred charges representing the costs associated with the
issuance of debt instruments are amortized over the life of the
related debt instrument.
Insurance
reserves
Insurance reserves represent estimated costs of self insurance
associated with workers compensation at the Companys
subsidiary CBS Personnel. The reserves for workers
compensation are based upon actuarial assumptions of individual
case estimates and incurred but not reported (IBNR)
losses. At December 31, 2006, the current portion of these
reserves are included as a component of accounts payable and
accrued liabilities and the non-current portion is included as a
component of other non-current liabilities.
Supplemental
Put
As distinct from its role as Manager of the Company, CGM is also
the owner of 100% of the allocation interests in the Company.
Concurrent with the IPO, CGM and the Company entered into a
Supplemental Put Agreement, which may require the Company to
acquire these allocation interests upon termination of the
Management Services Agreement. Essentially, the put rights
granted to CGM require the Company to acquire CGMs
allocation interests in the Company at a price based on a
percentage of the increase in fair value in the Companys
businesses over its basis in those businesses. Each fiscal
quarter the Company estimates the fair value of its businesses
for the purpose of determining its potential liability
associated with the Supplemental Put Agreement. Any change in
the potential liability is accrued currently as a non-cash
adjustment to earnings. For the year ended December 31,
2006, the Company recognized approximately $22.5 million in
non-cash expense related to the Supplemental Put Agreement.
Approximately $7.9 million of this liability is reflected
in current liabilities as the Company anticipates paying CGM
this amount in the first quarter of fiscal 2007.
Income
taxes
Deferred income taxes are calculated under the liability method.
Deferred income taxes are provided for the differences between
the basis of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and
income tax purposes at the enacted tax rates. A valuation
allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax
assets to the amount expected to be realized.
The effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate of 34%,
principally due to the pass through effect of passing the
expenses of Compass Group Diversified Holdings, LLC onto the
shareholders of the Trust and for state and foreign taxes.
F-11
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Earnings
per share
Basic and diluted income per share is computed on a weighted
average basis from the period January 1, 2006 through
December 31, 2006. The weighted average number of Trust
shares outstanding was computed based on 100 shares of
allocation interests outstanding for the period January 1,
2006 through December 31, 2006, 19,500,000 Trust shares,
for the period from May 16, 2006 through December 31,
2006 and 950,000 additional Trust shares (issued in connection
with the acquisition of Anodyne) for the period from
August 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The Company
did not have any option plan or other potentially dilutive
securities outstanding at December 31, 2006.
Minority
Interest
Minority interest represents the portion of a subsidiarys
net income that is owned by minority shareholders. At
December 31, 2006, the Company owned approximately 96.1% of
the equity of CBS Personnel, 47.3% of the equity of Anodyne,
72.7% of the equity of Silvue and 70.2% of the equity of
Advanced Circuits. The Companys ownership percentage for
CBS Personnel and Silvue would be 94.4% and 70.4%; respectively,
if at December 31, 2006 all of the reporting outstanding
options were exercised. The majority of the options were either
non-exercisable or out of the money at December 31, 2006.
Advertising
costs
All advertising costs are expensed in operations as incurred.
Advertising costs were $2.5 million during the year ended
December 31, 2006.
Research
and development
Research and development costs are charged to operations when
incurred. Research and development expense was approximately
$1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006
which includes approximately $1.1 million of in-process
research and development costs charged to expense in connection
with the purchase asset allocation of the Companys
subsidiary, Silvue on May 16, 2006.
Loss
on debt extinguishment
Loss on debt extinguishment consists of approximately
$2.6 million incurred in prepayment fees and
$5.7 million in unamortized debt issuance costs written off
all in connection with terminating our Prior Financing Agreement
on November 21, 2006.
Employee
retirement plans
The Company and each of its subsidiaries sponsor defined
contribution retirement plans, such as 401(k) or profit sharing
plans. Employee contributions to the plan are subject to
regulatory limitations and the specific plan provisions. The
Company and its subsidiaries may match these contributions up to
levels specified in the plans and may make additional
discretionary contributions as determined by management. The
total employer contributions to these plans were
$0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Foreign
Currency Translation
The Companys subsidiary, Silvue has foreign operations.
These operations of Silvues have been translated into
U.S. dollars in accordance with FASB Statement No. 52,
Foreign Currency Translation. All assets and
liabilities of Silvues foreign operations have been
translated using the exchange rate in effect at the balance
sheet date. Statement of operations amounts have been translated
using the average exchange rate for the period.
F-12
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Recent
accounting pronouncements
On July 13, 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Interpretation No. (FIN) 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes, which is effective
January 1, 2007. The purpose of FIN 48 is to clarify
and set forth consistent rules for accounting for uncertain tax
positions in accordance with FAS 109, Accounting
for Income Taxes. The cumulative effect of applying
the provisions of this interpretation is required to be reported
separately as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained
earnings in the year of adoption. The Company is in the process
of reviewing and evaluating FIN 48, and therefore the
ultimate impact of its adoption is not yet known, however, the
Company does not expect the effect of the adoption to be
significant.
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 157, Fair Value Measurements
(SFAS No. 157). This standard clarifies the principle
that fair value should be based on the assumptions that market
participants would use when pricing an asset or liability.
Additionally, it establishes a fair value hierarchy that
prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions.
We have not yet determined the impact that the implementation of
SFAS No. 157 will have on our results of operations or
financial condition. SFAS No. 157 is effective for
financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers
Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement
Plans an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and
132(R) (SFAS No. 158). This standard
requires employers to recognize the underfunded or overfunded
status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or
liability in its statement of financial position and to
recognize changes in the funded status in the year in which the
changes occur through accumulated other comprehensive income.
Additionally, SFAS No. 158 requires employers to
measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its
year-end statement of financial position. We are currently
evaluating the impact that the implementation of
SFAS No. 158 will have on our financial statements.
The new reporting requirements and related new footnote
disclosure rules of SFAS No. 158 are effective for
fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. The new
measurement date requirement applies for fiscal years ending
after December 15, 2008. We have determined that this
statement is not applicable to the Company.
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108,
Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements
when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial
Statements, (SAB 108). SAB 108 was issued to
provide interpretive guidance on how the effects of the
carryover or reversal of prior year misstatements should be
considered in quantifying in a current year misstatement. The
provisions of SAB 108 were effective for the Company for
its December 31, 2006 year-end. The adoption of
SAB 108 had no impact on the Companys consolidated
financial statements.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159,
The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and
Liabilities (SFAS No. 159).
SFAS No. 159 provides companies with an option to
report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value,
and establishes presentation and disclosure requirements
designed to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose
different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and
liabilities. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently
evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of
SFAS No. 159 on its financial position and results of
operations.
Note C
Acquisition of Businesses
The Company used the proceeds from its initial public offering
and private placements to acquire controlling interests in its
initial businesses for cash from CGI and minority interest
holders. On August 1,
F-13
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
2006, the Company purchased a controlling interest in Anodyne,
which manufactures and distributes medical mattresses.
The acquisition of majority interests in all of the
Companys businesses have been accounted for under the
purchase method of accounting. The preliminary purchase price
allocation was based on estimates of the fair value of the
assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The fair values
assigned to the acquired assets were developed from information
supplied by management and valuations supplied by independent
appraisal experts.
Allocation
of Purchase Price
The Companys acquisitions in 2006 have been accounted for
under the purchase method of accounting. The results of
operations of each of the initial businesses and Anodyne are
included in the condensed consolidated financial statements
since May 16, 2006 and August 1, 2006, respectively.
In accordance with SFAS No. 141 a deferred tax
liability, aggregating $31.8 million, was recorded to
reflect the net increase in the financial accounting basis of
the assets acquired over their related income tax basis. The
initial purchase price allocation may be adjusted within one
year of the purchase date for changes in estimates of the fair
value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
As part of the acquisition of the businesses the Company
allocated approximately $107.4 million of the purchase
price to customer relations in accordance with EITF
02-17.
Recognition of Customer Relationship Intangible Assets
Acquired in a Business Combination. The Company will
amortize the amount allocated to customer relationships over a
period ranging from 9 to 16 years. In addition, the Company
allocated approximately $38.1 million of the purchase price
to trade names and technology. Trade names totaling
approximately $28.3 million of the allocation have
indefinite lives.
The estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities
assumed that were accounted for as a business combination
relating to the acquisitions of the initial businesses on
May 16, 2006 are summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
|
Crosman(2)
|
|
|
ACI
|
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
assets(1)
|
|
$
|
65,033
|
|
|
$
|
34,793
|
|
|
$
|
5,737
|
|
|
$
|
6,597
|
|
|
$
|
112,160
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
2,617
|
|
|
|
9,983
|
|
|
|
3,158
|
|
|
|
2,137
|
|
|
|
17,895
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
71,200
|
|
|
|
19,150
|
|
|
|
20,700
|
|
|
|
26,920
|
|
|
|
137,970
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
60,073
|
|
|
|
28,783
|
|
|
|
59,563
|
|
|
|
18,034
|
|
|
|
166,453
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,927
|
|
|
|
3,500
|
|
|
|
592
|
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
|
6,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
200,850
|
|
|
|
96,209
|
|
|
|
89,750
|
|
|
|
54,205
|
|
|
|
441,014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
34,741
|
|
|
|
15,442
|
|
|
|
5,669
|
|
|
|
6,668
|
|
|
|
62,520
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
108,149
|
|
|
|
48,944
|
|
|
|
46,396
|
|
|
|
21,891
|
|
|
|
225,380
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
3,401
|
|
|
|
5,703
|
|
|
|
2,259
|
|
|
|
2,427
|
|
|
|
13,790
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and minority
interests
|
|
|
146,291
|
|
|
|
70,089
|
|
|
|
54,324
|
|
|
|
30,986
|
|
|
|
301,690
|
|
Costs of net assets acquired
|
|
|
54,559
|
|
|
|
26,120
|
|
|
|
35,426
|
|
|
|
23,219
|
|
|
|
139,324
|
|
Loans to businesses
|
|
|
73,228
|
|
|
|
46,477
|
|
|
|
45,606
|
|
|
|
14,294
|
|
|
|
179,605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
127,787
|
|
|
$
|
72,597
|
|
|
$
|
81,032
|
|
|
$
|
37,513
|
|
|
$
|
318,929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-14
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes approximately $8.2 million in cash. |
|
(2) |
|
See Footnote D Discontinued Operations. |
The estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities
assumed, that were accounted for as a business combination
relating to the acquisition of Anodyne on August 1, 2006 is
summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
6,347
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
1,909
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
10,890
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
21,507
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
41,234
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
2,991
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
12,636
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
10,593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and minority
interests
|
|
|
26,220
|
|
Cost of net assets acquired
|
|
|
15,014
|
|
Note purchase
|
|
|
5,286
|
|
Loans to Anodyne
|
|
|
10,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unaudited
Pro Forma Information
The following unaudited pro forma data for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively gives effect to
the acquisition of the businesses as described above, as if the
acquisitions had been completed as of January 1, 2005 The
acquisition of Anodyne has been included in the pro forma data
for 2006 only since Anodynes operations began in February
2006. The pro forma data gives effect to actual operating
results and adjustments to interest expense, amortization and
minority interests in the acquired businesses. The information
is provided for illustrative purposes only and is not
necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have
occurred if the transactions had been consummated on the date
indicated, nor is it necessarily indicative of future operating
results of the consolidated companies, and should not be
construed as representative of these results for any future
period. In addition, a supplemental put expense was not
calculated and made part of the proforma data for 2005.
F-15
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Year
ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
|
|
|
|
per share data)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
602,074
|
|
Income from continuing operations
before income taxes and minority interests
|
|
$
|
16,691
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
8,912
|
|
Basic and fully diluted income per
share
|
|
$
|
.44
|
|
Year
ended December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
|
|
|
|
per share data)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
645,680
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
before income taxes and minority interests
|
|
$
|
(13,233
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(16,639
|
)
|
Basic and fully diluted loss per
share
|
|
$
|
(0.81
|
)
|
Note D
Discontinued Operations
On January 5, 2007, the Company sold all of its interest in
Crosman, an operating segment for approximately
$143.0 million. Closing and other transactions costs
totaled approximately $2.4 million. The Companys
share of the net proceeds, after accounting for the redemption
of Crosmans minority holders and the payment of CGMs
profit allocation was approximately $110.0 million. The
Company will recognize a gain in fiscal 2007 on the sale of
approximately $36 to $37 million. $85.0 million of the
net proceeds were used to repay amounts outstanding under the
Companys Revolving Credit Facility. The remaining net
proceeds were invested in short term investment securities
pending future applications.
The components of discontinued operations of the Crosman
operating segment for the period of May 16, 2006 to
December 31, 2006, is as follows, (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
72,316
|
|
Costs and expenses
|
|
|
59,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
13,277
|
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from discontinued
operations before taxes
|
|
|
13,459
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
|
3,367
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
1,705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income from discontinued
operations(1)
|
|
$
|
8,387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
This amount does not include intercompany interest expense
incurred totaling approximately $3.2 million. |
F-16
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
The following reflects summarized financial information for the
Crosman operating segment as of December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
2,706
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
23,550
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
16,211
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
4,169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
46,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
12,567
|
|
Investment in joint venture
|
|
|
3,526
|
|
Goodwill and other intangible
assets, net
|
|
|
49,165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
65,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets of discontinued
operations
|
|
$
|
111,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
7,472
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
6,547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities of
discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
14,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current liabilities of
discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
6,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note E
Business Segment Data
At December 31, 2006, the Company had four reportable
operating business segments, which represent three of the
initial businesses acquired on May 16, 2006 and Anodyne
acquired on August 1, 2006. The Company had no reportable
segments as of December 31, 2005. The Companys
reportable segments are strategic business units that offer
different products and services. They are managed separately
because each business requires different technology and
marketing strategies. The Companys fifth operating
segment, Crosman was sold on January 5, 2007 and is being
reported as discontinued operations, in accordance with
SFAS 144.
A description of each of the reportable segments and the types
of products and services from which each segment derives its
revenues is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel, a human resources outsourcing firm, is a provider
of temporary staffing services in the United States. CBS
Personnel serves over 4,000 corporate and small business
clients. CBS Personnel also offers employee leasing services,
permanent staffing and
temporary-to-permanent
placement services.
|
|
|
|
ACI, an electronic components manufacturing company, is a
provider of prototype and quick-turn printed circuit boards. ACI
manufactures and delivers custom printed circuit boards to over
8,000 customers in the United States.
|
|
|
|
Silvue, a global hard-coatings company, is a developer and
producer of proprietary, high performance liquid coating system
used in the eye-ware, aerospace, automotive and industrial
markets. Silvue has sales and distribution operations in the
United States, Europe and Asia as well as manufacturing
operations in the United States and Asia.
|
F-17
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
Anodyne, a medical support surfaces company, is a manufacturer
of medical support services and patient positioning devices
primarily used for the prevention and treatment of pressure
wounds experienced by patients with limited or no mobility.
Anodyne is headquartered in California and its product is sold
primarily in North America.
|
On February 28, 2007, the Company purchased a majority
interest in two additional businesses. (See Note P
Subsequent Events.)
The tabular information that follows shows data of reportable
segments reconciled to amounts reflected in the consolidated
financial statements. The Company does not consider the purchase
accounting adjustments associated with its purchase of its
businesses in assessing the performance of individual reporting
units. These adjustments are included as part of the
reconciliations of segment amounts to consolidated amounts. The
operations of each of the businesses are included in
consolidated operating results as of their date of acquisition.
There are no inter-segment transactions.
A disaggregation of the Companys consolidated revenue,
which are primarily from sales within the United States, and
other financial data for the year ended December 31, 2006
is presented below, (in thousands):
Net
sales of business segments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
$
|
352,421
|
|
ACI
|
|
|
30,581
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
15,700
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
12,171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
410,873
|
|
Reconciliation of segment revenues
to consolidated net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated net sales
|
|
$
|
410,873
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Profit
of business
segments(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
$
|
17,079
|
|
ACI
|
|
|
7,483
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
4,694
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
(557
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
28,699
|
|
Reconciliation of segment profit
to consolidated income from continuing operations before income
taxes and minority interests:
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(5,323
|
)
|
Loss on debt extinguishment
|
|
|
(8,275
|
)
|
Other income
|
|
|
541
|
|
Corporate and
other(2)
|
|
|
(36,735
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated loss from
continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests
|
|
$
|
(21,093
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Segment profit represents operating income |
|
(2) |
|
Corporate and other consists of charges at the corporate level
and purchase accounting adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Allowances
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
$
|
68,133
|
|
|
$
|
(3,026
|
)
|
ACI
|
|
|
3,054
|
|
|
|
(219
|
)
|
Silvue
|
|
|
2,710
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
78,226
|
|
|
|
(3,327
|
)
|
Reconciliation of segments to
consolidated amount:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
78,226
|
|
|
$
|
(3,327
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
and other
|
|
|
(3,327
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated net accounts
receivable
|
|
$
|
74,899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-19
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Goodwill
and identifiable assets of business segments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization Expense
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Identifiable Assets
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
December 31,
2006(3)
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
$
|
60,569
|
|
|
$
|
23,395
|
|
|
$
|
1,372
|
|
ACI
|
|
|
50,659
|
|
|
|
24,438
|
|
|
|
2,040
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
11,255
|
|
|
|
15,269
|
|
|
|
690
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
18,418
|
|
|
|
21,990
|
|
|
|
763
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
140,901
|
|
|
|
85,092
|
|
|
|
4,865
|
|
Reconciliation of segments to
consolidated amount:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate and other identifiable
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
206,455
|
|
|
|
4,379
|
|
Goodwill carried at Corporate level
|
|
|
18,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
159,151
|
|
|
$
|
291,547
|
|
|
$
|
9,244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Not including accounts receivable scheduled above |
Note F
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market determined
on the
first-in,
first-out method. Cost includes raw materials, direct labor and
manufacturing overhead. Market value is based on current
replacement cost for raw materials and supplies and on net
realizable value for finished goods. Inventory consisted of the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
Raw materials and supplies
|
|
$
|
3,663
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
1,135
|
|
Less: obsolescence reserve
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,756
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note G
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is comprised of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
$
|
4,489
|
|
Office furniture and equipment
|
|
|
5,190
|
|
Buildings and building improvements
|
|
|
886
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
1,873
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,438
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(1,580
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,858
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense was approximately $1.6 million for the
year ended December 31, 2006.
F-20
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Note H
Commitments and Contingencies
Leases
The Company leases office facilities, computer equipment and
software under operating arrangements. The future minimum rental
commitments at December 31, 2006 under operating leases
having an initial or remaining non-cancelable term of one year
or more are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
7,080
|
|
2008
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
2009
|
|
|
4,837
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2,871
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,769
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
5,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys rent expense for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2006 totaled $4.2 million.
In the normal course of business, the Company and its
subsidiaries are involved in various claims and legal
proceedings. While the ultimate resolution of these matters has
yet to be determined, the Company does not believe that their
outcome will have a material adverse effect on the
Companys consolidated financial position or results of
operations.
Note I
Goodwill and other intangible assets
A reconciliation of the change in the carrying value of goodwill
for the period ended December 31, 2006 is as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
|
|
Acquisition of initial businesses
and SES
|
|
|
136,459
|
|
Anodyne and Anatomic Concepts,
Inc. acquisition
|
|
|
22,692
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
159,151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximately $128.4 million of goodwill is deductible for
income tax purposes.
Other intangible assets subject to amortization are comprised of
the following at December 31, 2006, (in thousands):
F-21
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Life
|
|
|
Customer and distributor relations
|
|
$
|
110,876
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Technology
|
|
|
9,660
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Licensing agreements and
anti-piracy covenants
|
|
|
1,157
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121,693
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization customer
and distributor relations
|
|
|
(5,913
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization technology
|
|
|
(694
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization licensing
and anti-piracy covenants
|
|
|
(166
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
114,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade names, not subject to
amortization
|
|
|
13,970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
128,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated charges to amortization expense of intangible assets
over the next five years, is as follows, (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
11,261
|
|
2008
|
|
|
11,261
|
|
2009
|
|
|
11,136
|
|
2010
|
|
|
10,655
|
|
2011
|
|
|
10,409
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
54,722
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys amortization expense for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2006 totaled $6.8 million.
Note J
Debt
On May 16, 2006, the Company entered into a Financing
Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2006 (the Prior
Financing Agreement), which was a $225.0 million
secured credit facility with Ableco Finance LLC, as collateral
and administrative agent. Specifically, the Financing Agreement
provided for a $60.0 million revolving line of credit
commitment, a $50.0 million term loan and a
$115.0 million delayed draw term loan commitment. This
agreement was terminated on November 21, 2006.
On November 21, 2006, the Company obtained a
$250.0 million Revolving Credit Facility (Revolving
Credit Facility) with an optional $50.0 million
increase from a group of lenders (Lenders) led by
Madison Capital, LLC (Madison) as Agent for all
lenders. The Revolving Credit Facility provides for a revolving
line of credit. The Revolving Credit Facility was established
under a credit agreement entered into among the Company, Madison
and the lenders (the Credit Agreement). The initial
proceeds of the Revolving Credit Facility were used to repay
$89.2 million of existing indebtedness and accrued interest
and $2.6 million in prepayment fees under our Prior
Financing Agreement which the Company terminated on
November 21, 2006. In addition, the company wrote off the
balance of its deferred loan fees capitalized in connection with
the prior financing agreement loan totaling approximately
$5.7 million.
Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility bears interest
at the prime rate of interest, plus a spread ranging from 1.5%
to 2.5% or at a rate equal to the London Interbank Offer Rate,
or LIBOR, plus a spread ranging from 2.50% to 3.50%, depending
on the Companys total debt to EBITDA, as defined, at the
time of borrowing. The interest rate will increase by 2.0% above
the highest applicable rate during any period when an event of
default under the Revolving Credit Facility has occurred and is
continuing. In
F-22
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
addition, the Company pays commitment fees ranging between 0.75%
and 1.25% per annum on the unused portion of the revolving
line of credit. The lenders have agreed to issue letters of
credit in an aggregate face amount of up to $50.0 million.
The Company pays letter of credit fees at a rate of 3.0% on the
aggregate amount of letters of credit outstanding at any of its
subsidiaries. Letters of Credit outstanding at December 31,
2006 total approximately $21.0 million. These fees are
reflected as a component of interest expense.
The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a first priority
lien on all the assets of the Company, including, but not
limited to, the capital stock of the businesses, loan
receivables from the Companys businesses, cash and other
assets. The Revolving Credit Facility also requires that the
loan agreements between the Company and its businesses be
secured by a first priority lien on the assets of the businesses
subject to the letters of credit issued by third party lenders
on behalf of such businesses.
The Company is subject to certain customary affirmative and
restrictive covenants arising under the Revolving Credit
Facility, in addition to financial covenants that require the
Company:
|
|
|
|
|
to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of at least
1.5 to 1.0;
|
|
|
|
to maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio of less than 3.0
to 1.0; and
|
|
|
|
to maintain a total debt to EBITDA ratio not to exceed 3.0: 1.0.
|
A breach of any of these covenants will be an event of default
under the Revolving Credit Facility. Upon the occurrence of an
event of default, the lender will have the right to accelerate
the maturity of any indebtedness outstanding under the Revolving
Credit Facility and as a result the Company may be prohibited
from making any distributions to its shareholders and will be
subject to additional restrictions, prohibitions and
limitations. As of December 31, 2006, the Company was in
compliance with all of the covenants included in the Revolving
Credit Agreement.
The Company incurred approximately $5.3 million in fees and
costs for the arrangement of the Revolving Credit Facility.
These costs were capitalized and are being amortized over the
life of the loans.
As of December 31, 2006, the Company had $85.0 million
in revolving credit commitments outstanding under the Revolving
Credit Facility. On January 5, 2007, the Company paid down
all the outstanding commitments under the Revolving Credit
Facility with the proceeds from the sale of Crosman (See
Note P Subsequent Events).
On June 6, 2006, our majority owned subsidiary, Silvue
entered into an unsecured working capital credit facility for
its operations in Japan with The Chiba Bank Ltd. This credit
facility provides Silvue with the ability to borrow up to
approximately $3.5 million (400,000,000 yen) for working
capital needs. The facility expires in May 2007. Outstanding
obligations under this facility bear interest at the rate of
1.875% per annum. As of December 31, 2006, the Company
had approximately $2.6 million outstanding under this
facility.
Note K
Income taxes
Compass Diversified Trust is classified as a grantor trust for
U.S. Federal income tax purposes and is not subject to
income taxes. Compass Diversified Holdings LLC is a partnership
and is not subject to income taxes.
Each of the Companys majority owned subsidiaries are
subject to Federal and state income taxes.
F-23
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Components of the Companys income tax expense (benefit)
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Current taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
5,752
|
|
State
|
|
|
855
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current taxes
|
|
|
7,272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(1,673
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(267
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred taxes
|
|
|
(1,974
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total tax expense
|
|
$
|
5,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The tax effects of temporary difference that have resulted in
the creation of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities
at December 31, 2006 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Tax credits
|
|
$
|
1,728
|
|
Accounts receivable and allowances
|
|
|
929
|
|
Workers compensation
|
|
|
6,547
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
2,134
|
|
Loan forgiveness
|
|
|
993
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
13,447
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(1,728
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
11,719
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
$
|
(41,328
|
)
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
(346
|
)
|
Prepaid and other expenses
|
|
|
(550
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
(42,224
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net deferred tax liability
|
|
$
|
(30,505
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2006, the Company recognized approximately
$42.2 million in deferred tax liabilities. A significant
portion of the balance in deferred tax liabilities reflects
temporary differences in the basis of property and equipment and
intangible assets related to the Companys purchase
accounting adjustments in connection with the acquisition of the
businesses. For financial accounting purposes the Company
recognized a significant increase in the fair values of the
intangible assets and property and equipment. For
F-24
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
income tax purposes the existing tax basis of the intangible
assets and property and equipment is utilized. In order to
reflect the increase in the financial accounting basis over the
existing tax basis, a deferred tax liability was recorded. This
liability will decrease in future periods as these temporary
differences reverse.
A valuation allowance relating to the realization of foreign tax
credits of approximately $1.8 million has been provided at
December 31, 2006. A valuation allowance is provided
whenever it is more likely than not that some or all of deferred
assets recorded may not be realized. At December 31, 2006,
the Company believes that a portion of deferred tax assets
recorded will not be realized in the future.
The reconciliation between the Federal Statutory Rate and the
effective income tax rate is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
United States Federal Statutory
Rate
|
|
|
(34.0
|
)%
|
Foreign and state income taxes
(net of Federal benefits)
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
Expenses of Compass Group
Diversified Holdings, LLC representing a pass through to
shareholders
|
|
|
53.7
|
|
Loss on foreign debt refinancing
not deductible
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
Credits and other
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
25.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note L
Stockholders equity
The Trust is authorized to issue 500,000,000 Trust shares and
the Company is authorized to issue a corresponding number of LLC
interests. The Company will at all times have the identical
number of LLC interests outstanding as Trust shares. Each Trust
share represents an undivided beneficial interest in the Trust,
and each Trust share is entitled to one vote per share on any
matter with respect to which members of the Company are entitled
to vote.
In connection with the purchase of Anodyne on July 31,
2006, the Company issued 950,000 shares of the Trust as
part of the payment price. The shares were valued at
$13.77 per share for a total of $13.1 million.
On July 18, 2006, the Trust paid a distribution of
$0.1327 per share to all holders of record on July 11,
2006. This distribution represented a pro rata distribution for
the quarter ended June 30, 2006. On October 19, 2006,
the Company paid a distribution of $0.2625 per share to all
holders of record as of October 13, 2006 for the quarter
ended September 30, 2006.
On January 24, 2007, the Company paid a distribution of
$0.30 per share to holders of record as of January 18,
2007.
F-25
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Note M
Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
Mar. 31
|
|
|
Jun. 30
|
|
|
Sep. 30
|
|
|
Dec. 31
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
80,194
|
|
|
$
|
159,073
|
|
|
$
|
171,606
|
|
|
$
|
410,873
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,898
|
|
|
$
|
38,158
|
|
|
$
|
42,176
|
|
|
$
|
99,232
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,101
|
|
|
$
|
(954
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,404
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,257
|
)
|
Income (loss) from continuing
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
210
|
|
|
$
|
(7,288
|
)
|
|
$
|
(20,558
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27,636
|
)
|
Income from discontinued
operations, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,902
|
|
|
$
|
3,404
|
|
|
$
|
3,081
|
|
|
$
|
8,387
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,112
|
|
|
$
|
(3,884
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,477
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,249
|
)
|
Basic and diluted net income
(loss) per share from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
(0.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.00
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.18
|
)
|
Basic and diluted net income per
share from discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.66
|
|
Basic and diluted net income
(loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.85
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.52
|
)
|
Note N
Supplemental Data
Supplemental
Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Summary of accrued expenses:
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
Accrued payroll and fringes
|
|
$
|
21,419
|
|
Current portion of workers
compensation liability
|
|
|
7,664
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
1,680
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
941
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
6,882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
38,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Summary of other non-current liabilities:
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
Workers compensation
|
|
$
|
13,198
|
|
Liabilities associated with stock
purchase agreements at Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
3,961
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17,336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental
Cash Flow Statement Data (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Other cash flow data:
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
4,686
|
|
Taxes paid
|
|
|
7,821
|
|
Note O
Related party transactions
The Company has entered into the following agreements with
Compass Group Management LLC:
|
|
|
|
|
Management Services Agreement
|
F-26
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
LLC Agreement
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Put Agreement
|
Management Services Agreement The
Company entered into a Management Services Agreement
(Agreement) with CGM effective May 16, 2006.
The Agreement provides for, among other things, CGM to perform
services for the Company in exchange for a management fee paid
quarterly and equal to 0.5% of the Companys adjusted net
assets. The Company amended the Agreement on November 8,
2006, to clarify that adjusted net assets are not reduced by
non-cash charges associated with the Supplemental Put Agreement,
which amendment was unanimously approved by the Compensation
Committee and the Board of Directors. The management fee is
required to be paid prior to the payment of any distributions to
shareholders. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the
Company incurred the following management fees to CGM, by entity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
$
|
674
|
|
ACI
|
|
|
315
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
218
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
145
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
3,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
4,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximately $0.4 million of the management fees incurred
were unpaid as of December 31, 2006.
LLC Agreement As distinguished from
its provision of providing management services to the Company,
pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, CGM is also an
equity holder of the Companys allocation interests. As
such, CGM has the right to distributions pursuant to a profit
allocation formula upon the occurrence of certain events. CGM
paid $100,000 for the aforementioned allocation interests and
has the right to cause the Company to purchase the allocation
interests it owns.
Supplemental Put Agreement As distinct
from its role as Manager of the Company, CGM is also the owner
of 100% of the allocation interests in the Company. Concurrent
with the IPO, CGM and the Company entered into a Supplemental
Put Agreement, which may require the Company to acquire these
allocation interests upon termination of the Management Services
Agreement. Essentially, the put rights granted to CGM require
the Company to acquire CGMs allocation interests in the
Company at a price based on a percentage of the increase in fair
value in the Companys businesses over its basis in those
businesses. Each fiscal quarter the Company estimates the fair
value of its businesses for the purpose of determining its
potential liability associated with the Supplemental Put
Agreement. Any change in the potential liability is accrued
currently as a non-cash adjustment to earnings. For the year
ended December 31, 2006, the Company recognized
approximately $22.5 million in non-cash expense related to
the Supplemental Put Agreement.
On January 5, 2007, the Company sold its majority owned
subsidiary, Crosman (see Note D Discontinued
Operations). As a result of the sale, the Company is
obligated to pay CGM its profit allocation, per the management
services agreement. The profit allocation related to Crosman
totals approximately $7.9 million. The Company intends to
pay CGM its profit allocation in the first fiscal quarter of
2007. This liability is recorded as part of the supplemental put
liability.
F-27
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Anodyne
Acquisition
On July 31, 2006, the Company acquired from CGI and its
wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary, Compass Medical Mattress
Partners, LP (the Seller) approximately 47.3% of the
outstanding capital stock, on a fully-diluted basis, of Anodyne,
representing approximately 69.8% of the voting power of all
Anodyne stock. Pursuant to the same agreement, the Company also
acquired from the Seller all of the Original Loans. On the same
date, the Company entered into a Note Purchase and Sale
Agreement with CGI and the Seller for the purchase from the
Seller of a Promissory Note (Note) issued by a
borrower controlled by Anodynes chief executive officer.
The Note is secured by shares of Anodyne stock and guaranteed by
Anodynes chief executive officer. The Note accrues
interest at the rate of 13% per annum and is added to the
Notes principal balance. The balance of the Note plus
accrued interest totaled approximately $5.6 million at
December 31, 2006. The Note matures in August, 2008. The
Company recorded interest income totaling $0.3 million in
2006 related to this note.
CGM acted as an advisor to the Company in the Anodyne
transaction for which it received transaction services fees and
expense payments totaling approximately $300,000. In addition,
CGM acted as an advisor in two acquisitions that were
consummated subsequent to December 31, 2006 for which it
received transaction fees and expenses. See Note P
Subsequent Events.
Advanced
Circuits
In connection with the acquisition of Advanced Circuits by CGI
in September 2005, Advanced Circuits loaned certain officers and
members of management of Advanced Circuits $3,409,100 for the
purchase of 136,364 shares of Advanced Circuits
common stock. On January 1, 2006, Advanced Circuits loaned
certain officers and members of management of Advanced Circuits
$4,834,150 for the purchase of an additional 193,366 shares
of Advanced Circuits common stock. The notes bear interest
at 6% and interest is added to the notes. The notes are due in
September 2010 and December 2010 and are subject to mandatory
prepayment provisions if certain conditions are met.
Advanced Circuits granted the purchasers of the shares the right
to put to Advanced Circuits a sufficient number of shares at the
then fair market value of such shares, to cover the tax
liability that each purchaser may have. Approximately $790
thousand of compensation expense calculated using the Black
Scholes model related to these rights and is reflected in
selling and general administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2006.
In connection with the issuance of the notes as described above,
Advanced Circuits implemented a performance incentive program
whereby the notes could either be partially or completely
forgiven based upon the achievement of certain pre-defined
financial performance targets. The measurement date for
determination of any potential loan forgiveness is based on the
financial performance of Advanced Circuits for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2010. The Company believes that the
achievement of the loan forgiveness is probable and is accruing
any potential forgiveness over a service period measured from
the issuance of the notes until the actual measurement date of
December 31, 2010. During fiscal 2006, the Company accrued
approximately $1.6 million for this loan forgiveness. This
expense has been classified as a component of general and
administrative expense.
Approximately $4.0 million is reflected as a component of
other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets
in connection with these two agreements at Advanced Circuits
Cost
Reimbursement
The Company reimbursed CGI, which owns 35.9% of the Trust
shares, approximately $2.5 million for costs incurred by
CGI in connection with the Companys IPO. In addition, the
Company reimbursed its
F-28
Compass
Diversified Trust
Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Manager, CGM, approximately $0.7 million, principally for
occupancy and staffing costs incurred by CGM on the
Companys behalf during the year ended December 31,
2006.
Note P
Subsequent Events
On January 5, 2007, the Company sold all of its interest in
Crosman, an operating segment for approximately
$143.0 million. Closing and other transactions costs
totaled approximately $2.4 million. The Companys
share of the net proceeds, after accounting for the redemption
of Crosmans minority holders and the payment of CGMs
profit allocation was approximately $110.0 million. The
Company will recognize a gain on the sale of approximately $36
to $37 million in fiscal 2007. Approximately
$85.0 million of the net proceeds were used to repay
amounts outstanding and accrued interest under the
Companys Revolving Credit Facility. The remaining net
proceeds were invested in short term investment securities
pending future application.
On February 28, 2007, the Company purchased a controlling
interest in Aeroglide Corporation (Aeroglide).
Aeroglide is a leading global designer and manufacturer of
industrial drying and cooling equipment. Aeroglide provides
specialized thermal processing equipment designed to remove
moisture and heat as well as roasting, toasting and baking a
variety of processed products. Its machinery includes conveyer
driers and coolers, impingement driers, drum driers, rotary
driers, toasters, spin cookers and coolers, truck and tray
driers and related auxiliary equipment and is used in the
production of a variety of human foods, animal and pet feeds and
industrial products. Aeroglide utilizes an extensive engineering
department to custom engineer each machine for a particular
application.
A controlling interest in Aeroglide was purchased for
approximately $57 million representing approximately 89% of
the outstanding stock.
On February 28, 2007, the Company purchased a controlling
interest in Halo Branded Solutions, Inc. (Halo).
Operating under the brand names of Halo and Lee Wayne, Halo
serves as a one-stop shop for over 30,000 customers providing
design, sourcing, management and fulfillment services across all
categories of its customer promotional product needs in
effectively communicating a logo or marketing message to a
target audience. Halo has established itself as a leader in the
promotional products and marketing industry through its focus on
servicing its group of approximately 700 account executives.
A controlling interest in Halo was purchased for approximately
$61 million, representing approximately 73.6% of the
outstanding equity.
CGM acted as an advisor in these transactions and received
$1.2 million in fees.
F-29
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To Corporation and Subsidiary:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Aeroglide Corporation and Subsidiary (a North Carolina
corporation) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the
related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive
income (loss), shareholders equity and cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards
generally accepted in the United States of America as
established by the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants. Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes consideration of internal control over financial
reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we
express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the
consolidated financial position of Aeroglide Corporation and
Subsidiary as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.
Raleigh, North Carolina
March 28, 2007
F-30
Aeroglide
Corporation and Subsidiary
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
December 31, 2006 and 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
4,539
|
|
|
$
|
122
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
8,184
|
|
|
|
7,722
|
|
Costs in excess of billings
|
|
|
3,156
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
2,380
|
|
|
|
1,329
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
|
572
|
|
Deferred tax asset
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
18,847
|
|
|
|
10,967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and
equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land and land improvements
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
|
283
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
2,533
|
|
|
|
2,686
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
7,717
|
|
|
|
7,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,533
|
|
|
|
10,330
|
|
Less Accumulated
depreciation
|
|
|
(6,090
|
)
|
|
|
(5,528
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
4,443
|
|
|
|
4,802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments
|
|
|
1,163
|
|
|
|
1,059
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
7,812
|
|
|
|
8,074
|
|
Other
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other assets
|
|
|
9,026
|
|
|
|
9,237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,316
|
|
|
$
|
25,006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Line of credit
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
1,429
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
1,312
|
|
|
|
1,350
|
|
Notes payable
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
3,980
|
|
|
|
3,347
|
|
Customer deposits
|
|
|
6,477
|
|
|
|
2,481
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
7,297
|
|
|
|
3,603
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
19,078
|
|
|
|
12,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
4,058
|
|
|
|
5,355
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
1,520
|
|
|
|
876
|
|
Deferred tax liability
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
5,832
|
|
|
|
6,485
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
(Note J)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, no par value;
100,000 shares authorized, 10,000 shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
|
457
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
income
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
6,501
|
|
|
|
5,498
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
7,406
|
|
|
|
6,299
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,316
|
|
|
$
|
25,006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-31
Aeroglide
Corporation and Subsidiary
Consolidated
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
48,086
|
|
|
$
|
43,930
|
|
|
$
|
33,242
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
27,699
|
|
|
|
28,905
|
|
|
|
22,459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
20,387
|
|
|
|
15,025
|
|
|
|
10,783
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
17,334
|
|
|
|
12,175
|
|
|
|
10,906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
3,053
|
|
|
|
2,850
|
|
|
|
(123
|
)
|
Other expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(594
|
)
|
|
|
(531
|
)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(297
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax
provision
|
|
|
2,484
|
|
|
|
2,022
|
|
|
|
(505
|
)
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
(851
|
)
|
|
|
(154
|
)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
1,633
|
|
|
|
1,868
|
|
|
|
(505
|
)
|
Other comprehensive
income
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
(loss)
|
|
$
|
1,737
|
|
|
$
|
1,894
|
|
|
$
|
(510
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-32
Aeroglide
Corporation and Subsidiary
Consolidated
Statements of Shareholders Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
(Loss) Income
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Balance, December 31,
2003
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
457
|
|
|
$
|
323
|
|
|
$
|
4,315
|
|
|
$
|
5,095
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
(505
|
)
|
|
|
(505
|
)
|
Other comprehensive
loss Unrealized loss on investments
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31,
2004
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
|
318
|
|
|
|
3,810
|
|
|
|
4,585
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,868
|
|
|
|
1,868
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
(180
|
)
|
|
|
(180
|
)
|
Other comprehensive
income Unrealized gain on investments
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31,
2005
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
5,498
|
|
|
|
6,299
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,633
|
|
|
|
1,633
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
(630
|
)
|
|
|
(630
|
)
|
Other comprehensive
income Unrealized gain on investments
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31,
2006
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
457
|
|
|
$
|
448
|
|
|
$
|
6,501
|
|
|
$
|
7,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-33
Aeroglide
Corporation and Subsidiary
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
1,633
|
|
|
$
|
1,868
|
|
|
$
|
(505
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net
income (loss) to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
|
547
|
|
|
|
417
|
|
Provision for accounts receivable
and inventory reserves
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Deferred income tax provision
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Gain on sale of fixed assets
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Deferred compensation expense
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Change in current assets and
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Increase) decrease in accounts
receivable
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
(2,743
|
)
|
|
|
737
|
|
(Increase) decrease in costs in
excess of billings
|
|
|
(2,864
|
)
|
|
|
1,452
|
|
|
|
(688
|
)
|
Increase in inventories
|
|
|
(1,111
|
)
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
(Increase) decrease in prepaid
expenses
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
|
(153
|
)
|
|
|
(245
|
)
|
Increase (decrease) in accounts
payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
8,323
|
|
|
|
1,361
|
|
|
|
(584
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by (used in)
operating activities
|
|
|
8,005
|
|
|
|
2,596
|
|
|
|
(1,065
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for acquisition, net of
$261 cash acquired
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
(5,295
|
)
|
Proceeds from sales of investments
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(355
|
)
|
|
|
(499
|
)
|
|
|
(822
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property and
equipment
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
Purchases of investments
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
(160
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(194
|
)
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
(4,190
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from line of credit, net
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
846
|
|
Payments on line of credit, net
|
|
|
(1,429
|
)
|
|
|
(793
|
)
|
|
|
0
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of
long-term debt
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
5,200
|
|
Payment of dividends
|
|
|
(630
|
)
|
|
|
(180
|
)
|
|
|
0
|
|
Principal payments on long-term
debt
|
|
|
(1,335
|
)
|
|
|
(1,169
|
)
|
|
|
(788
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash (used in) provided by
financing activities
|
|
|
(3,394
|
)
|
|
|
(2,142
|
)
|
|
|
5,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
|
4,417
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents,
beginning of year
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end
of year
|
|
$
|
4,539
|
|
|
$
|
122
|
|
|
$
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of
cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for
interest
|
|
$
|
594
|
|
|
$
|
531
|
|
|
$
|
361
|
|
Cash paid during the year for
income taxes
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-34
Aeroglide
Corporation and Subsidiary
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
(Amounts in thousands)
Note A
Nature of Operations and Organization
Aeroglide Corporation (Aeroglide) and Subsidiary (the Company)
is a major supplier of process driers and coolers, serving
customers globally in the food processing, pet food, chemical,
rubber, wood, minerals, beverage, agriculture, tobacco,
charcoal, aquaculture and textile industries.
The Company is recognized worldwide as a leader in engineering,
design, applications and solutions to process drying and
moisture removal. The Companys products include single-
and multiple-pass conveyor driers and coolers for fragile
products, rotary driers for more durable products with a high
initial moisture content, tower driers for free-flowing
materials and grains, and a line of feeders to control product
flow to the process.
Note B
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles
of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Aeroglide and its wholly owned subsidiary, National Drying
Machinery Company (National). All significant intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Company classifies all highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less as cash and cash
equivalents.
Major
Customers and Concentration of Credit Risk
The Companys products are sold to a broad range of
customers for use in commercial operations. In the normal course
of business, the Company extends credit to customers and manages
its exposure to credit risk through credit approval, advance
deposits and monitoring procedures. During 2006 and 2004, there
were no customers whose sales were individually significant.
During 2005, sales to one customer totaled 12% of total sales.
Sales to foreign customers accounted for 49%, 30% and 47% of
sales in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. As of
December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had established an
allowance for doubtful accounts of $85 and $70, respectively.
Income
Taxes
Effective January 1, 1998, Aeroglide elected
S corporation status for income tax purposes. Accordingly,
the taxable income and loss of Aeroglide will be included on the
individual income tax returns of the shareholders of the Company.
National is a C corporation for income tax purposes. Deferred
income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future
years of differences between the tax bases of assets and
liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each
year-end based on enacted laws and statutory tax rates
applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected
to affect taxable income. Deferred income taxes are classified
as current or noncurrent, depending on the classification of the
assets and liabilities to which they relate. Deferred income tax
assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in
managements opinion, it is more likely than not that some
or all of the deferred income tax asset will not be recognized.
F-35
Aeroglide
Corporation and Subsidiary
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss) consists of changes in
unrealized gains or losses on securities classified as
available-for-sale.
Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income are reflected
in the accompanying statements of shareholders equity.
Revenue
Recognition
The Company enters into long-term contracts with customers to
design and build specialized machinery for drying and cooling a
wide range of natural and man-made products. Revenue under these
long-term sales contracts is recognized using the percentage of
completion method prescribed by Statement of Position
No. 81-1
due to the length of time to manufacture and assemble the
equipment. The Company measures revenue based on the ratio of
actual labor hours incurred in relation to the total estimated
labor hours to be incurred related to the contract. Provision
for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts, if any, are made
in the period in which losses are determined. Unanticipated
changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated
profitability may result in revisions to costs and income and
are recognized in the period in which the revisions are
determined. The percentage of completion method of accounting
for these contracts most accurately reflects the status of these
uncompleted contracts in the Companys consolidated
financial statements. The Company had costs in excess of
billings of $3,156 and $292, and billings in excess of costs of
$6,477 and $2,481 (included as customer deposits in the
accompanying balance sheets) related to its application of the
percentage-of-completion
method of revenue recognition as of December 31, 2006 and
2005, respectively.
The Company also sells spare and repair parts to its customers.
Revenues on such sales are recognized when the parts are shipped.
Advertising
Costs
Advertising costs are included in selling, general and
administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of
operations and comprehensive income (loss) and include costs of
advertising, public relations, trade shows, direct mailings and
other activities designed to enhance demand for the
Companys products. Advertising costs were approximately
$52 in 2006, $135 in 2005 and $151 in 2004. There were no
capitalized advertising costs in the accompanying balance sheets.
Inventories,
Net
Inventories include materials, labor and manufacturing overhead
and are valued at the lower of cost
(first-in,
first-out) or market and consist of the following at
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
1,213
|
|
|
$
|
1,197
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
1,257
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
Inventory reserve
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,380
|
|
|
$
|
1,329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment, including major renewals and
improvements, are capitalized and stated at cost. Maintenance
and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation is
provided on straight-line and accelerated depreciation methods.
Buildings are depreciated over lives of 15 to 39 years and
machinery and equipment are depreciated over lives of 3 to
20 years. Depreciation expense was $575, $547 and $417 in
2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
F-36
Aeroglide
Corporation and Subsidiary
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
The Company evaluates the recoverability of its property and
equipment and other long-lived assets in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144,
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived
Assets. SFAS No. 144 requires recognition of
impairment of long-lived assets in the event the net book value
of such assets exceeds the estimated future undiscounted cash
flows attributable to such assets or the business to which such
long-lived assets relate. No such impairment was recognized for
the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
Goodwill
Goodwill consists of the excess of acquisition cost over the
fair value of identifiable net assets acquired. In accordance
with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, the Company reviews its intangible
assets for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate
that the carrying amounts of an asset may not be recoverable.
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis. If a
fair value-based test indicates that goodwill is impaired, an
impairment loss is recognized and the assets carrying
value is reduced. The Company did not recognize an impairment
loss in 2006, 2005 or 2004. As indicated in Note I, in 2006
and 2005, the Company reduced the amount assigned to goodwill by
$262 and $966, respectively, as a result of a reassessment of
the realizability of certain deferred income tax assets acquired
in the National acquisition.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, receivables
and trade payables are considered to approximate fair value due
to the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying
value of the Companys long-term debt and line of credit
are estimated to approximate fair value, as the underlying
interest rates are variable.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
New
Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2006, Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF)
No. 06-03
was issued to address the treatment of taxes collected by
various governmental authorities related to revenue
transactions. EITF
06-3
requires that all companies make an accounting policy decision
as to whether such governmental taxes collected on revenue
transactions are accounted for on a gross of net basis. For
companies that elect to account for these taxes on a gross
basis, then disclosure of the amount included in revenues for
each period is required. EITF
06-3 is
effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2006.
The Company will adopt this rule effective January 1, 2007,
and intends to account for all governmental taxes associated
with revenue transactions on a net basis.
On July 13, 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation FIN,
No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes An Interpretation of FASB Statement
No. 109 (FIN No. 48).
FIN No. 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in
income taxes recognized in the Companys financial
statements. It also prescribes a recognition threshold and
measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition
and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken
in a tax return. The provisions of FIN No. 48 are
effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2007. The
Company has not yet determined the impact of the recognition and
measurement provisions of FIN No. 48 on its existing
tax positions. Upon adoption,
F-37
Aeroglide
Corporation and Subsidiary
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
the cumulative effect of applying the provisions of
FIN No. 48, if any, shall be reported as an adjustment
to the opening balance of retained earnings.
On September 20, 2006, the FASB issued
SFAS No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements (SFAS No. 157). This new
standard provides guidance for using fair value to measure
assets and liabilities as required by other accounting
standards. Under SFAS No. 157, fair value refers to
the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants in the market in which the reporting entity
transacts. SFAS No. 157 must be adopted by the Company
effective January 1, 2008, although early application is
permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effects of
SFAS No. 157 upon adoption; however at this time it
does not believe that adoption of this standard will have a
material affect on its operating results or consolidated
financial position.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159,
The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and
Financial Liabilities Including an Amendment of FASB
Statement No. 115 (SFAS No. 159).
SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure
many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value
that are not currently required to be measured at fair value.
This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the
effects of SFAS No. 159 upon adoption; however at this
time it does not believe that adoption of this standard will
have a material affect on its operating results or consolidated
financial position.
Note C
Acquisition
During April 2004, the Company acquired all of the outstanding
stock of National. The acquisition was completed for a purchase
price of $6,307, including acquisition-related costs of $185.
The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and the
liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair value as
summarized in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
2,824
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
3,145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
3,831
|
|
Noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed
|
|
|
3,968
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(823
|
)
|
Add Goodwill
|
|
|
7,130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase price
|
|
$
|
6,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The acquisition was funded through bank debt of $5,000 and cash
received from the sale of a portion of the Companys
investments. Additionally, a $750 purchase price liability was
established at the acquisition date related to the settlement of
certain outstanding claims. These claims were settled in 2007
and the final payment to the selling shareholders of National
was released upon settlement. Goodwill related to this
acquisition is not deductible for income tax purposes.
Note D
Investments
The Companys investments are in marketable securities,
have been classified as
available-for-sale
and are recorded at their fair market value. Changes in
unrealized gains or losses from the securities are recorded as
other comprehensive income, which is a component of
shareholders equity.
F-38
Aeroglide
Corporation and Subsidiary
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Gain
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Gain
|
|
|
Government bonds
|
|
$
|
550
|
|
|
$
|
558
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
550
|
|
|
$
|
559
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
715
|
|
|
$
|
1,163
|
|
|
$
|
448
|
|
|
$
|
715
|
|
|
$
|
1,059
|
|
|
$
|
344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note E
Notes Payable
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had unsecured
demand notes of $12 outstanding to certain related parties. The
notes bear interest at an annual rate of 9% payable quarterly.
Note F
Long-term Debt
Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31,
2006 and 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Bank loan, collateralized by the
Companys business assets, variable rate of prime (8.25% at
December 31, 2006) less 1/8%, monthly interest and
principal payments totaling $51 are due through July 2008, when
the loan is scheduled to be paid in full
|
|
$
|
553
|
|
|
$
|
1,094
|
|
Industrial Development Revenue
Bonds, collateralized by the Companys land, building,
machinery and equipment, principal and interest (variable rate
of 4.26% at December 31, 2006), interest paid
quarterly and annual principal payments of $75 are due through
October 2017
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
|
900
|
|
Annuity payable to a former
employee, annual payments of $7 for the remainder of the
recipients life, discounted at 8.5% for estimated life
expectancy of employee
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
Term loan, collateralized by the
Companys business assets, used to acquire National,
variable rate of prime (8.25% at December 31,
2006) plus 1/8%, monthly interest payments from May 2004
through April 2005, followed by monthly interest and principal
payments of $85 through April 2011
|
|
|
3,787
|
|
|
|
4,468
|
|
Promissory note, collateralized by
the Companys business assets, variable rate of prime
(8.25% at December 31, 2006) plus .25%, monthly
interest and principal payments of $3 from December 2004 through
November 2009
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
5,370
|
|
|
|
6,705
|
|
Less Current portion
|
|
|
(1,312
|
)
|
|
|
(1,350
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$
|
4,058
|
|
|
$
|
5,355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-39
Aeroglide
Corporation and Subsidiary
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
The future maturities of the Companys long-term debt are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
1,312
|
|
2008
|
|
|
1,005
|
|
2009
|
|
|
977
|
|
2010
|
|
|
1016
|
|
2011
|
|
|
524
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys Industrial Development Revenue Bonds contain
various covenants related to reporting requirements, project
uses and certain covenants related to the economic life of the
project, as defined in the agreement. The Companys bank
loans contain various covenants related to reporting
requirements and financial ratios, as defined in the agreement.
During 2007, all debt outstanding as of December 31, 2006,
was paid off due to the sale of the Company described in
Note L.
The Company also has available letters of credit with a bank
totaling $1,772 as of December 31, 2006. These letters
expire during 2007 and 2008.
Note G
Line of Credit
The Company has a line of credit with a bank for $2,500. At
December 31, 2006, there was no outstanding balance under
the line. The purpose of this line of credit is to finance
short-term working capital needs. The line bears interest at
prime (8.25 % at December 31, 2006). Interest
payments are due on a monthly basis, and the line of credit has
historically been renewed on a monthly basis. If a violation of
one or all of the covenants occurs at the unsecured level, and
is not cured within 60 days of violation, the line of
credit shall be secured by a first priority perfected security
interest in the Companys accounts receivable, inventory
and general intangibles.
Note H
Retirement Plan
The Company has established the Aeroglide Retirement Investment
Plan, a contributory thrift and profit-sharing plan, to cover
all employees who qualify based on length of service. The
Company makes a matching contribution to the plan equal to 50%
of each employees tax-deferred contribution up to 2% of an
employees pay. In addition, the Company makes a basic
contribution to the plan equal to 2% of an employees
compensation. The Company may designate an additional
profit-sharing contribution to the plan.
The total company contributions to the plan were approximately
$252, $315 and $253 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Employee and employer matching contributions to the plan are
funded monthly.
Note I
Income Taxes
Effective January 1, 1998, Aeroglide elected
S corporation status for income tax purposes. Accordingly,
the taxable income and loss of Aeroglide will be included on the
individual income tax returns of the shareholders of the Company.
F-40
Aeroglide
Corporation and Subsidiary
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
National is a C corporation for income tax purposes.
Accordingly, the Company is subject to income taxes and will
reflect a provision or benefit for income taxes. Also, deferred
tax assets and liabilities are presented below for National.
The components of income tax expense for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
State
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
743
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
State
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
851
|
|
|
$
|
154
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities for National consist
of the following as of December 31, 2006 and 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation accruals
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
Other accruals and reserves
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
|
1,378
|
|
Other
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
|
1,520
|
|
Valuation reserve
|
|
|
(328
|
)
|
|
|
(590
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
|
930
|
|
Deferred tax
liabilities Fixed assets
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
336
|
|
|
$
|
859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The income tax expense differs from the amount of income tax
determined by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of
34% to pretax income for the years ended December 31, 2006
and 2005, due to state taxes, the change in valuation allowance,
permanent differences and the amount of Aeroglide income (see
above regarding Aeroglides S corporation status).
In connection with the acquisition of National, the Company
recorded a full valuation allowance for the net deferred income
tax assets (including net operating loss carryforwards) that
existed at the time of the acquisition. During 2004, National
incurred a taxable loss. As of December 31, 2004, the
Company assessed the realizability of Nationals net
deferred income tax assets, including the deferred income tax
assets generated subsequent to the acquisition. At that time,
the Company retained a full valuation allowance on these net
assets.
F-41
Aeroglide
Corporation and Subsidiary
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
During 2005, Nationals financial performance improved and
generated taxable income of approximately $1,659. Accordingly,
the Company utilized a portion of its net operating loss
carryforwards during 2005. Further, as a result of the 2005
financial performance and projected financial results for 2006,
the Company assessed, at December 31, 2005, that a portion
of Nationals remaining net deferred income tax assets was
realizable. As a result of the utilization of net operating
losses in 2005 and the assessment of partial realizability of
the remaining assets, the Company reversed a portion of the
valuation allowance during 2005. The portion of the valuation
allowance that was reversed, which related to the acquired
deferred income tax assets, totaled $966 and was recorded as a
reduction to goodwill. The remainder, representing the
recognition of deferred income tax assets generated subsequent
to the acquisition, was recorded as a deferred income tax
benefit.
During 2006, National generated taxable income of approximately
$2,225. As a result of consecutive years of generating taxable
income, the Company reversed an additional portion of the
valuation allowance during 2006. The portion of the allowance
that was reversed related to the acquired deferred income tax
assets and was recorded as a reduction to goodwill of $262.
As of December 31, 2006, the Company has remaining net
operating loss carryfowards totaling $1,400. Such amounts expire
periodically through 2024.
The utilization of the remaining net operating loss
carryforwards is subject to certain limitations of the Internal
Revenue Code regarding change in ownership.
Note J
Commitments and Contingencies
The Company has operating leases for a building through 2006, an
automobile through 2008 and office space through 2010. The total
amount charged to expense under these leases was approximately
$160, $279 and $289 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
The future minimum lease payments under the noncancelable
operating leases as of December 31, 2006, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
105
|
|
2008
|
|
|
84
|
|
2009
|
|
|
38
|
|
2010
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum payments
|
|
$
|
235
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company is involved as a defendant in various legal matters
in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of
management, the ultimate resolution of these matters will not
have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial
position or results of operations.
Note K
Phantom Stock Plan
The Company maintains a phantom stock compensation plan for
certain key executives of the Company. Incentives awarded under
the plan vest over five years and are primarily based on the
future performance of the Company. The compensation expense
associated with the phantom stock plan was $644
F-42
in 2006, $320 in 2005 and $34 in 2004. The accrued liability
related to the phantom stock plan of approximately $1,520 and
$876 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, is
reflected in the accompanying balance sheets as accrued
compensation, a noncurrent liability. In connection with the
acquisition described in Note L below, the participants in
the Phantom Stock Plan were paid a settlement amount in February
2007.
Note L
Sale of the Company
On February 28, 2007, the Company and the shareholders of
the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with
Aeroglide Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Compass
Group Diversified Holdings LLC, whereby the shareholders sold
all of the outstanding stock of the Company. The purchase price
was $57,000 and is subject to certain adjustments including a
working capital adjustment.
F-43
Independent
Auditors Report
Board of
Directors
HALO Branded Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiary
Sterling, Illinois
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
HALO Branded Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiary as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated
statements of income, stockholders equity, and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements
are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards
generally accepted in the United States of America. Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of HALO Branded Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiary as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.
/s/ Clifton Gunderson LLP
Peoria, Illinois
March 31, 2007
F-44
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
2006 and 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
CURRENT ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
339
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of
allowance of $401 for 2006 and $450 for 2005
|
|
|
22,769
|
|
|
|
18,582
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
3,127
|
|
|
|
1,929
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
537
|
|
|
|
654
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
2,301
|
|
|
|
1,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
29,073
|
|
|
|
22,945
|
|
Equipment, software, and leasehold
improvements, net
|
|
|
959
|
|
|
|
506
|
|
Deferred financing costs, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
260
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
7,388
|
|
|
|
4,765
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Due from affiliate
|
|
|
1,209
|
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS
|
|
$
|
38,640
|
|
|
$
|
29,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
12,576
|
|
|
$
|
9,570
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
4,506
|
|
|
|
3,807
|
|
Current installments of long-term
debt
|
|
|
1,049
|
|
|
|
4,789
|
|
Current installments of
obligations under capital lease
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
1,122
|
|
|
|
925
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
516
|
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
19,816
|
|
|
|
19,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, excluding current
installments
|
|
|
8,057
|
|
|
|
2,549
|
|
Obligations under capital lease,
excluding current installments
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term liabilities
|
|
|
8,375
|
|
|
|
2,549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
28,191
|
|
|
|
22,001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS
EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value,
2,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
8,439
|
|
|
|
5,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
10,449
|
|
|
|
7,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
$
|
38,640
|
|
|
$
|
29,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These consolidated financial statements should be read only in
connection with
the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-45
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
For the
Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
NET SALES
|
|
$
|
115,646
|
|
|
$
|
105,926
|
|
|
$
|
111,786
|
|
COST OF SALES
|
|
|
71,210
|
|
|
|
67,457
|
|
|
|
73,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
44,436
|
|
|
|
38,469
|
|
|
|
38,398
|
|
SELLING, GENERAL, AND
ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
|
|
|
38,252
|
|
|
|
33,557
|
|
|
|
37,573
|
|
PROVISION FOR DOUBTFUL
ACCOUNTS
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
6,115
|
|
|
|
4,957
|
|
|
|
738
|
|
INTEREST EXPENSE
|
|
|
797
|
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
5,318
|
|
|
|
4,313
|
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME
TAXES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
1,618
|
|
|
|
925
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
585
|
|
|
|
401
|
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,203
|
|
|
|
1,326
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME
|
|
$
|
3,115
|
|
|
$
|
2,987
|
|
|
$
|
225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These consolidated financial statements should be read only in
connection with
the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-46
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
For the
Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31,
2003
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
2,008
|
|
|
$
|
2,112
|
|
|
$
|
4,122
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31,
2004
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
2,337
|
|
|
|
4,347
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,987
|
|
|
|
2,987
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31,
2005
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
5,324
|
|
|
|
7,334
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,115
|
|
|
|
3,115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31,
2006
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
2,008
|
|
|
$
|
8,439
|
|
|
$
|
10,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These consolidated financial statements should be read only in
connection with
the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-47
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the
Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
3,115
|
|
|
$
|
2,987
|
|
|
$
|
225
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net
income to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
87
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing
costs
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
585
|
|
|
|
401
|
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
Loss on sale of equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities, net of acquisition of businesses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(1,731
|
)
|
|
|
3,804
|
|
|
|
(8,702
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(301
|
)
|
|
|
(181
|
)
|
|
|
355
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
1,103
|
|
|
|
(702
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Due from affiliate
|
|
|
(396
|
)
|
|
|
(175
|
)
|
|
|
(411
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
|
(5,905
|
)
|
|
|
10,037
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
841
|
|
|
|
(178
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
|
1,718
|
|
|
|
3,010
|
|
|
|
788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of businesses, net of
cash acquired
|
|
|
(2,488
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,259
|
)
|
Purchases of equipment
|
|
|
(286
|
)
|
|
|
(356
|
)
|
|
|
(162
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
|
(2,774
|
)
|
|
|
(356
|
)
|
|
|
(7,419
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of
long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,500
|
|
Principal payments on long-term
debt
|
|
|
(1,055
|
)
|
|
|
(1,442
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net borrowings under revolving
credit facility
|
|
|
2,488
|
|
|
|
(1,212
|
)
|
|
|
3,196
|
|
Principal payments on obligations
under capital lease
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments for deferred financing
costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities
|
|
|
1,395
|
|
|
|
(2,654
|
)
|
|
|
6,631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCREASE IN CASH
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH, BEGINNING OF
YEAR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH, END OF YEAR
|
|
$
|
339
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH
FLOW INFORMATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
799
|
|
|
$
|
644
|
|
|
$
|
496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$
|
1,421
|
|
|
$
|
96
|
|
|
$
|
281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These consolidated financial statements should be read only in
connection with
the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-48
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004
(Dollars in Thousands)
NOTE 1
FORMATION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
HA-LO Holdings, LLC (HA-LO Holdings or the
Parent Company), was formed in January 2003 for the
purpose of acquiring certain assets and liabilities of HA-LO
Industries, Inc., as
debtor-in-possession
(Old HALO). HA-LO Holdings, is a majority owned
investment of H.I.G. Capital, LLC (HIG), a private
equity firm.
On May 14, 2003, HA-LO Holdings purchased certain assets
and acquired certain liabilities of the
U.S.-based
operations of Old HALO. The acquisition was executed through
HA-LO Promotions Acquisition Corp., a newly-formed, wholly owned
subsidiary of HA-LO Holdings. The acquisition included assets
and liabilities of Old HALO and its subsidiary, Lee Wayne
Corporation. Concurrent with the acquisition of the
U.S. operations, HA-LO Holdings, through its newly-formed
wholly owned subsidiary, HA-LO Holdings BV (Halo
Europe), acquired the stock of Old HALOs
European-based operations. In January 2004, HA-LO Promotions
Acquisition Corp. changed its name to HALO Branded Solutions,
Inc. Hereinafter, all references to HALO, Halo
US, or the Company refer to the
U.S. operations.
HA-LO Holdings allocated the purchase price to the U.S. and
European companies based upon the structure of the transaction
and the estimated fair value of the companies. As such, a total
purchase price of approximately $5,551 (including transaction
costs of approximately $427) was allocated to the Company.
The seller note payable and any amounts due under the earn-out
agreement were allocated to Halo Europe due to the structure of
the transaction. Based on the allocation of the purchase, the
Company recognized an extraordinary gain of approximately $1,986.
On February 28, 2005, HALO Branded Solutions, Inc. filed a
Certificate of Ownership and Merger with the Secretary of State
of the State of Delaware. HALO merged with and into Lee Wayne
Corporation with Lee Wayne Corporation as the surviving
corporation. The name of the surviving corporation was changed
to HALO Branded Solutions, Inc.
As a result of the merger, each share of stock of HALO issued
and outstanding was changed and converted into one
(1) fully paid and non-assessable share of common stock of
the surviving corporation. The certificate(s) representing the
shares of stock of HALO now represent the shares of the
surviving corporation. Each share of stock of Lee Wayne
Corporation issued and outstanding was canceled and no payment
made with respect thereto.
The Companys core business is the distribution of
promotional and premium products principally throughout the
United States. Products are marketed to customers through a
network of sales representatives.
NOTE 2
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(a) Principles
of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Stotts &
Company, Inc. All significant intercompany balances and
transactions have been eliminated.
(b) Use
of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
F-49
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(c) Revenue
Recognition
Revenue is recognized when an arrangement exists, the
promotional and premium products have been shipped, fees are
fixed or determinable, and the collection of the resulting
receivables is considered probable.
(d) Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
(e) Financial
Instruments
The Companys financial instruments include cash and cash
equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and debt
instruments. The carrying amounts of these financial instruments
approximate their fair value.
(f) Accounts
Receivable
Accounts receivable are unsecured customer obligations which
generally require payment within various terms from the invoice
date. Accounts receivable are stated at the invoice amount.
Finance charges on delinquent invoices are recorded as other
revenue on the cash basis as payments on invoices are received.
Financing terms vary by customer.
Payments of accounts receivable are applied to the specific
invoices identified on the customers remittance advice or,
if unspecified, to the earliest unpaid invoices.
The carrying amount of accounts receivable is reduced by a
valuation allowance that reflects managements best
estimate of amounts that will not be collected. The allowance
for doubtful accounts is based on managements assessment
of the collectibility of specific customer accounts, the aging
of the accounts receivable, and historical experience. If there
is a deterioration of a major customers creditworthiness,
or actual defaults are higher than the historical experience,
managements estimates of the recoverability of amounts due
the Company could be adversely affected. All accounts or
portions thereof deemed to be uncollectible or to require an
excessive collection cost are written off to the allowance for
doubtful accounts.
(g) Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost, as determined on
the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method or market. Inventories consist of drop
ship merchandise (apparel and miscellaneous promotional products
such as pens, pencils, and golf balls are located at vendors)
and merchandise (apparel and miscellaneous promotional products)
related to specific customer fulfillment programs.
F-50
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(h) Equipment,
Software Development, and Leasehold Improvements
Equipment, software development, and leasehold improvements are
stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is
provided using the straight-line method as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture, fixtures, and office
equipment
|
|
|
3 to 7 years
|
|
Computer equipment
|
|
|
5 to 7 years
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
Life of lease
|
|
Software development
|
|
|
3 years
|
|
Depreciation expense was $341, $130, and $76 for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
(i) Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, which consist primarily of property, plant,
and equipment, are reviewed by management for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount may not be recoverable. In cases in which
undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the
carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded equal to the
amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of
assets.
(j) Goodwill
Goodwill is initially recorded as the excess of the cost of
acquired entities over the net fair value of assets acquired
less liabilities assumed and is subsequently reported at the
lesser of carrying value or fair value. Goodwill is tested for
impairment at least annually to determine if an impairment loss
has occurred.
(k) Freight-Out
Costs
The Company records freight-out costs as a component of cost of
sales. Freight-out costs were $6,464, $6,161, and $6,244 for the
years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
(l) Income
Taxes
The Company computes income taxes using the liability method
and, as such, deferred income taxes are determined based on
differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis
of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax
rates that are expected to be in effect when the differences
reverse. Net deferred tax assets are recorded when it is more
likely than not such benefits will be realized.
(m) Net
Income Per Share
Net income per share, which is also referred to as earnings per
share, is computed in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 128, Earnings Per
Share. Basic net income per share is computed by
dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares
outstanding during the period. There were no potentially
dilutive securities outstanding during the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004.
The net income per share (not in thousands) for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 was $1,743.50, $1,493.50,
and $112.50, respectively. The weighted average shares
outstanding were 2,000 during each of the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004.
F-51
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(n) Concentration
of Credit Risk
Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of trade
receivables. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade
receivables are limited due to the large number of customers
comprising the Companys customer base and their dispersion
across different industries and geographic areas. As of
December 31, 2006, no accounts receivable balance exceeded
5 percent of stockholders equity. As of
December 31, 2005, two customers accounts receivable
balances totaling $1,755 exceeded 5 percent of
stockholders equity. As of December 31, 2004, the
Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk with
any one customer or group of related customers. However, the
Company feels the credit risk is nominal as the customers are
well established and have excellent payment histories.
(o) Reclassification
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years
amounts in order to conform to current year presentation.
(p) Consistency
In May 2006, and in connection with the acquisition of Stotts
and Company (See Note 3) the Company incurred $190 of
one-time costs related to the integration of the business
operations into the Company. These costs, recorded in continuing
operations, were of a unique nature and will not repeat in
future years.
In November 2006, and in connection with the acquisition of
Francis & Lusky LLC (See Note 3) the Company
incurred $180 of one-time costs related to the integration of
the business operations into the Company. These costs, recorded
in continuing operations, were of a unique nature and will not
repeat in future years.
Additionally, in November 2006, and in connection with the
acquisition of Big Wing Promotions Inc (See
Note 3) the Company incurred $4 of one-time costs
related to the integration of the business operations into the
Company. These costs, recorded in continuing operations, were of
a unique nature and will not repeat in future years.
In 2004 and in connection with the acquisition of JII
Promotions, Inc. (See Note 3) the Company incurred
$1,440 of one-time costs related to the transition and shut down
of the JII Promotions, Inc. offices. These costs, recorded in
continuing operations, were of a unique nature and will not
repeat in future years.
Additionally, the Company incurred and expensed $129 of due
diligence costs in connection with the acquisition of an
industry competitor. These costs were recorded against operating
income in 2004 when an agreement terminated with the competitor.
Finally, the Company performed a full scope operational review
focused on process improvement and cost reduction. The total
costs incurred in 2004 amounted to $433 and $238 for staff
reductions identified during this process. The resulting savings
from these efforts will be recognized over future years.
However, the cost of the project was one-time in nature and
charged against operating income.
In 2004 the Company also expensed an additional $193 in costs
associated with the purchase of the Company by HIG. This
consisted mainly of legal fees. As such, reported operating
income for the year ended December 31, 2004 would be $2,433
higher than the audited amount due to these one-time events, or
$3,171.
F-52
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 3
ACQUISITIONS
In May 2006, the Company acquired all of the Common Stock of Jim
Stotts & Company, Inc. d/b/a Stotts & Company,
Inc. for approximately $2,103. The purchase price was for cash
and the acquisition was accounted for as a purchase.
Acquisition costs of approximately $185 were also incurred. The
Company will incur additional acquisition costs related to the
purchase, as the Company is committed to paying 1 percent
of annual sales of the acquired company through May 2010.
Because the purchase price of the acquisition was more than the
fair value of the net assets acquired, the Company established
goodwill of $2,292.
Based on the allocation of the purchase, the Company recorded
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase price
|
|
$
|
2,288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets recorded:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
112
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
1,192
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
310
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
27
|
|
Office and computer equipment
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,709
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities
|
|
|
(1,713
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net accounts payable and accrued
liabilities
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of purchase price over
net assets recorded
|
|
$
|
2,292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In November 2006, the Company acquired the Assets of
Francis & Lusky, LLC for approximately $341. The
purchase price was for cash and the acquisition was accounted
for as a purchase.
Acquisition costs of approximately $147 were also incurred.
Because the purchase price of the acquisition was more than the
fair value of the net assets acquired, the Company established
goodwill of $254.
Based on the allocation of the purchase, the Company recorded
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase price
|
|
$
|
488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets recorded:
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
1,215
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
584
|
|
Office and computer equipment
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,983
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities
|
|
|
(1,749
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets recorded
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of purchase price over
net assets recorded
|
|
$
|
254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In November 2006, the Company acquired all of the Assets of Big
Wing Promotions Inc. for approximately $151. The purchase price
was for cash and the acquisition was accounted for as a purchase.
Acquisition costs of approximately $8 were also incurred.
Because the purchase price of the acquisition was more than the
fair value of the net assets acquired, the Company established
goodwill of $77.
F-53
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Based on the allocation of the purchase, the Company recorded
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase price
|
|
$
|
159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets recorded:
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
118
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
3
|
|
Office and computer equipment
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
144
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets recorded
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of purchase price over
net assets recorded
|
|
$
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In January 2004, the Company acquired certain assets and
liabilities of JII Promotions, Inc., for approximately $6,355.
The purchase price was for cash and the acquisition was
accounted for as a purchase. As a result of the settlement of
certain disputes arising from the purchase, the Company paid an
additional $504, net, for JII Promotions, Inc., in the form of
cash and notes.
Acquisition costs of approximately $400 were also incurred.
Because the purchase price of the acquisition was more than the
fair value of the net assets acquired, the Company established
goodwill of $4,765.
Based on the allocation of the purchase, the Company recorded
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase price
|
|
$
|
7,259
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets recorded:
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
3,592
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
571
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
783
|
|
Office and computer equipment
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
5,102
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities
|
|
|
(2,608
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets recorded
|
|
|
2,494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of purchase price over
net assets recorded
|
|
$
|
4,765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A third-party appraisal firm was contracted to assess the value
of certain intangibles. These intangibles included primarily,
although not all, goodwill, the customer list, and a significant
vendor contract. Goodwill was determined to be $4,765 while all
other intangibles were deemed to have no value. After the deal
was consummated, the entire offices and business, with the
exception of a few outside sales locations, were transitioned to
the Companys headquarters in Sterling, Illinois. Included
in the purchase agreement are various escrow accounts and, more
significantly, a working capital adjustment which was settled in
early 2005. See Note 8 for description of settlement note.
JII Promotions, Inc. had a similar core business as the Company
which is the distribution of promotional and premium products
principally throughout the United States. Products are marketed
to customers through a network of sales representatives.
F-54
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 4
INVENTORIES
Inventories represent finished goods utilized in the
Companys operations and consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Inventory at vendor locations
(drop-ship merchandise)
|
|
$
|
1,485
|
|
|
$
|
1,078
|
|
Warehouse inventory (fulfillment
merchandise)
|
|
|
1,642
|
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total inventories
|
|
$
|
3,127
|
|
|
$
|
1,929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 5
PREPAID EXPENSES
Prepaid expenses consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Prepaid rent
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
Prepaid insurance
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Prepaid catalogs
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Other prepaid expenses
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total prepaid
expenses
|
|
$
|
537
|
|
|
$
|
654
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 6
OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
Other current assets consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Advanced commissions
|
|
$
|
1,503
|
|
|
$
|
1,096
|
|
Vendor deposits
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
|
633
|
|
Other deposits
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other current
assets
|
|
$
|
2,301
|
|
|
$
|
1,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 7
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT, AND LEASEHOLD
IMPROVEMENTS
As of December 31, 2006, equipment, software development,
and leasehold improvements consisted of computer equipment of
$593, net of accumulated depreciation of $233, office furniture
of $149, net of accumulated depreciation of $44, software
development costs of $387, net of accumulated depreciation of
$152, and leasehold improvements of $139, net of accumulated
depreciation of $96, leased equipment of $232, net of
accumulated depreciation of $23, automobile trailer of $8, net
of accumulated depreciation of $1. As of December 31, 2005,
equipment, software development, and leasehold improvements
consisted of computer equipment of $339, net of accumulated
depreciation of $130, office furniture of $44, net of
accumulated depreciation of $18, software development costs of
$264, net of accumulated depreciation of $44, and leasehold
improvements of $66, net of accumulated depreciation of $15.
F-55
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 8
ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accrued expenses consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Salesperson commissions
|
|
$
|
613
|
|
|
$
|
447
|
|
Salesperson bonus
|
|
|
1,377
|
|
|
|
1,159
|
|
Compensation and fringe benefits
|
|
|
1,037
|
|
|
|
915
|
|
Customer deposits
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
|
438
|
|
Professional fees
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Sales and other taxes
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
480
|
|
Other
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accrued
expenses
|
|
$
|
4,506
|
|
|
$
|
3,807
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 9
LONG-TERM DEBT
A summary of long-term debt at December 31, 2006 and 2005
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revolving Credit
Facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note payable; revolving credit
facility (Revolver) for eligible borrowings of up to
$15,000. Eligible borrowings under the Revolver are determined
based on the lesser of the Companys borrowing base or
$15,000. The borrowing base is determined based on eligible
accounts receivable and inventories as defined in the agreement.
The credit agreement matured on May 14, 2006, and bore
interest at a rate equal to the prime rate (7.25 percent at
December 31, 2005) plus 0.5 percent or LIBOR plus
3 percent. The loan agreement also provided for the
issuance of letters of credit of up to $2,000. At
December 31, 2005, there were no outstanding letters of
credit and available borrowings under the Revolver were $7,810.
Borrowings under the Revolver are secured by a first priority
lien on substantially all of the Companys assets as well
as a guarantee by the Parent Company. In connection with
obtaining the loan, the Company incurred $113 in financing
costs. Additionally, the Company is required to pay $2 per
month in fees as well as a fee of 0.25 percent of the
unused portion of the revolver. The loan agreement contains
certain financial covenants, including the maintenance of
minimum fixed charge ratio as defined in the agreement
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,980
|
|
In May, 2006, the Company
refinanced the revolving credit facility for eligible borrowings
of up to $15,000. Eligible borrowings under the Revolver are
determined based on the lesser of the Companys borrowing
base or $15,000. The borrowing base is determined based on
eligible accounts receivable and inventories as defined in the
agreement. The Credit agreement matures on May, 14, 2009
and bears interest at a rate equal to the greater of the prime
rate (8.25 percent at December 31, 2006) or LIBOR
plus 2 percent. Additionally, the Company is required to
pay $1 per month in fees as well as a fee of
0.25 percent of the unused portion of the revolver. The
loan agreement contains certain financial covenants, including
the maintenance of minimum fixed charge ratio as defined in the
agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In November, 2006, the Company
amended the revolving credit facility for eligible borrowings of
up to $17,000. All other terms of the revolver remained unchanged
|
|
$
|
6,468
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
F-56
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Term Loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term note payable to lender,
requiring monthly installments of $58 plus interest at the
greater of lenders prime rate (8.25 percent at
December 31, 2006 and 7.25 percent at
December 31, 2005) plus .50 percent, or LIBOR
plus 3 percent, with final payment due in January 2010,
secured by H.I.G. Capital, LLC guaranty
|
|
|
2,158
|
|
|
|
2,858
|
|
Note payable to JII Promotions,
Inc., requiring yearly installments starting on April 11,
2005 of $800, $300, and $200. The note is unsecured and bears no
interest, with final payment due March 15, 2007
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
Notes payable to former owners of
Stotts & Company, Inc., requiring monthly installments
of $8, with final payment due May 1, 2009
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
|
|
Holdback payable to
Francis & Lusky LLC requiring final payment upon the
finalization of the capital adjustment for the November 2006
acquisition.
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
|
9,106
|
|
|
|
7,338
|
|
Less current installments of
long-term debt
|
|
|
1,049
|
|
|
|
4,789
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, excluding
current installments
|
|
$
|
8,057
|
|
|
$
|
2,549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future maturities of long-term debt are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
1,049
|
|
2008
|
|
|
795
|
|
2009
|
|
|
7,204
|
|
2010
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
9,106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 10
OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASE
The Company is leasing equipment under a capitalized lease which
expires in March 2010.
Future minimum lease payments under this lease are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
2008
|
|
|
56
|
|
2009
|
|
|
56
|
|
2010
|
|
|
56
|
|
2011
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total future minimum lease payments
|
|
|
238
|
|
Less amount representing interest
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of future minimum
lease payments
|
|
$
|
195
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 11
OPERATING LEASES
The Company leases office and warehouse space under
noncancelable operating lease agreements in addition to certain
office equipment. The operating leases generally provide for
fixed rentals and payment of property taxes, insurance, and
repairs. Certain leases contain renewal options and rental
escalation clauses.
F-57
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Future minimum lease payments under operating leases with
remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of
December 31, 2006 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
1,161
|
|
2008
|
|
|
903
|
|
2009
|
|
|
827
|
|
2010
|
|
|
756
|
|
2011
|
|
|
688
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
4,072
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating
leases
|
|
$
|
8,407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rent expense was $1,242, $1,133, and $1,183 for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
NOTE 12
INCOME TAXES
The components of income tax expense are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
1,294
|
|
|
$
|
751
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
State
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current income tax expense
|
|
|
1,618
|
|
|
|
925
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred income tax expense
(benefit)
|
|
|
585
|
|
|
|
401
|
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax
expense
|
|
$
|
2,203
|
|
|
$
|
1,326
|
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense amounted to $1,831 for 2006 (an effective
rate of 34.4 percent), $1,326 for 2005 (an effective rate
of 30.7 percent), and $18 for 2004 (an effective rate of
7.4 percent). The actual tax expense differs from the
expected tax expense for those years (computed by
applying the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of
34 percent to earnings before income taxes) as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Computed expected tax
expense
|
|
$
|
1,808
|
|
|
$
|
1,466
|
|
|
$
|
83
|
|
State income taxes, net of federal
tax effect
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
Under (over) accrual of prior year
provision
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
(196
|
)
|
|
|
204
|
|
Decrease in
beginning-of-the-year
balance of the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(116
|
)
|
|
|
(337
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,203
|
|
|
$
|
1,326
|
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-58
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The tax effect of temporary differences that gave rise to
deferred tax assets and liabilities consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
161
|
|
|
$
|
180
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Depreciation and other amortization
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
Other long term assets
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
Advance commissions
|
|
|
(581
|
)
|
|
|
(438
|
)
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
(372
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred income tax
liabilities
|
|
|
(1,193
|
)
|
|
|
(678
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred
liability
|
|
$
|
(686
|
)
|
|
$
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The net deferred tax asset (liability) is presented in the
accompanying balance sheets as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Current deferred tax liability
|
|
$
|
(516
|
)
|
|
$
|
(361
|
)
|
Noncurrent deferred tax liability
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(686
|
)
|
|
$
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The net change in the valuation allowance for deferred tax
assets was a decrease of $116 for the year ended
December 31, 2005 and $337 for the year ended
December 31, 2004.
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets,
management considers whether it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is
dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during
the periods in which those temporary differences become
deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of
deferred tax liabilities except for the amortization of
goodwill, projected future taxable income, and tax planning
strategies in making this assessment.
NOTE 13
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Employees of the Company are eligible to participate in
defined-contribution plans (the Plans) established under
Section 401(k) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.
Employees are generally eligible to contribute voluntarily to
the Plans after 90 days of service. The Company may
contribute a discretionary amount of the employee contribution
up to specified limits.
Employees are fully vested in their contributed amounts, as well
as in the Companys contributions. Expenses under the Plans
for the Companys discretionary contributions were $100,
$95, and $98 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005,
and 2004, respectively.
F-59
HALO
BRANDED SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 14
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company entered into a management consulting agreement with
HIG for services rendered related to corporate strategy,
corporate investments, acquisition and divestiture strategies,
and financing strategies. Under the terms of the management
consulting agreement, the Company will pay a management fee of
$200 per year plus reimburse HIG for expenses incurred in
the performance of their duties under this agreement. In
accordance with the agreement, the Company recognized $200,
$241, and $205 of expense under the agreement for the years
ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
The Company has a $1,209 and $813 receivable from Halo Europe
for executive related services rendered by the Company to Halo
Europe for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005,
respectively.
NOTE 15
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company, on January 19, 2007, acquired certain assets
and liabilities of Upside Promotions, LLC, for approximately
$1,225. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase.
On February 28, 2007, the Company announced the $62,500 all
cash purchase of the Company by a partnership between Compass
Diversified Trust LLC, an investment firm based in
Westport, Connecticut, and senior management of HALO Branded
Solutions, Inc.
NOTE 16
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company, on November 13, 2006, entered into a
non-binding letter of intent to purchase all of the stock of a
company engaged in promotional planning, product development,
imprinting, distribution, implementation, and fulfillment. The
purchase price for the common stock is $2,500, subject to
adjustment.
The Company, on March 2, 2007, entered into a non-binding
letter of intent to purchase all of the stock of a company
engaged in promotional planning, product development,
imprinting, distribution and implementation. The purchase price
for the common stock is $1,625, subject to adjustment.
This information is an integral part of the accompanying
consolidated financial statements.
F-60
No dealer, salesperson or other individual has been authorized
to give any information or to make any representation other than
those contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such
information or representations must not be relied upon as having
been authorized by us or the underwriters. This prospectus does
not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to
buy any securities in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or
solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making
such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the
person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do
so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer
or solicitation. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any
sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any
implication that there has been no change in our affairs or that
information contained herein is correct as of any time
subsequent to the date hereof.
8,000,000 Shares
Each Share Represents
One Beneficial Interest
in the Trust
PROSPECTUS
Sole Bookrunner
Citigroup
,
2007
Ferris, Baker Watts
Incorporated
A.G. Edwards
BB&T Capital
Markets
a division of Scott & Stringfellow, Inc.
Morgan, Keegan & Company,
Inc.
SMH CAPITAL Inc.
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 13.
|
Other
Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
|
The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the
offering described in this registration statement (other than
the underwriting discount and commissions and the representative
non-accountable expense allowance) will be as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
SEC Registration Fee
|
|
$
|
4,802
|
|
NASD Filing Fee
|
|
$
|
18,486
|
|
Accounting Fees and Expenses
|
|
$
|
450,000
|
|
Printing and Engraving Expenses
|
|
$
|
650,000
|
|
Legal Fees and Expenses
|
|
$
|
1,000,000
|
|
Blue Sky Services and Expenses
|
|
$
|
3,500
|
|
Miscellaneous(1)
|
|
$
|
73,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,200,000
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
This amount represents additional expenses that may be incurred
by the company or underwriters in connection with the offering
over and above those specifically listed above, including
distribution and mailing costs. |
|
|
Item 14.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers.
|
Certain provisions of our LLC agreement are intended to be
consistent with Section 145 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, which provides that a corporation has the power
to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of
the corporation in related capacities against amounts paid and
expenses incurred in connection with an action or proceedings to
which he is, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of
such position, if such person shall have acted in good faith and
in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal
proceedings, if such person had no reasonable cause to believe
his conduct was unlawful; provided that, in the case of actions
brought by or in the right of the corporation, no
indemnification shall be made with respect to any matter as to
which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the
corporation unless and only to the extent that the adjudicating
court determines that such indemnification is proper under the
circumstances.
Our LLC agreement includes a provision that eliminates the
personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:
|
|
|
|
|
for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the
company or its members;
|
|
|
|
for acts or omissions not in good faith or a knowing violation
of law;
|
|
|
|
Regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases analogous to
Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
|
|
|
|
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper
benefit.
|
Our LLC agreement provides that:
|
|
|
|
|
we must indemnify our directors and officers to the equivalent
extent permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law;
|
|
|
|
we may indemnify our other employees and agents to the same
extent that we indemnified our officers and directors, unless
otherwise determined by the companys board of directors;
and
|
II-1
|
|
|
|
|
we must advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and
executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the
extent permitted by Delaware law and may advance expenses as
incurred to our other employees and agents, unless otherwise
determined by the companys board of directors.
|
The indemnification provisions contained in our LLC agreement
are not exclusive of any other rights to which a person may be
entitled by law, agreement, vote of members or disinterested
directors or otherwise.
In addition, we will maintain insurance on behalf of our
directors and executive officers and certain other persons
insuring them against any liability asserted against them in
their respective capacities or arising out of such status.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and
controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment
of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person in a successful defense of any action, suit
or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to the
court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1
to this registration statement, we have agreed to indemnify the
underwriters and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify us
against certain civil liabilities that may be incurred in
connection with this offering, including certain liabilities
under the Securities Act.
|
|
Item 15.
|
Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities.
|
On May 16, 2006, concurrently with the IPO, we issued
5,733,333 shares to CGI in a private placement under
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 at a purchase
price of $15.00 per share, for an aggregate offering price of
$86 million and completed the private placement of
266,667 shares to Pharos I LLC an entity controlled by
Mr. Massoud, the chief executive officer of the company,
and owned by our management team, at a purchase price of $15.00
per share for an aggregate offering price approximately
$4.0 million.
In connection with the purchase of Anodyne from CGI on
August 1, 2006, we issued 950,000 shares of our newly
issued shares to CGI in a private placement under
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 as part of the
purchase price. The shares were valued at $13.1 million or
$13.77 per share, the average closing price of the shares on the
NASDAQ Global Market for the ten trading days ending on
July 27, 2006.
|
|
Item 16.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules.
|
(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this
Registration Statement:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement*
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Certificate of Trust of Compass
Diversified Trust(1)
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Certificate of Formation of
Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC(1)
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated
Trust Agreement of Compass Diversified Trust(3)
|
|
3
|
.4
|
|
Second Amended and Restated
Operating Agreement of Compass Group Diversified Holdings, LLC
dated January 9, 2007(7)
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Specimen Certificate evidencing a
share of trust of Compass Diversified Trust (included in
Exhibit 3.3)(2)
|
II-2
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Specimen Certificate evidencing an
interest of Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC (included in
Exhibit 3.4)(3)
|
|
5
|
.1
|
|
Form of Opinion of Richards,
Layton & Finger, P.A.**
|
|
5
|
.2
|
|
Form of Opinion of Richards,
Layton & Finger, P.A.**
|
|
8
|
.1
|
|
Form of Tax Opinion of Squire,
Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P.**
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Form of Registration Rights
Agreement(3)
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Form of Registration Rights
Agreement(4)
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement
dated as of April 3, 2007, by and between Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass Diversified Trust and CGI
Diversified Holdings, LP*
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Form of Supplemental Put Agreement
by and between Compass Group Management LLC and Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC(3)
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Employment Agreement by and
between Compass Group Management LLC and James Bottiglieri dated
as of September 28, 2005(2)
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Form of Share Purchase Agreement
by and between Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass
Diversified Trust and CGI Diversified Holdings, LP(4)
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Form of Share Purchase Agreement
by and between Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass
Diversified Trust and Pharos I LLC(4)
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Form of Credit Agreement by and
between Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC and each of the
initial businesses(3)
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Shareholders Agreement for
holders of CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc. Class C common
stock(2)
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Stockholders Agreement for
holders of Crosman Acquisition Corp. common stock(2)
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Stockholders Agreement for
holders of Compass AC Holdings, Inc. common stock(2)
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Stockholders Agreement for
holders of Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. common stock(2)
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Amended and Restated Management
Services Agreement with CGM effective as of May 16, 2006
and dated April 2, 2007**
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Form of Supplemental Put Agreement
by and between Compass Group Management LLC and Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC(3)
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Credit Agreement among Compass
Group Diversified Holdings LLC, the financial institutions party
thereto and Madison Capital Funding LLC, dated as of
November 21, 2006(6)
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Share Purchase Agreement dated as
of April 3, 2007, by and between Compass Group Diversified
Holdings LLC, Compass Diversified Trust and CGI Diversified
Holdings, LP*
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
List of Subsidiaries(9)
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP*
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Grant Thorton LLP*
|
|
23
|
.3
|
|
Consent of Clifton Gunderson LLP*
|
|
23
|
.4
|
|
Consent of Richards,
Layton & Finger, P.A. (included in Exhibits 5.1
and 5.2)
|
|
23
|
.5
|
|
Consent of Squire,
Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 8.1)
|
|
24
|
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included on
Signature Page)
|
|
99
|
.1
|
|
Stock and Note Purchase
Agreement dated as of July 31, 2006, among Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass Group Investments, Inc. and
Compass Medical Mattress Partners, LP(5)
|
|
99
|
.2
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as
of February 28, 2007, among Aeroglide Corporation, the
shareholders of Aeroglide Corporation and Aeroglide Holdings,
Inc.(8)
|
|
99
|
.3
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement dated as
of February 28, 2007, by and between HA-LO Holdings, LLC
and Halo Holding Corporation(8)
|
II-3
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Previously filed in connection with Compass Diversified
Trusts and Compass Diversified Holdings LLC registration
statement on
Form S-1
(File No.
333-130326,
333-130326-01)
filed on December 14, 2005. |
|
(2) |
|
Previously filed in connection with Amendment No. 3 to
Compass Diversified Trusts and Compass Diversified
Holdings LLCs registration statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-130326,
333-130326-01)
filed on April 13, 2006. |
|
(3) |
|
Previously filed in connection with Amendment No. 4 to
Compass Diversified Trusts and Compass Group Diversified
Holdings LLCs registration statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-130326-01)
filed on April 26, 2006. |
|
(4) |
|
Previously filed in connection with Amendment No. 6 to
Compass Diversified Trusts and Compass Group Diversified
Holdings LLCs registration statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-130326-01)
filed on May 5, 2006. |
|
(5) |
|
Filed with Registrants
8-K on
August 1, 2006. |
|
(6) |
|
Filed with Registrants
10-Q for the
quarter ended September 30, 2006. |
|
(7) |
|
Filed with Registrants
8-K on
January 10, 2007. |
|
(8) |
|
Filed with Registrants
8-K on
March 1, 2007. |
|
(9) |
|
Filed with Registrants
10-K for the
quarter ended December 31, 2006. |
(b) All financial statement schedules required pursuant to
this item were either included in the financial information set
forth in the prospectus or are inapplicable, and, therefore,
have been omitted.
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering
of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this
registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method
used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities
are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the
following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a
seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell
such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the
undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering
prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used
or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus
relating to the offering containing material information about
the undersigned registration or its securities provided by or on
behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the
offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers,
and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the
foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer,
or controlling person of the registrant in the
II-4
successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that
contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Westport, in the State of
Connecticut, on April 20, 2007.
COMPASS DIVERSIFIED TRUST
|
|
|
|
|
By: COMPASS GROUP DIVERSIFIED
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ James
J. Bottiglieri
|
James J. Bottiglieri
Chief Financial Officer
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Westport, in the State of
Connecticut, on April 20, 2007.
COMPASS GROUP DIVERSIFIED HOLDINGS LLC
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ James
J. Bottiglieri
|
James J. Bottiglieri
Chief Financial Officer
II-6
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities and on the dates indicated. This document may
be executed by the signatories hereto on any number of
counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same
instrument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
*
I.
Joseph Massoud
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
April 20, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James
J.
Bottiglieri
James
J. Bottiglieri
|
|
(Principal Financial Officer
and
Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
April 20, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
C.
Sean Day
|
|
Director
|
|
April 20, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
D.
Eugene Ewing
|
|
Director
|
|
April 20, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Ted
Waitman
|
|
Director
|
|
April 20, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Harold
S. Edwards
|
|
Director
|
|
April 20, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Mark
H. Lazarus
|
|
Director
|
|
April 20, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*By
|
|
/s/ James J.
Bottiglieri
James J.
Bottiglieri
Attorney-in-fact
|
|
|
|
|
II-7
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement*
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Certificate of Trust of Compass
Diversified Trust(1)
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Certificate of Formation of
Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC(1)
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated
Trust Agreement of Compass Diversified Trust(3)
|
|
3
|
.4
|
|
Second Amended and Restated
Operating Agreement of Compass Group Diversified Holdings, LLC
dated January 9, 2007(7)
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Specimen Certificate evidencing a
share of trust of Compass Diversified Trust (included in
Exhibit 3.3)(2)
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Specimen Certificate evidencing an
interest of Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC (included in
Exhibit 3.4)(3)
|
|
5
|
.1
|
|
Form of Opinion of Richards,
Layton & Finger, P.A.**
|
|
5
|
.2
|
|
Form of Opinion of Richards,
Layton & Finger, P.A.**
|
|
8
|
.1
|
|
Form of Tax Opinion of Squire,
Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P.**
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Form of Registration Rights
Agreement(3)
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Form of Registration Rights
Agreement(4)
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement
dated as of April 3, 2007, by and between Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass Diversified Trust and CGI
Diversified Holdings, LP*
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Form of Supplemental Put Agreement
by and between Compass Group Management LLC and Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC(3)
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Employment Agreement by and
between Compass Group Management LLC and James Bottiglieri dated
as of September 28, 2005(2)
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Share Purchase Agreement dated as
of April 3, 2007, by and between Compass Group Diversified
Holdings LLC, Compass Diversified Trust and CGI Diversified
Holdings, LP(4)
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Form of Share Purchase Agreement
by and between Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass
Diversified Trust and Pharos I LLC(4)
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Form of Credit Agreement by and
between Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC and each of the
initial businesses(3)
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Shareholders Agreement for
holders of CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc. Class C common
stock(2)
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Stockholders Agreement for
holders of Crosman Acquisition Corp. common stock(2)
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Stockholders Agreement for
holders of Compass AC Holdings, Inc. common stock(2)
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Stockholders Agreement for
holders of Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. common stock(2)
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Amended and Restated Management
Services Agreement with CGM effective as of May 16, 2006
and dated April 2, 2007**
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Form of Supplemental Put Agreement
by and between Compass Group Management LLC and Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC(3)
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Credit Agreement among Compass
Group Diversified Holdings LLC, the financial institutions party
thereto and Madison Capital Funding LLC, dated as of
November 21, 2006(6)
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Form of Share Purchase Agreement
by and between Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC Compass
Diversified Trust and CGI Diversified Holdings, LP*
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
List of Subsidiaries(9)
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP*
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP*
|
|
23
|
.3
|
|
Consent of Clifton Gunderson LLP*
|
|
23
|
.4
|
|
Consent of Richards,
Layton & Finger, P.A. (included in Exhibits 5.1
and 5.2)
|
|
23
|
.5
|
|
Consent of Squire,
Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 8.1)
|
|
24
|
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included on
Signature Page)
|
|
99
|
.1
|
|
Stock and Note Purchase
Agreement dated as of July 31, 2006, among Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass Group Investments, Inc. and
Compass Medical Mattress Partners, LP(5)
|
|
99
|
.2
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as
of February 28, 2007, among Aeroglide Corporation, the
shareholders of Aeroglide Corporation and Aeroglide Holdings,
Inc.(8)
|
|
99
|
.3
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement dated as
of February 28, 2007, by and between HA-LO Holdings, LLC
and Halo Holding Corporation(8)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Previously filed in connection with Compass Diversified
Trusts and Compass Diversified Holdings LLC registration
statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-130326,
333-130326-01)
filed on December 14, 2005. |
|
(2) |
|
Previously filed in connection with Amendment No. 3 to
Compass Diversified Trusts and Compass Diversified
Holdings LLCs registration statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-130326,
333-130326-01)
filed on April 13, 2006. |
|
(3) |
|
Previously filed in connection with Amendment No. 4 to
Compass Diversified Trusts and Compass Group Diversified
Holdings LLCs registration statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-130326-01)
filed on April 26, 2006. |
|
(4) |
|
Previously filed in connection with Amendment No. 6 to
Compass Diversified Trusts and Compass Group Diversified
Holdings LLCs registration statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-130326-01)
filed on May 5, 2006. |
|
(5) |
|
Filed with Registrants
8-K on
August 1, 2006. |
|
(6) |
|
Filed with Registrants
10-Q for the
quarter ended September 30, 2006. |
|
(7) |
|
Filed with Registrants
8-K on
January 10, 2007. |
|
(8) |
|
Filed with Registrants
8-K on
March 1, 2007. |
|
(9) |
|
Filed with Registrants
10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2006. |